WO2015113295A1 - Data transmission method and device - Google Patents

Data transmission method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015113295A1
WO2015113295A1 PCT/CN2014/071826 CN2014071826W WO2015113295A1 WO 2015113295 A1 WO2015113295 A1 WO 2015113295A1 CN 2014071826 W CN2014071826 W CN 2014071826W WO 2015113295 A1 WO2015113295 A1 WO 2015113295A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signaling
pdsch
base station
resource
dci
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/071826
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
栗忠峰
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201480038273.3A priority Critical patent/CN105594274B/en
Priority to CN201910792337.3A priority patent/CN110635885B/en
Priority to CN201910790745.5A priority patent/CN110582123B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2014/071826 priority patent/WO2015113295A1/en
Publication of WO2015113295A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015113295A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/02Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0044Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path allocation of payload
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and apparatus. Background technique
  • the development of communication technology is experiencing communication from person to person, to communication between people and things, to communication between things. With the diversification of communication forms, the content of communication is also diversified. From the size of the packet, the communication of small packets is becoming an important part of the communication service.
  • MTC machine type communication
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • TBS transport block size
  • DCI format downlink control information format
  • the corresponding DCI format for scheduling UL data is DCI format 0 and DCI format 4, where formatO is for a single antenna port UE, format 4 is for a multi-antenna port UE, and DCI format for scheduling DL data is DCI format 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, where formatl ⁇ lD is for a single codeword, and the data is transmitted when the channel rank is 1.
  • Format 2A ⁇ 2D can be used for data transmission when the channel rank is greater than 1.
  • the LTE system uses downlink control information DCI for DL/UL scheduling of small data packets.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the control signaling overhead is not much different from the service data to be transmitted, which results in a large proportion of signaling overhead in the data transmission process.
  • 1 subframe/TTI is only allocated for large packets or small packets for transmission.
  • the system bandwidth is 10 MHz
  • the DL signaling uses DCI format 1A
  • the corresponding DCI size is 28 bits.
  • the ratio of the number of bits is: 1.4%, 2.8%, 14%, 70%, and the corresponding resource utilization ratio is about 1.4%, 2.8%, 14%, 70%.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method and apparatus, which reduce physical layer signaling overhead and improve system capacity.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE, including:
  • a determining module configured to determine a transport block size TBS
  • the determining module is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
  • a receiving module configured to receive the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: determine that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or
  • the base station Receiving a first signaling sent by the base station, and determining a size TBS of the transport block according to the indication information in the first signaling, where the first signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium Access Control MAC Control Element CE Signaling.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: determine a coding rate for transmitting the PDSCH;
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to receive, according to the coding rate of the PDSCH, the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the coding rate of the PDSCH includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH
  • the determining module is specifically configured to:
  • the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is: the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the transmission PDSCH is at least Contains Aggregation level 6.
  • the resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or multiples of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to:
  • Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB;
  • the determining module is specifically configured to:
  • the base station Receiving a third signaling sent by the base station, and determining a first starting location of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH , EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to:
  • the fourth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling , PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or,
  • a second starting position of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH is determined according to a preset hash function.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: receive a fifth signaling sent by the base station, and determine, according to the indication information in the fifth signaling, a time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH For the first subframe, the fifth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling; or
  • the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time
  • the activity time includes detecting a time corresponding to the activity timer and/or inactivity The time corresponding to the time.
  • the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
  • the first to the tenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect in an eleventh possible implementation manner,
  • a sending module configured to: after the receiving module correctly receives the PDSCH, send an acknowledgement message ACK to the base station; or, after the determining module determines that the PDSCH cannot be received, send a non-confirmation message NACK to the base station.
  • the monitoring module is configured to monitor the control channel and the ⁇ or PDSCH in the first time of the search space configured by the base station and/or the base station configuration.
  • the monitoring module when the monitoring module monitors the control channel and the PDSCH in different the first time, the monitoring The time interval of the first time of the control channel is greater than or less than the time interval of the first time to listen to the PDSCH.
  • the monitoring module is specifically configured to: monitor control in a search space configured by the base station and/or a configuration configuration of the base station
  • the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished by the size of the transport block TBS, or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to at least one of the resource granularity, the time domain location, and the frequency domain location, or according to the preset first indication.
  • the monitoring module is specifically configured to:
  • the DCI and the PDSCH are differentiated according to the cyclic redundancy check CRC scrambled scrambling code, and the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the new indication bit in the DCI or the first indication information in the original bit.
  • the TBS is a TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol Subset.
  • the determining module is further configured to:
  • the sixth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE Signaling.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a UE, including: a determining module, configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for downlink control information DCI indication;
  • the determining module is further configured to determine, according to the indication information in the DCI, a frequency resource used for data transmission;
  • a data transmission module configured to transmit data on the frequency resource used for data transmission.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: adopt a preset first frequency resource as a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication; or receive the first Seven signaling, and determining, according to the indication information in the seventh signaling, the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, where the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or media connection Incoming control MAC control element CE signaling.
  • the method further includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a second DCI sent by the base station, where the DCI indicates a coding rate of the data.
  • the coding rate includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the data.
  • the determining module is further configured to:
  • the data transmission module Before the data transmission module transmits data on the frequency resource for data transmission, determining that a transport block size TBS of the data is a preset TBS, or receiving an eighth signaling sent by the base station, and Determining the TBS according to the indication information in the eighth signaling, where the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the determining module is further configured to: Receiving a third DCI sent by the base station, and determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode according to the indication information in the DCI, where the specific modulation mode is determined by a preset or signaling configuration.
  • any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the second aspect in a sixth possible implementation manner:
  • the DCI indication is used.
  • the range of frequency resources is less than the system bandwidth.
  • the receiving module is further configured to:
  • the determining module is further configured to determine a common control channel of the UE in the second subframe.
  • the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
  • a determining module configured to determine a transport block size TBS to be sent
  • the determining module is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
  • a sending module configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: determine that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or
  • first signaling Sending, to the UE, first signaling, where the first signaling includes indication information for determining a transport block size TBS, where the first signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or media connection Incoming control MAC control element CE signaling.
  • the determining module is further configured to: determine a coding rate of the PDSCH;
  • the sending module is specifically configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE according to the coding rate of the PDSCH on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the coding rate of the PDSCH includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH;
  • the determining module is specifically configured to:
  • the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes a physical downlink control channel.
  • the subset of the aggregation level of the ECCE or the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes at least the aggregation level 6.
  • the aggregation level includes any one of the following resource granularities or multiples of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
  • any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the third aspect in the fifth possible implementation, is specifically configured to:
  • Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB;
  • the second signaling includes indication information for determining a resource block RB of the PDSCH, where the second signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to:
  • the third signaling includes indication information of determining a first starting location of a frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH Or MAC CE signaling.
  • the determining module is further configured to:
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: determine that the time domain resource that transmits the PDSCH is the preset first subframe; or The fifth signaling sent to the UE, where the fifth signaling includes indication information that determines a first subframe in which the PDSCH is transmitted.
  • the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time
  • the activity time includes detecting a time corresponding to the activity timer and/or a time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
  • the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
  • the first to the tenth possible implementation manners of the third aspect in an eleventh possible implementation manner,
  • a receiving module configured to receive an acknowledgement message ACK or a non-acknowledgement message NACK sent by the UE.
  • a receiving module configured to receive an acknowledgement message ACK or a non-acknowledgement message NACK sent by the UE.
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the control channel and ⁇ or PDSCH are transmitted to the UE in a preset search space and / or a preset first time.
  • the sending module when the sending module sends the control channel and the PDSCH in different the first time, the sending The time interval of the first time of the control channel is greater than or less than the time interval of the first time at which the PDSCH is transmitted.
  • the control channel or the PDSCH when the sending module is in a preset search space and/or a preset first time
  • the control channel or the PDSCH further includes preset first indication information, where the UE is used to distinguish the control channel from the PDSCH.
  • the TBS is a TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol Subset.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the determining module is further configured to:
  • a sixth signaling where the sixth signaling includes indication information for determining that the PDSCH is a listening mode, where the sixth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the PDSCH is transmitted by using the non-MBSFN subframe
  • the PDSCH is transmitted by using the antenna port 0 or by using the transmit diversity.
  • the antenna port 7 is used to transmit the
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
  • a determining module configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for downlink control information DCI indication
  • a sending module configured to send the DCI to a user equipment UE, so that the UE determines, according to the indication information in the DCI, for data Frequency resource for transmission;
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: adopt a preset first frequency resource as a range of frequency resources used for DCI indication; or send a seventh to the UE Signaling, the seventh signaling includes indication information for determining a range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, where the seventh signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or media connection Incoming control MAC control element CE signaling.
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the second DCI includes indication information for indicating a coding rate of the data.
  • the coding rate indicated by the second DCI includes an aggregation level indicated by the DCI.
  • the determining module is further configured to:
  • the transport block size TBS of the transmitted data is a preset TBS, or Transmitting, to the UE, eighth signaling, where the eighth signaling includes indication information for determining the TBS, where the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI .
  • the determining module is further configured to:
  • any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect in a sixth possible implementation manner:
  • the frequency for DCI indication is less than the system bandwidth.
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • User equipment UE determines a transport block size TBS
  • the UE receives the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the determining, by the UE, a transport block size, a TBS includes:
  • the UE receives the first signaling sent by the base station, and determines the size TBS of the transport block according to the indication information in the first signaling, where the first signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or medium access control MAC Control Element CE signaling.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the UE, a coding rate of transmitting a PDSCH;
  • the method includes: receiving, by the UE, the transport block according to the coding rate on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the coding rate of the PDSCH is transmitted, including an aggregation level of a resource granularity of the PDSCH, where the UE determines to transmit a PDSCH.
  • the encoding rate including:
  • the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the subset of the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH is transmitted, or the aggregation level of the transmitted PDSCH includes at least the aggregation level 6.
  • the resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or multiples of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
  • the UE determines a frequency resource for transmitting a PDSCH, including:
  • the UE determines that the resource block RB of the PDSCH is the preset resource block RB; or the UE receives the second signaling sent by the base station, and determines the resource block for transmitting the PDSCH according to the indication information in the second signaling.
  • RB the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling,
  • the UE determines a frequency resource for transmitting a PDSCH, including:
  • the UE receives the third signaling sent by the base station, and determines a first starting location of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling, where the third signaling is at least one of the following : RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the determining, by the UE, a frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH further includes:
  • the UE receives the fourth signaling sent by the base station, and determines, according to the indication information in the fourth signaling, a second starting location of the frequency resource that is to be used for monitoring the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling; or,
  • the UE determines a second start position of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH according to a preset hash function.
  • the determining, by the UE, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH includes:
  • the UE receives the fifth signaling sent by the base station, and determines, according to the indication information in the fifth signaling, that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the first subframe, and the fifth signaling is at least one of the following: Or the PDCCH, the PDCCH, the EPDCCH, or the MAC CE signaling, or the UE determines that the subframe of the PDSCH is a preset first subframe.
  • the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time
  • the activity time includes detecting a time corresponding to the activity timer and/or a time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
  • the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
  • any one of the first to the tenth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the UE is in the time domain resource and the frequency resource After receiving the transport block according to the coding rate, the method further includes:
  • the UE After the UE correctly receives the PDSCH, the UE sends an acknowledgement message ACK to the base station; or, after the UE determines that the PDSCH cannot be received, the UE sends a non-acknowledgement message NACK to the base station.
  • the method further includes:
  • the UE monitors the control channel and/or the PDSCH in a search space configured by the base station and/or a first time configured by the base station.
  • the monitoring control channel is The time interval of the first time is greater than or less than the time interval of the first time to listen to the PDSCH.
  • the fourteenth possible implementation manner when the UE monitors the control channel and the PDSCH in a search space configured by the base station and/or a configuration configured by the base station
  • the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished by the size of the transport block TBS, or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to at least one of the resource granularity, the time domain location, and the frequency domain location, or the control is differentiated according to the preset first indication information.
  • Channel and PDSCH when the UE monitors the control channel and the PDSCH in a search space configured by the base station and/or a configuration configured by the base station
  • the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished by the size of the transport block TBS, or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to at least one of the resource granularity, the time domain location, and the frequency domain location, or the control is differentiated according to the preset first indication information.
  • Channel and PDSCH when the UE monitors the control channel and the PDSCH in a search space configured
  • the distinguishing the control channel and the PDSCH according to the preset first indication information including:
  • the DCI and the PDSCH are differentiated according to the cyclic redundancy check CRC scrambled scrambling code, and the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the new indication bit in the DCI or the first indication information in the original bit.
  • the TBS is the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol Subset.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the UE receives the sixth signaling sent by the base station, and determines that the PDSCH is in the listening mode according to the indication information in the sixth signaling, where the sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH Or MAC CE signaling.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the user equipment UE determines a range of frequency resources used for downlink control information DCI indication; the UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI; and the frequency resource used by the UE for data transmission Transfer data on.
  • the determining, by the UE, a range of frequency resources for the DCI indication includes:
  • the UE adopts a preset first frequency resource as a range of frequency resources used for DCI indication; or,
  • the UE receives the seventh signaling sent by the base station, and determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication according to the indication information in the seventh signaling, where the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC Control Element CE signaling.
  • the method before the UE transmits data on the frequency resource used for data transmission, the method further includes:
  • the coding rate includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the data.
  • the coding rate includes a number of PRBs of the first data defining the modulation mode and a TBS corresponding to the first data, and the modulation mode is defined by a preset or signaling configuration.
  • the method before the transmitting, by the UE, the data on the frequency resource used for data transmission, the method further includes: The UE determines that the transport block size TBS of the data is a preset TBS, or the UE receives the eighth signaling sent by the base station, and determines the TBS according to the indication information in the eighth signaling.
  • the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDDCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect in a fifth possible implementation manner, the frequency resource used by the UE in the data transmission Before transferring data, it also includes:
  • the UE receives the third DCI sent by the base station, and determines a TBS in a specific modulation mode according to the indication information in the DCI, where the specific modulation mode is determined by a preset or signaling configuration.
  • any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect in a sixth possible implementation manner:
  • the DCI indication is used.
  • the range of frequency resources is less than the system bandwidth.
  • the UE receives a second subframe configured by the base station, and the UE monitors a common control channel in the second subframe.
  • the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
  • the seventh aspect of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the base station determines a transport block size TBS to be sent
  • the base station sends the transport block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the determining, by the base station, a transport block size, a TBS includes:
  • the base station sends the first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes indication information for determining a transport block size TBS, where the first signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH Or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station sends the transport block to the user equipment UE according to the coding rate on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the coding rate of the transmit PDSCH includes: an aggregation level of a resource granularity of a PDSCH to be transmitted; and the base station determines a code for transmitting a PDSCH Rate, including:
  • the base station Determining, by the base station, that the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is a preset aggregation level; or, the base station sends an aggregation level configuration message to the UE, so that the UE determines, according to the configuration message, a resource for transmitting the PDSCH.
  • the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes a physical downlink control channel.
  • the resource granularity CCE of the PDCCH or the subset of the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH at least includes the aggregation level 6.
  • the aggregation level includes any one of the following resource granularities or multiples of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
  • the determining, by the base station, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH includes:
  • the base station Determining, by the base station, that the resource block RB of the PDSCH is the preset resource block RB; or, the base station sends the second signaling to the UE, where the second signaling includes the resource block RB for determining the PDSCH Instructing information, the second signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect in the sixth possible implementation manner, the determining, by the base station, the frequency resource of the PDSCH, Determining the bandwidth of the transmission PDSCH as a preset bandwidth;
  • the base station sends the third signaling to the UE, where the third signaling includes indication information for determining a first starting position of a frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the determining, by the base station, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH the method further includes:
  • the base station sends a fourth signaling to the UE, where the fourth signaling includes indication information for enabling the UE to determine a second starting location of the frequency resource for listening to the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is At least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the determining, by the base station, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH includes:
  • the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, and an active time, where the active time includes detecting a time corresponding to the active timer and/or a time corresponding to the inactivity timer. .
  • the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
  • any one of the first to the tenth possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the base station is in the time domain resource, the frequency resource After the transmitting the transport block to the UE according to the coding rate, the method further includes:
  • the base station receives an acknowledgement message ACK or a non-acknowledgement message NACK sent by the UE.
  • the base station when the base station does not receive the acknowledgement message ACK sent by the UE in the first preset time, The base station resends the transport block within a second preset time.
  • the first to the twelfth possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect in the thirteenth possible implementation manner,
  • the base station sends a control channel and/or a PDSCH to the UE in a preset search space and/or a preset first time.
  • the sending control The time interval of the first time of the channel is greater than or less than the time interval of the first time at which the PDSCH is transmitted.
  • the control channel or the PDSCH when the base station is in a preset search space and/or a preset first time
  • the control channel or the PDSCH further includes preset first indication information, where the UE is used to distinguish the control channel from the PDSCH.
  • the TBS is the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol Subset.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the base station Determining, by the base station, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode according to a preset rule, or The base station sends a sixth signaling to the UE, where the sixth signaling includes indication information for determining that the PDSCH is a listening mode, and the sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH , EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the base station adopts the frequency used for data transmission Resources for data transfer, including:
  • the base station uses the non-MBSFN subframe to transmit the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH)
  • the base station sends the PDSCH by using the antenna port 0 or using the transmit diversity.
  • the base station When the base station transmits the PDSCH by using the MBSFN subframe, the base station transmits the PDSCH by using the antenna port port 7.
  • the eighth aspect of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the base station uses the frequency resource for data transmission to perform data transmission.
  • the determining, by the base station, a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication includes:
  • the base station adopts a preset first frequency resource as a range of frequency resources used for DCI indication;
  • the base station sends the seventh signaling to the UE, where the seventh signaling includes indication information for determining a range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, where the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC Control Element CE signaling.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station sends a second DCI to the UE, where the second DCI includes indication information for indicating a coding rate of the data.
  • the coding rate indicated by the second DCI includes an aggregation level indicated by the DCI;
  • the coding rate includes a number of PRBs of the first data defining the modulation mode and a TBS corresponding to the first data, where the modulation mode is defined by a preset or signaling configuration.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station determines that the transport block size TBS of the transmission data is a preset TBS, or the base station sends an eighth signaling to the UE, where the eighth signaling includes an indication for determining the TBS.
  • the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station sends a third DCI to the UE, where the third DCI includes indication information for determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode.
  • the DCI is used for DCI
  • the indicated frequency range is less than the system bandwidth
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station sends a configuration message including a second subframe to the UE, to indicate that the UE listens to the common control channel in the second subframe.
  • the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
  • the data method, device, and system provided by the embodiment of the present invention, after determining the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH, the frequency resource, and the PDSCH coding rate, the base station and the UE respectively, in the time domain resource and the frequency resource Transmitting the transport block to the UE according to the coding rate, so that blind detection of the PDSCH can be implemented, so that downlink data can be received without the indication of the DCI, and thus the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving The transmission efficiency of the system.
  • the base station and the UE are first determined to be used for DCI
  • the range of the indicated frequency resource that is, the frequency domain resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that can be indicated by the DCI is determined first, and then the frequency resource used for data transmission is determined according to the indication information in the DCI, and the data transmission is performed by using the frequency resource.
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the frequency domain resource corresponding to the system bandwidth or the system bandwidth, but a frequency domain resource corresponding to a smaller bandwidth or a smaller bandwidth. Therefore, in the DCI
  • the indication information for determining the frequency resource used for data transmission can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving system transmission efficiency.
  • Embodiment 1 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a PDSCH transmission subframe that is discontinuously received
  • Embodiment 2 of a UE according to the present invention is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 3 of a UE according to the present invention is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of listening to a control channel and a PDSCH in a specific first time
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth embodiment of a UE according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 8 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 9 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 6 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 7 of a UE according to the present invention is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 7 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 5 of a base station is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 15 is a flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a data transmission method according to the present invention.
  • 16 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a data transmission method according to the present invention
  • 17 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a data transmission method according to the present invention
  • 18 is a schematic diagram of resource granularity and aggregation level
  • Embodiment 4 of a data transmission method according to the present invention is a flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a data transmission method according to the present invention.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic structural view of Embodiment 1 of the system of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of the system of the present invention. detailed description
  • Data refers to a transport block of traffic data, such as a physical layer, that is distinct from control signaling and other signaling or information for indication such as downlink control channel or downlink control information at the physical layer.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is directed to the problem that the transmission efficiency is low due to excessive signaling overhead in the small data transmission process.
  • the UE, the base station, and the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present invention may be used to reduce the DCI indication during uplink or downlink transmission. The overhead of signaling.
  • the service data of the present invention is embodied at the physical layer as the transport block is transmitted by the physical channel, which may be a data channel or may be transmitted in the form of a control channel.
  • the physical channel which may be a data channel or may be transmitted in the form of a control channel.
  • the present invention is illustrated using a data channel PDSCH (which may also be an enhanced PDSCH) for transmission.
  • the pre-defined in the embodiment of the present invention may be a factory setting, or may be a manner agreed between the two parties of the communication, such as a base station and a UE.
  • the configuration in the embodiment of the present invention may be configured by using a base station, or The base station and the UE may be separately configured by using other network maintenance tools, or may be configured on the UE side according to the configuration information by receiving configuration information of the base station.
  • M2M device to device, Mac ne to Madiine
  • the service is relatively stable for a long period of time, which is reflected in the fact that the physical layer (PHY) can transmit over a period of time using a relatively fixed TBS.
  • a relatively fixed TBS can be predefined or configured.
  • DCI signaling such as DCI format 1A, may be used to perform TBS indication, for example, the size of the current or switched TBS may be indicated.
  • the PDSCH may be detected according to a predefined or configured aggregation level.
  • the UE needs to blindly detect the PDSCH. Therefore, when the signaling does not indicate the location and or aggregation level of the PDSCH, the UE needs to blindly detect the PDSCH.
  • the signaling indicates the location and the aggregation level of the PDSCH, the UE may perform the detection of the PDSCH according to the signaling indication, where the detection may be a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC), according to whether the CRC check is correct.
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • the detection subframe of the UE in the time domain can be obtained according to a predefined or configuration.
  • the subframe of the time domain may be set according to a period of discontinuous reception of DRX or a period of extended DRX.
  • Embodiment 1 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • the UE in this embodiment may include: a determining module 101 and a receiving module 102, where
  • a determining module 101 configured to determine a transport block size TBS
  • the determining module 101 is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
  • the receiving module 102 is configured to receive the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the UE in this embodiment may be used to detect the PDSCH blindly.
  • the UE may also perform detection according to the indication of Downlink Control Information (DCI).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the UE When the UE receives the data on the PDSCH in a blind detection manner, it is preferably applied to a scenario in which the TBS of the data can be different from the existing DCI signaling, but when the TBS of the data is the same as the size of the existing DCI signaling. This method is also applicable to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the receiving module receives the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, so that the Blind detection of the PDSCH, so that downlink data can be received without the indication of DCI, so the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving the system Transmission efficiency.
  • the information required for the blind detection of the PDSCH or the PDSCH blind detection is as follows: TBS, frequency domain resources, and time domain resources. The following describes the information that needs to be determined.
  • the TBS of the foregoing embodiment may be preset, or may be determined according to a manner of signaling by the base station, and correspondingly, the determining module 101 may be specifically configured to: determine The size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or
  • the base station Receiving a first signaling sent by the base station, and determining a size TBS of the transport block according to the indication information in the first signaling, where the first signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium Access Control MAC Control Element CE Signaling.
  • the predefined TBS may be one or more of a subset of existing TBS tables or a newly added TBS.
  • the base station can use signaling to indicate which TBS the UE uses for blind detection.
  • the TBS listed in the following table can be used when multiplexing the existing TBS values:
  • a UE with a relatively stable service such as an MTC UE
  • the base station can notify the TBS of the period of time by the first signaling, and notify the new TBS by the first signaling when the TBS changes.
  • a finite number of TBS values can be predefined, and then the first signalling is used to inform which TBS value is currently being used.
  • the defined finite number of TBS values may be a subset of existing TBS tables, such as ⁇ 208, 600, 872, 1000 ⁇ .
  • the first signaling used may be RRC signaling or DCI format or MAC CE or any combination therebetween.
  • the base station may use RRC signaling indication while using a DCI format such as format 1A to indicate the PDSCH carrying the RRC signaling.
  • the determining module 101 is further configured to:
  • the receiving module 102 may be specifically configured to use, according to the time domain resource and the frequency resource, The coding rate of the PDSCH receives the transport block.
  • the coding rate of the PDSCH may include an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH.
  • the determining module 101 may be specifically configured to: determine an aggregation level of a resource granularity for transmitting the PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH is transmitted by aggregation of resource granularity consisting of one or a group of identical resource granularity units.
  • the aggregation of resource granularity is represented by the aggregation level. If the aggregation level is 1, the PDSCH is transmitted by 1 resource granularity. If the aggregation level is 2, the PDSCH is transmitted by 2 resource granularities.
  • determining module 101 may be specifically configured to:
  • the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is: the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the transmission PDSCH is at least Contains aggregation level 6.
  • the resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
  • the resource block (resource block, referred to as:
  • RB indicates, or may be indicated by a physical resource block PRB (Physical Resource Block) or a virtual resource block VRB (Virtual Resource Block).
  • PRB Physical Resource Block
  • VRB Virtual Resource Block
  • Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB;
  • the resource block RB of the PDSCH, the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the frequency domain resource is indicated by the bandwidth and the starting location. This manner is especially applicable to the scenario where the frequency domain resource is a continuous resource.
  • the determining module 101 can be specifically configured to: Determining the bandwidth of the PDSCH according to the configuration of the base station;
  • the base station Receiving a third signaling sent by the base station, and determining a first starting location of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH , EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the determining module 101 may determine a larger frequency domain resource range.
  • the UE may further determine a smaller range to detect in the larger frequency domain resource range. Therefore, the determining module 101 is further specifically configured to:
  • the fourth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling , PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or,
  • a second starting position of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH is determined according to a preset hash function. For example, the UE first receives a large frequency resource range according to the first mode, for example: RBs numbered 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and then determined according to the fourth signaling or hash function.
  • the second starting position is blind detection starting from the second starting position. If it is determined that the second starting position is RB 7, the UE can start detecting from RB 7 up to RB 13.
  • the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH may be determined by means of signaling or a predefined manner, so the determining module 101 may specifically be used to:
  • the fifth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH , EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or,
  • discontinuous reception time (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) for PDSCH transmission.
  • 2 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a discontinuously received PDSCH transmission subframe.
  • the UE performs PDSCH detection on a plurality of non-contiguous time intervals.
  • the UE performs blind detection of the PDSCH during the On duration of each DRX cycle.
  • the indication information in the fifth signaling may further include a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time, where the active time includes detecting a time corresponding to an on-duration timer / or the time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • the UE in this embodiment may further include: a sending module 103, where the sending module 103 may be configured to: when the receiving module correctly receives the PDSCH After that, the acknowledgment message ACK is sent to the base station; or, after the determining module determines that the PDSCH cannot be received, the non-acknowledgement message NACK is sent to the base station.
  • the base station may determine that the UE does not successfully receive the PDSCH, and therefore may resend.
  • the UE may merge the received PDSCH (or the repeatedly transmitted transport block) after the NACK is sent within a preset or configured time.
  • the repeated PDSCH (or repeatedly transmitted transport block) or the new PDSCH (or newly transmitted transport block) can be distinguished by the scrambling code scrambled in the CRC.
  • the scrambling code can be preset or configured by the base station.
  • the coverage enhancement mode may be started.
  • the PDs may be configured to transmit the same PDSCH in consecutive p subframes, where p is an integer, and the coverage is enhanced by accumulating energy.
  • the UE may detect the PDSCH according to the configuration in consecutive p subframes to improve data reception. Success rate.
  • the UE in this embodiment may further include: a monitoring module 104, configured to be used in a search space configured by a base station and/or a first time configured by a base station. , listening to the control channel and / or PDSCH.
  • the control channel includes a PDCCH or an E-PDDCH.
  • the UE in this embodiment may only listen to the control channel in the dedicated search space of the UE or in a certain period of time (or simultaneously specify the search space and the first time), or only listen to the PDSCH, or simultaneously monitor the control channel and the PDSCH.
  • Corresponding transmission modes may include the following: In the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only the control channel is transmitted; in the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only PDSCH is transmitted; dedicated search in the UE Space (no restrictions on time) Simultaneous transmission of control channel and PDSCH; Only PDSCH is transmitted in the first time of a certain period (no restrictions on the frequency domain); In the first time of a certain period (no restrictions on the frequency domain) Transmitting the PDSCH; transmitting the control channel and the PDSCH simultaneously at a certain time (without limitation on the frequency domain); transmitting only the PDSCH in the dedicated search space of the UE and at a certain time in a certain period; in the dedicated search
  • the first time may be a predefined or configured period of time, such as one subframe or several subframes located at the beginning of the discontinuous reception time period.
  • Figure 5 is the monitoring of the control channel and / or PDSCH in a specific first time The schematic diagram, as shown in Figure 5, the control channel and PDSCH sometimes listen at the same time, sometimes not at the same time.
  • the search space may be configured by a base station or preset, and the first time may be configured by a base station or preset.
  • the number of blind detections can be reduced, and the power consumption of the UE can be saved.
  • the time interval or period of the first time of the monitoring control channel is greater than or less than that of the PDSCH.
  • the time interval or period of the first time If the time interval or period of the first time of monitoring the control channel is greater than the time interval or period of the first time of listening to the PDSCH, the signaling overhead is saved; if the time interval or period of the first time of monitoring the control channel is smaller than that of the PDSCH.
  • the time interval or period of the first time facilitates fast handover to the signaling scheduling mode for other TBS handover or hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid-ARQ, referred to as HARQ) or coverage enhanced transmission mode.
  • Hybrid-ARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the monitoring module 104 may be specifically configured to: when the control channel and the PDSCH are monitored in a search space configured by the base station and/or a configuration configured by the base station, the TBS is controlled by the size of the transport block. And the channel and the PDSCH, or the control channel and the PDSCH are differentiated according to at least one of a resource granularity, a time domain location, and a frequency domain location, or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the preset first indication information.
  • the TBS can directly distinguish whether it is a PDSCH or a control channel.
  • the DCI format used by the DCI carried by the control channel may be a subset or all of the existing DCI format.
  • DCI format 1A can be pre-defined, and the transport block size whose value of TBS is not equal to the size of DCI format 1A is considered to be PDSCH transmission.
  • the transport block size is the same as the existing DCI format size, it can be distinguished by using a different resource granularity than the DCI format for aggregation or different time-frequency resource locations or explicit indications.
  • the monitoring module 104 may distinguish the downlink control information DCI and the PDSCH according to the cyclic redundancy check CRC scrambled scrambling code, according to the newly added indicator bit in the DCI or the original
  • the first indication information in the bits distinguishes the control channel from the PDSCH.
  • the CRC scrambled scrambling code can be used to distinguish between the PDSCH and the DCI format.
  • the scrambling code is predefined or configured.
  • a 16-bit scrambling code can contain ⁇ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> Or ⁇ 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>.
  • the scrambling code and the CRC check code and the RNTI are added by bit by bit, and then the modulo two operation is performed.
  • the scrambling code sequence is ⁇ R. , Ri , R 2 , .. ., R L-1 ⁇
  • CRC sequence is ⁇ P.
  • the RNTI sequence is ⁇ X. , X, , X 2 , .. ., Xw ⁇
  • the three sequences can be added bit by bit and then subjected to the modulo two operation, and the obtained new sequence (ie, the scrambled sequence) is:
  • the 0 when the TBS is smaller than the DCI format, the 0 can be complemented by the bit of the TBS so that it is the same size as the existing DCI format.
  • the CRC scrambled scrambling code is used to distinguish between PDSCH and DCI format.
  • a 16-bit scrambling code can contain ⁇ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> or ⁇ 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>.
  • the scrambling code and the CRC check code are added by modulo two.
  • different scrambling codes may be used to indicate the TBS of the PDSCH or a fixed number of bits before or after the transmission block bit indicates the TBS of the PDSCH.
  • the determining module 101 may be further configured to: determine, according to a preset rule, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, or
  • the sixth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE Signaling.
  • the determining module 101 may be further configured to: determine, according to a preset rule, a modulation mode of the PDSCH, or
  • the ninth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE Signaling.
  • the preset rule may be at least one of the following: a channel quality range, a signal to noise ratio range, and a bit error. Rate threshold, error rate threshold, spectrum efficiency threshold.
  • the modulation method may include any one of the following: Gaussian minimum shift keying (GMSK), QuadriPhase Shift Keying (QPSK), 16-phase quadrature amplitude modulation (16 Quadrature) Amplitude Modulation, referred to as: 16QAM), 64 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (64QAM)
  • GMSK Gaussian minimum shift keying
  • QPSK QuadriPhase Shift Keying
  • 16QAM 16-phase quadrature amplitude modulation
  • 64QAM 64 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
  • the TBS may be a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol; and, in the foregoing embodiments, the first signaling, the second signaling, the third signaling, and the fourth signaling
  • the fifth signaling, the sixth signaling, and the ninth signaling may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling.
  • the UE described in the foregoing embodiment of the UE may perform the technical solution corresponding to the method embodiment shown in FIG. 15 or the corresponding embodiment in the embodiment shown in FIG. The method performed by the UE.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of the UE according to the present invention.
  • the UE in this embodiment reduces the control signaling overhead by changing the content of the downlink control information DCI.
  • the UE in this embodiment may include: a determining module 601 and a data transmission module 602, where
  • the determining module 601 is configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication; the determining module 601 is further configured to determine, according to the indication information in the DCI, a frequency resource used for data transmission;
  • a data transmission module 602 can be used to transmit data on the frequency resource for data transmission.
  • the data transmission module may be configured to receive downlink data sent by the base station, and may also be used to send uplink data to the base station.
  • the existing DCI covers the entire system bandwidth under different system bandwidths, and the resource indication overhead is too large.
  • This embodiment considers reducing the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, thereby reducing the bits of the DCI format.
  • you can preset or configure the maximum bandwidth or maximum bandwidth corresponding to the DCI format for example, the bandwidth corresponding to 6 RBs.
  • the frequency domain resource location corresponding to the DCI supporting the maximum bandwidth may be preset or configured, for example, determining the RB location.
  • the LTE resource allocation type may be used, for example, Type 0 or Type 1 or Type 2 is indicated. Among them, resource allocation type 2 supports centralized and distributed resources. Source allocation.
  • the resource allocation type 0 of the LTE is to divide the consecutive RBs into groups, and each group uses 1 bit to indicate whether to use or not; the resource allocation type 1 of LTE divides the discrete RB into several sets, and first indicates whether the set is Using, then indicating whether to use the RBs in the set; LTE resource allocation type 2, indicating the starting position and length of a continuous frequency domain resource, and supporting one RB pair located in 2 slots respectively at the same frequency Or different frequencies.
  • the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication is smaller than the current system bandwidth, and the system bandwidth is one of ⁇ 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20 MHz ⁇ , or is ⁇ 6 RB, 15 RB, One of 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB ⁇ .
  • the UE of this embodiment determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determines the frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determines the frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • Data transmission through the frequency resource; the frequency domain resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the frequency domain resource corresponding to the system bandwidth or the system bandwidth, but a smaller bandwidth or smaller.
  • the bandwidth corresponding to the frequency domain resource, so the indication information used to determine the frequency resource used for data transmission in the DCI can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving system transmission efficiency.
  • the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication may be determined by using a preset or signaling manner. Therefore, the determining module 601 may be specifically configured to:
  • the preset first frequency resource is used as the range of the frequency resource for the DCI indication; or the seventh signaling sent by the base station is received, and the DCI is determined according to the indication information in the seventh signaling.
  • the range of the indicated frequency resource, the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a UE according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the UE in this embodiment may further include:
  • the receiving module 603 is configured to receive a second DCI sent by the base station, where the DCI indicates a coding rate of the data.
  • the coding rate may be an encoding rate defined in a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) or an aggregation level of resource granularity for transmitting a PDSCH.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the determining module 601 is further configured to:
  • the data transmission module Before the data transmission module transmits data on the frequency resource for data transmission, Determining that the transport block size TBS of the data is a preset TBS, or receiving the eighth signaling sent by the base station, and determining the TBS according to the indication information in the eighth signaling, the eighth letter
  • the command includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the determining module 601 is further configured to:
  • the indication bits of the MCS can be further reduced, thereby further reducing the overhead of control signaling.
  • the modulation mode may be preset to one of QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM. Then, the modulation and coding scheme MCS or coding rate of the data in the modulation mode is configured to indicate the TBS, and the configuration signaling can be DCI signaling.
  • the modulation mode of the data may be one of QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM, and the configuration signaling may be RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling. Then, the modulation and coding scheme MCS or coding rate of the data in the modulation mode is configured to indicate the TBS, and the configuration signaling can be DCI signaling.
  • the modulation mode of the data when the modulation mode of the data is limited to QPSK, the modulation coding scheme or the MCS index or the TBS index or the coding rate in the LTE existing modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS.
  • Index 0 ⁇ 9 that is, only 4 bits are needed to indicate the 10 states; when it is limited to 16QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index.
  • 10 ⁇ 16 that is, 3 bits can indicate the 7 states; when limited to 64QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index 17 ⁇ 28. That is, 4 bits can indicate the 12 states.
  • the modulation mode of the data is limited to QPSK
  • the modulation coding scheme or the MCS index or the TBS index or the coding rate in the LTE existing modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the index of the existing MCS.
  • the receiving module 603 is further configured to:
  • the determining module 601 is further configured to determine that the common control channel is monitored in the second subframe, that is, the dedicated control channel of the UE is not monitored in the second subframe.
  • the common control channel includes: a control channel carrying a system message, a random access response, a paging, and a power control.
  • the period of the second subframe may be an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
  • the seventh signaling and the eighth signaling in the foregoing embodiments may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling; or may be different signaling.
  • the UE described in the foregoing UE embodiment may perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 19 or the method performed by the corresponding UE in FIG.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • a blind detection manner is used to reduce control signaling overhead.
  • the base station in this embodiment may include: a determining module 801 and a sending module 802, where
  • a determining module 801 configured to determine a transport block size TBS to be sent
  • the determining module 801 is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • the sending module 802 is configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the base station of this embodiment may be used for the UE side to detect the PDSCH blindly.
  • the base station may also send the DCI at the same time, so that the UE performs detection according to the indication of the DCI.
  • the DCI does not need to be sent. This manner is preferably applied to a scenario where the TBS of the data can be different from the existing DCI signaling, but the TBS of the data is This mode is also applicable to the case where the size of the existing DCI signaling is the same, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sending module sends the UE to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the transmission of the transport block enables the UE to implement blind detection of the PDSCH, so that the downlink data can be received without the indication of the DCI, and thus the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the system.
  • the required information is: TBS, frequency domain resources, and time domain resources. The following information will be separately described.
  • the preset may be used, or may be determined according to the manner in which the base station signaling is notified.
  • the determining module 801 may be specifically configured to:
  • first signaling Sending, to the UE, first signaling, where the first signaling includes indication information for determining a transport block size TBS, where the first signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or media connection Incoming control MAC control element CE signaling.
  • the predefined TBS may be one or more of a subset of existing TBS tables or a newly added TBS.
  • the base station can use signaling to indicate which TBS the UE uses for blind detection.
  • the base station can notify the TBS of the time period by using the first signaling, and notify the new TBS by the first signaling when the TBS changes.
  • a finite number of TBS values can be predefined, and then the first signalling is used to inform which TBS value is currently being used.
  • the defined finite number of TBS values can be a subset of existing TBS tables, such as ⁇ 208, 600, 872, 1000 ⁇ .
  • the first signaling used may be RRC signaling or DCI format or MAC CE or any combination therebetween.
  • the base station may use the RRC signaling indication while indicating the PDSCH carrying the RRC signaling using a DCI format such as format 1A.
  • the base station may further determine a coding rate of the PDSCH, and send data according to the coding rate.
  • the determining module 801 is further configured to determine a coding rate for transmitting the PDSCH;
  • the sending module 802 is specifically configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE according to the encoding rate on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the coding rate of the PDSCH may include an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH.
  • the determining module 801 can be specifically configured to: The aggregation level of the resource granularity of the transmission PDSCH is determined.
  • the PDSCH is transmitted by aggregation of resource granularity consisting of one or a group of identical resource granularity units.
  • the aggregation of resource granularity is represented by the aggregation level. If the aggregation level is 1, the PDSCH is transmitted by 1 resource granularity. If the aggregation level is 2, the PDSCH is transmitted by 2 resource granularities.
  • the determining module 801 can be specifically configured to:
  • the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes a physical downlink control channel.
  • the subset of the aggregation level of the ECCE or the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes at least the aggregation level 6.
  • the aggregation level includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
  • the frequency domain resource is indicated by the resource block RB, and the determining module 801 can be specifically used to:
  • Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB;
  • the second signaling includes indication information for determining a resource block RB of the PDSCH, where the second signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the frequency resource may also be indicated by PRB or VRB.
  • the resource block indicated by RB is only an example.
  • the frequency domain resource is indicated by the bandwidth and the starting location. This mode is especially applicable to the scenario where the frequency domain resource is a continuous resource.
  • the determining module 801 can be specifically configured to:
  • the third signaling includes indication information for determining a first starting location of a frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the determining module 801 can determine a larger frequency domain resource range.
  • the UE can also determine a smaller range to detect in the larger frequency domain resource range. Therefore, the determining module 801 can be specifically configured to:
  • the fourth signaling includes indication information for enabling the UE to determine a second starting location of the frequency resource that is to be monitored by the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following : RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the base station may first send a larger frequency resource range to the UE according to the first manner, for example: RBs numbered 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, and then the UE sends the fourth.
  • the signaling is used to enable the UE to determine the second starting position according to the hash function according to the second starting position of the indication information in the fourth signaling, or may not send the fourth signaling, starting from the second starting position.
  • Blind detection if it is determined that the second starting position is RB 7, the UE can start detecting from RB 7 up to RB 13.
  • the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH may be determined by means of signaling or a predefined manner, so the determining module 801 may specifically be used to:
  • discontinuous reception time (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) for PDSCH transmission.
  • the UE performs PDSCH detection on a plurality of non-contiguous time intervals.
  • the UE performs blind detection of the PDSCH during the On duration of each DRX cycle.
  • the indication information in the fifth signaling may further include a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time, where the active time includes detecting a time corresponding to an on timer / or the time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
  • the indication information in the fifth signaling may further indicate that: the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station in this embodiment may further include: a receiving module 803, where the sending module 803 may be configured to receive an acknowledgement message ACK sent by the UE or Non-confirmation message NACK.
  • the base station does not receive the acknowledgment message ACK sent by the UE within the first preset time, the base station resends the transport block within a second preset time.
  • the base station When the base station side receives the NACK, or when the base station does not receive the acknowledgement message ACK sent by the UE within the first preset time, the base station resends the transport block within the second preset time.
  • the base station can distinguish between the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH (or repeatedly transmitted transport block) or the newly transmitted PDSCH (or newly transmitted transport block) by the scrambling code scrambled in the CRC.
  • the scrambling code can be preset or configured by the base station.
  • the base station may also start the coverage enhancement mode.
  • the PDs may be configured to transmit the same PDSCH in consecutive p subframes, where p is an integer, and the energy is used for coverage enhancement.
  • the UE may detect the PDSCH according to the configuration in consecutive p subframes to improve the PDSCH. The success rate of data reception.
  • sending module 802 is further configured to:
  • the control channel and ⁇ or PDSCH are transmitted to the UE in a preset search space and / or a preset first time.
  • the control channel includes PDDCH and E-PDDCH.
  • the base station in this embodiment may only send a control channel to the UE in a dedicated search space of the UE or a certain period of time (or simultaneously specify a search space and a first time), or only send a PDSCH to the UE. Or transmitting the control channel and the PDSCH to the UE at the same time.
  • Corresponding transmission modes may include the following: In the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only the control channel is transmitted; in the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only PDSCH is transmitted; dedicated search in the UE Space (no restrictions on time) Simultaneous transmission of control channel and PDSCH; Only PDSCH is transmitted in the first time of a certain period (no restrictions on the frequency domain); In the first time of a certain period (no restrictions on the frequency domain) Transmitting the PDSCH; simultaneously transmitting the control channel and the PDSCH at a certain time (without limitation on the frequency domain); transmitting only the PDSCH in the dedicated search space of the UE and at a certain time in a certain period; in the dedicated search space of the UE and at some The segment transmits only the control channel at the first time; the PDSCH and the control channel are simultaneously transmitted in the UE's dedicated search space and at a certain first time.
  • the first time may be a predefined or configured period of time
  • the search space may be configured by a base station or preset, and the first time may be configured by a base station or preset.
  • control channel and the PDSCH are not transmitted in the same first time, they can be reduced.
  • the number of blind detections saves the power consumption of the UE.
  • the time interval or period of the first time of sending the control channel is greater than or less than the number of sending the PDSCH A time interval or period of time.
  • the time interval or period of the first time of transmitting the control channel is greater than the time interval or period of the first time of transmitting the PDSCH, it is advantageous to save signaling overhead; when the time interval of the first time of transmitting the control channel or When the period is smaller than the time interval or period of the first time when the PDSCH is sent, it is convenient to quickly switch to the signaling scheduling mode for other TBS handover or HARQ or coverage enhanced transmission mode.
  • the sending module 802 when the sending module 802 sends a control channel and a PDSCH to the UE in a preset search space and/or a preset first time, the control channel or the The PDSCH further includes preset first indication information, configured to enable the UE to distinguish between the control channel and the PDSCH.
  • the TBS can directly distinguish whether it is a PDSCH or a control channel.
  • the DCI format used by the DCI carried by the control channel may be a subset or all of the existing DCI format.
  • DCI format 1A can be pre-defined, and the transport block size whose value of TBS is not equal to the size of DCI format 1A is considered to be PDSCH transmission.
  • the transport block size is the same as the existing DCI format size, it can be distinguished by using a different resource granularity than the DCI format for aggregation or different time-frequency resource locations or explicit indications.
  • the method in the foregoing implementation manner may be adopted, that is, the explicit indication information is used to enable the UE to distinguish the control channel from the PDSCH.
  • the CRC scrambled scrambling code can be used to distinguish the PDSCH from the control channel.
  • the scrambling code is predefined or configured.
  • a 16-bit scrambling code can contain ⁇ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> Or ⁇ 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>.
  • the scrambling code and the CRC check code use the modulo two operation.
  • the TBS when the TBS is smaller than the DCI format, it can be compensated by the bit after the TBS. Charge 0 to make it the same size as the existing DCI format.
  • the CRC scrambled scrambling code is used to distinguish the PDSCH from the DCI format.
  • a 16-bit scrambling code can contain ⁇ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> or ⁇ 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>.
  • the scrambling code and the CRC check code are added by modulo two.
  • different scrambling codes may be used to indicate the TBS of the PDSCH or to add a fixed number of bits to the TBS of the PDSCH before or after the transport block bit.
  • the determining module 801 may be further configured to: determine, according to a preset rule, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, or
  • a sixth signaling where the sixth signaling includes indication information for determining that the PDSCH is a listening mode, where the sixth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the sending module 802 is specifically configured to:
  • the PDSCH is transmitted by using antenna port 0 or by using transmit diversity;
  • the PDSCH is transmitted using the MBSFN subframe.
  • the determining module 801 may be further configured to: determine, according to a preset rule, a modulation mode of the PDSCH, or
  • the modulation mode of the PDSCH, the ninth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the preset rule may be at least one of the following: a channel quality range, a signal to noise ratio range, a bit error rate threshold, a packet error rate threshold, and a preset rule corresponding to a spectrum efficiency threshold.
  • the modulation method may include any one of the following: GMSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM.
  • the TBS may be a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol; and, in the foregoing embodiments, the first signaling, the second signaling, the third signaling, the fourth signaling, The fifth signaling, the sixth signaling, and the ninth signaling may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the control signaling overhead is reduced by changing the content of the DCI indication information.
  • the base station in this embodiment may include: a determining module 1001, a sending module 1002, and a data transmission module 1003, where
  • the determining module 1001 may be configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for the downlink control information DCI indication;
  • the sending module 1002 may be configured to send the DCI to the UE, so that the UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • the data transmission module 1003 can be configured to perform data transmission by using the frequency resource for data transmission.
  • the data transmission module may be configured to receive uplink data sent by the UE, and may also be used to send downlink data to the UE.
  • the resource indication overhead is too large.
  • the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is reduced, thereby reducing the bits of the DCI format.
  • the frequency domain resource location corresponding to the DCI supporting the maximum bandwidth may be preset or configured, for example, determining the RB location, and when configuring the frequency domain resource location, Use LTE's resource allocation type, such as Type 0 or Type 1 or Type 2.
  • resource allocation type 2 supports centralized and distributed resource allocation.
  • the resource allocation type 0 of the LTE is to divide the consecutive RBs into groups, and each group uses 1 bit to indicate whether to use or not;
  • the resource allocation type 1 of LTE divides the discrete RB into several sets, and first indicates whether the set is Using, then indicating whether the RB in the set is used;
  • the resource allocation type 2 of the LTE is a starting position and length indicating a continuous frequency domain resource, and supports one RB pair located in two time slots at the same frequency Or different frequencies.
  • the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication is smaller than the system bandwidth, and the system bandwidth is one of ⁇ 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20 MHz ⁇ , or is ⁇ 6 RB, 15 RB, 30 RB, One of 50RB, 75RB, 100RB ⁇ .
  • the base station in this embodiment first determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determines The frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determining the frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI, and performing data transmission on the frequency resource; the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer
  • the system bandwidth is a smaller bandwidth. Therefore, the indication information used to determine the frequency resource used for data transmission in the DCI can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving system transmission efficiency.
  • the range of the frequency resource for the DCI indication may be determined by using a preset or signaling manner. Therefore, the determining module 1001 may be specifically configured to:
  • the indication information of the range of resources, the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
  • the sending module 1002 is further configured to:
  • the second DCI includes indication information for indicating a coding rate of the data.
  • the coding rate can be a modulation and coding scheme (Modulation and Coding)
  • the determining module 1001 is further configured to:
  • the TBS is a preset TBS, or
  • the determining module 1001 is further configured to:
  • the indication bits of the MCS can be further reduced, thereby further reducing the overhead of control signaling.
  • the modulation mode may be preset to one of QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM. Then, a modulation and coding scheme of the data in the modulation mode is configured to indicate the TBS, and the configuration signaling may be DCI signaling.
  • the modulation mode of the data can be configured as QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM.
  • the configuration signaling may be RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling.
  • the modulation and coding scheme of the data in the modulation mode is then configured to indicate the TBS, which may be DCI signaling.
  • the sending module 1002 is further configured to:
  • the common control channel includes: a control channel carrying a system message, a random access response, a paging, and a power control.
  • the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
  • the seventh signaling and the eighth signaling in the foregoing embodiments may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling; or may be different signaling.
  • the base station described in each of the foregoing base station embodiments may perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 20 or the method performed by the corresponding base station in FIG.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 6 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • the UE in this embodiment may receive data in a blind detection manner, thereby reducing control signaling overhead.
  • the UE 1100 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 1101, a transmitter 1102, and a processor 1103.
  • the memory 1104 and the bus 1105 are also shown.
  • the receiver 1101, the transmitter 1102, and the processor are shown. 1103.
  • the memory 1104 is connected through the bus 1105 and completes communication with each other.
  • the bus 1105 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (Industry Standard Architecture,
  • the bus 1105 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 11, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • Memory 1104 is for storing executable program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • Memory 1104 may include high speed RAM memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 1103 can be a central processing unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the processor 1103 is configured to determine a transport block size TBS.
  • the processor 1103 is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • the receiver 1101 is configured to receive the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the processor 1101 is specifically configured to: determine that the size of the transport block is preset.
  • the base station Receiving a first signaling sent by the base station, and determining a size TBS of the transport block according to the indication information in the first signaling, where the first signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium Access Control MAC Control Element CE Signaling.
  • the processor 1103 is further configured to:
  • the receiver 1101 is specifically configured to receive, according to the coding rate of the PDSCH, the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the coding rate of the PDSCH includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH
  • the processor 1103 is specifically configured to:
  • the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is: the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the transmission PDSCH is at least Contains aggregation level 6.
  • the resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
  • the processor 1103 is specifically configured to:
  • Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB;
  • the processor 1103 is specifically configured to: Determining the bandwidth of the PDSCH according to the configuration of the base station;
  • the receiver 1101 Instructing the receiver 1101 to receive the third signaling sent by the base station, and determining a first starting location of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC Signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the processor 1103 is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver 1101 Instructing the receiver 1101 to receive the fourth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the fourth signaling, a second starting location of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following : RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or determining a second starting position of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH according to a preset hash function.
  • the processor 1101 is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver 1101 Instructing the receiver 1101 to receive the fifth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the fifth signaling, that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the first subframe, and the fifth signaling is at least one of the following: Signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or,
  • the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, and an active time, where the active time includes detecting a time corresponding to an on-duration timer. / or the time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
  • the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
  • the transmitter 1102 is configured to: after the receiver 1101 correctly receives the PDSCH, send an acknowledgement message ACK to the base station; or, after the processor 1101 determines that the PDSCH cannot be received, to the base station.
  • a non-acknowledgement message NACK is sent.
  • the receiver 1101 is further configured to:
  • the control channel and / or PDSCH are monitored during the search space configured by the base station and / or the first time configured by the base station.
  • the time interval of the first time of the interception control channel is greater than or less than the time of the first time of listening to the PDSCH. interval.
  • the receiver 1101 is specifically configured to: when the control channel and the PDSCH are monitored in a search space configured by the base station and/or a configuration configured by the base station, distinguish the control channel and the PDSCH by using a size TBS of the transport block, or, according to Resource granularity, time domain location, frequency domain location At least one of the control channel and the PDSCH is distinguished, or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the preset first indication information.
  • the receiver 1101 is specifically configured to:
  • the DCI and the PDSCH are differentiated according to the cyclic redundancy check CRC scrambled scrambling code, and the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the new indication bit in the DCI or the first indication information in the original bit.
  • the TBS is a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the processor 1103 is further configured to:
  • the PDSCH is a listening mode
  • the sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the TBS may be a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol; and, in the foregoing embodiment, the first signaling, the second signaling, the third signaling, the fourth signaling, and the fifth The signaling, the sixth signaling, and the ninth signaling may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the UE described in this embodiment may perform the method performed by the corresponding UE in FIG. 15 or FIG. 17 below.
  • the UE in this embodiment receives the transmission on the time domain resource and the frequency resource after the processor determines the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource of the PDSCH, and the frequency resource. Therefore, the blind detection of the PDSCH can be implemented, so that the downlink data can be received without the indication of the DCI, and thus the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the system.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 7 of the UE according to the present invention.
  • the UE in this embodiment may reduce the control signaling overhead by changing the content of the DCI.
  • the UE 1200 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 1201, a transmitter 1202, and a processor 1203.
  • the memory 1204 and the bus 1205 are also shown.
  • the receiver 1201, the transmitter 1202, and the processor are shown. 1203.
  • the memory 1204 is connected through the bus 1205 and completes communication with each other.
  • the bus 1205 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an extended industrial standard. Extended Industry Standard Architecture (ESA) bus, etc.
  • ISA Industry Standard Architecture
  • PCI Peripheral Component
  • ESA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the bus 1205 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 12, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • Memory 1204 is for storing executable program code, including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 1204 may include a high speed RAM memory and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 1203 may be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • the processor 1203 is configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for the downlink control information DCI indication
  • the processor 1203 is further configured to determine, according to the indication information in the DCI, a frequency resource used for data transmission;
  • Receiver 1201 and transmitter 1202 are configured to upload data in the frequency resource for data transmission.
  • the processor 1203 is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver 1201 Using the preset first frequency resource as the range of the frequency resource for the DCI indication; or, instructing the receiver 1201 to receive the seventh signaling sent by the base station, and according to the indication information in the seventh signaling Determining the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, where the seventh signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
  • the receiver 1201 is further configured to receive a second DCI sent by the base station, where the DCI indicates a coding rate of the data.
  • the coding rate includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the data.
  • the processor 1203 is further configured to:
  • the processor 1203 is further configured to:
  • the system bandwidth is one of ⁇ 1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz ⁇ , or one of ⁇ 6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB ⁇
  • the range of frequency resources indicated by the DCI is less than the system bandwidth.
  • the receiver 1201 is further configured to:
  • the processor 1203 is further configured to instruct the receiver 1201 to determine a common control channel of the UE in the second subframe.
  • the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
  • the seventh signaling and the eighth signaling in this embodiment may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling; or may be different signaling.
  • the UE of the UE embodiment may perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 19 or the method performed by the corresponding UE in FIG. 21 in the following.
  • the UE of this embodiment determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determines the frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determines the frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • Data transmission through the frequency resource; the frequency domain resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the frequency domain resource corresponding to the system bandwidth or the system bandwidth, but a smaller bandwidth or smaller.
  • the bandwidth corresponding to the frequency domain resource, so the indication information used to determine the frequency resource used for data transmission in the DCI can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving system transmission efficiency.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station in this embodiment may use the method of blind detection by the UE to send data, thereby reducing control signaling overhead.
  • the base station 1300 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 1301, a transmitter 1302, and a processor 1303.
  • the memory 1304 and the bus 1305 are also shown.
  • the memory 1304 is connected through the bus 1305 and completes communication with each other.
  • the bus 1305 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (ESA) bus.
  • ISA Industry Standard Architecture
  • PCI Peripheral Component
  • ESA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the bus 1305 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 13, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • Memory 1304 is for storing executable program code, including computer operating instructions.
  • Memory 1304 may include high speed RAM memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 1303 can be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • the processor 1303 is configured to determine a transport block size TBS to be sent
  • the processor 1303 is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
  • the transmitter 1302 is configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the processor 1303 is specifically configured to:
  • the sender 1302 Instructing the sender 1302 to send the first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes indication information for determining a transport block size TBS, where the first signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or Medium Access Control MAC Control Element CE Signaling.
  • processor 1303 is further configured to:
  • the transmitter 1302 is specifically configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE according to the coding rate of the PDSCH on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the coding rate of the PDSCH includes an aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH; the processor 1303 is specifically configured to:
  • the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes a subset of the aggregation level of the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or an aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH At least included Aggregation level 6.
  • the aggregation level includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
  • the processor 1303 is specifically configured to:
  • Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB;
  • the second signaling includes indication information for determining a resource block RB of the PDSCH, where the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling , PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the processor 1303 is specifically configured to:
  • the transmitter 1302 Instructing the transmitter 1302 to send the third signaling to the UE, where the third signaling includes indication information for determining a first start position of a frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC Signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • processor 1303 is further configured to:
  • the transmitter 1302 Instructing the transmitter 1302 to send fourth signaling to the UE, where the fourth signaling includes indication information for causing the UE to determine a second starting location of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH, where the fourth The signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the processor 1303 is specifically configured to:
  • the fifth signaling sent by the sender 1302 to the UE is indicated, where the fifth signaling includes indication information for determining a first subframe for transmitting a PDSCH.
  • the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, and an active time, where the active time includes detecting a time corresponding to an on-duration timer. / or the time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
  • the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
  • the receiver 1301 is configured to receive an acknowledgement message ACK or a non-acknowledgement message NACK sent by the UE.
  • the base station when the base station does not receive the acknowledgement message ACK sent by the UE in the first preset time, the base station resends the transport block in a second preset time.
  • the transmitter 1302 is further configured to:
  • the control channel and ⁇ or PDSCH are transmitted to the UE in a preset search space and / or a preset first time.
  • the time interval of the first time of sending the control channel is greater than or less than the time of sending the PDSCH. interval.
  • the control channel or the PDSCH further includes a pre- The first indication information is used to enable the UE to distinguish between the control channel and the PDSCH.
  • the TBS is a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • processor 1303 is further configured to:
  • the sixth signaling includes indication information for determining that the PDSCH is a listening mode, and the sixth signaling is at least one of the following: Order, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
  • the transmitter 1302 is specifically configured to:
  • the PDSCH is transmitted by using the non-MBSFN subframe
  • the PDSCH is transmitted by using the antenna port 0 or by using the transmit diversity.
  • the PDSCH is transmitted using the MBSFN subframe
  • the PDSCH is transmitted using the antenna port port 7.
  • the first signaling, the second signaling, the third signaling, the fourth signaling, the fifth signaling, the sixth signaling, and the ninth signaling may be the same signaling, that is, The same signaling includes indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling.
  • the base station of this embodiment may perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 16 or the method performed by the corresponding base station in FIG. 17 in the following.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station in this embodiment may reduce control signaling overhead by changing the content of the DCI. As shown in FIG.
  • the base station 1400 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 1401, a transmitter 1402, and a processor 1403.
  • the memory 1404 and the bus 1405 are also shown.
  • the receiver 1401, the transmitter 1402, and the processor are shown.
  • the memory 1404 is connected through the bus 1405 and completes communication with each other.
  • the bus 1405 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (ESA) bus.
  • ISA Industry Standard Architecture
  • PCI Peripheral Component
  • ESA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the bus 1405 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 14, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • Memory 1404 is for storing executable program code, including computer operating instructions.
  • Memory 1404 may include high speed RAM memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 1403 can be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • the processor 1403 is configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for the downlink control information DCI indication.
  • the transmitter 1402 is configured to send the DCI to the user equipment UE, so that the UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • the transmitter 1402 and the receiver 1401 are configured to perform data transmission by using the frequency resource for data transmission.
  • the processor 1403 is specifically configured to:
  • the seventh signaling includes determining the The indication information for the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI, the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
  • the transmitter 1402 is further configured to:
  • the coding rate indicated by the second DCI includes an aggregation level indicated by the DCI.
  • the processor 1403 is further configured to:
  • the TBS is a preset TBS, or
  • the eighth signaling includes indication information for determining the TBS, where the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling or DCI.
  • processor 1403 is further configured to:
  • the transmitter 1402 is instructed to send a third DCI to the UE, where the third DCI includes indication information for determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode.
  • the system bandwidth is one of ⁇ 1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz ⁇ , or one of ⁇ 6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB ⁇
  • the The frequency range indicated by the DCI is less than the system bandwidth.
  • the transmitter 1402 is further configured to:
  • the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
  • the seventh signaling and the eighth signaling in this embodiment may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling; or may be different signaling.
  • the base station of this embodiment may perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 20 or the method performed by the corresponding base station in FIG.
  • the base station in this embodiment first determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determines the frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determines the frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • Embodiment 1 of a data transmission method according to the present invention.
  • the execution body of this embodiment is The UE may perform a data transmission method in cooperation with the base station.
  • the data transmission method in this embodiment may include:
  • Step 1501 The UE determines a transport block size TBS.
  • Step 1502 The UE determines to transmit a time domain resource and a frequency resource of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block.
  • Step 1503 The UE receives the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the UE may blindly detect the PDSCH according to the determined TBS, the time domain resource of the transmission PDSCH, and the frequency resource.
  • the UE may also perform detection according to the indication of the DCI. When the data on the PDSCH is received only by blind detection, the indication of the DCI is not required.
  • the UE When the UE receives the data on the PDSCH in a blind detection manner, it is preferably applied to a scenario in which the TBS of the data can be different from the existing DCI signaling, but when the TBS of the data is the same as the size of the existing DCI signaling. This method is also applicable to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE after determining the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH, and the frequency resource, the UE receives the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, thereby enabling blind detection of the PDSCH, thereby enabling blind detection of the PDSCH.
  • the downlink data can be received without the indication of DCI, so the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the system.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a data transmission method according to the present invention.
  • the execution entity of this embodiment is a base station, and may perform a data transmission method in cooperation with the UE.
  • the data transmission method of this embodiment may include:
  • Step 1601 The base station determines a transport block size TBS to be sent
  • Step 1602 The base station determines to transmit a time domain resource and a frequency resource of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
  • Step 1603 The base station sends the transport block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the base station after determining the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH, and the frequency resource, the base station sends the transport block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, so that the PDSCH can be blindly detected. Therefore, downlink data can be received without an indication of DCI, and thus control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving transmission efficiency of the system.
  • FIG. 17 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a data transmission method according to the present invention.
  • the body is a base station and a UE.
  • the data transmission method in this embodiment may include: Step 1701: The base station determines a transport block size TBS to be sent.
  • Step 1702 The UE determines a transport block size TBS to be received.
  • the TBS may be a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • Step 1701 and step 1702 may be performed simultaneously, or may not be performed at the same time, and there is no order.
  • Step 1703 The base station determines a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block.
  • Step 1704 The UE determines a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block.
  • Step 1703 and step 1704 may be performed simultaneously, or may not be performed at the same time, and there is no order.
  • Step 1705 The base station sends the transmission block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the UE receives the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • the base station and the UE respectively send the transport block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, so that the PDSCH can be implemented.
  • the blind detection enables the downlink data to be received without the indication of the DCI, so that the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the system.
  • the information required for the blind detection of the PDSCH or the PDSCH blind detection is as follows: TBS, frequency domain resources, and time domain resources. The following describes the information that needs to be determined.
  • the TBS of the PDSCH may be preset or used for signaling.
  • the determining, by the base station, the TBS may include:
  • the base station sends first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes indication information for determining a transport block size TBS.
  • the UE determines a transport block size TBS, including:
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or The UE receives the first signaling sent by the base station, and determines the size TBS of the transport block according to the indication information in the first signaling.
  • the first signaling may be at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
  • the preset TBS may be one or more, and the TBS used herein may be a subset of the existing TBS table or a newly added TBS.
  • signaling can be used to indicate which TBS to use for blind detection.
  • the existing TBS values can be multiplexed according to the following table:
  • a UE with a relatively stable service such as an MTC UE
  • the base station can notify the TBS of the time period by using the first signaling, and notify the new TBS by the first signaling when the TBS changes.
  • a finite number of TBS values can be predefined, and then the first signalling is used to inform which TBS value is currently being used.
  • the defined finite number of TBS values may be a subset of existing TBS tables, such as ⁇ 208, 600, 872, 1000 ⁇ .
  • the first signaling used may be RRC signaling or DCI format or MAC CE or any combination therebetween.
  • the base station may use RRC signaling indication while using a DCI format such as format 1A to indicate the PDSCH carrying the RRC signaling.
  • the coding rate may also be determined.
  • the method may further include: determining, by the base station and the UE, a coding rate of the PDSCH, respectively, the base station transmitting, according to the coding rate of the PDSCH, the coding rate to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource a transport block; the UE receives the transport block according to an encoding rate of the PDSCH on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of resource granularity and aggregation level, and resource granularity used in the embodiment of the present invention. It may be REG or EREG, CCE or ECCE, RB or PRB or VRB or N REG or N EREG or N CCEs or N ECCEs or N RBs (or PRBs or VRBs) in an LTE system, where N is a natural number.
  • the aggregation level used may be level 1, level 2, level 4, level 6, level 8, level 16, level 32, or a subset thereof as shown in FIG.
  • the resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
  • the determining, by the base station, the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH may include:
  • the base station Determining, by the base station, that the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is a preset aggregation level; or, the base station sends an aggregation level configuration message to the UE, so that the UE determines, according to the configuration message, a resource for transmitting the PDSCH.
  • the level of aggregation of the granularity is a preset aggregation level
  • the determining, by the UE, the aggregation level of the resource granularity of transmitting the PDSCH may include: determining, by the UE, an aggregation level of the resource granularity of transmitting the PDSCH according to the configuration of the base station; or determining, by the UE, an aggregation level of the resource granularity of transmitting the PDSCH The default aggregation level.
  • the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is: the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the transmission PDSCH is at least Contains aggregation level 6.
  • the transport block can be coded (or decoded) using convolutional coding or Turbo coding, and then rate matched (or aggregated level detection) according to the aggregation level and the corresponding resource granularity.
  • convolutional coding has lower complexity than Turbo code, which is beneficial to UE complexity/power consumption reduction.
  • Turbo coding has better performance than convolutional coding because it exceeds the number of bits of the transport block to be encoded. For example, at 400 bits, Turbo coding is better than convolutional coding by about ldB. Therefore, the coding mode of the transport block can be predefined or configured.
  • the convolutional coding can be predefined or configured by signaling; when the coding is selected according to the performance, the channel coding mode can be determined according to the transport block size.
  • Convolutional coding is used when the transport block size is below a certain value, and Turbo coding is used when the transport block size is higher than a certain value.
  • the encoding process of the transport block is as follows: Add CRC, channel coding (convolutional coding or Turbo coding), rate matching, and coded output to the transmission block.
  • the frequency domain resource or location of the transmission PDSCH may be predefined or notified by signaling.
  • the determining, by the UE, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH may include:
  • the UE determines that the resource block RB of the PDSCH is the preset resource block RB; or the UE receives the second signaling sent by the base station, and determines the resource block for transmitting the PDSCH according to the indication information in the second signaling.
  • RB the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • this method is especially applicable to the scenario where the frequency domain resource is a continuous resource.
  • the determining, by the base station, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH may include:
  • the base station Determining, by the base station, that the resource block RB of the PDSCH is the preset resource block RB; or, the base station sends the second signaling to the UE, where the second signaling includes the resource block RB for determining the PDSCH Instructions.
  • the determining, by the UE, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH may include:
  • the UE receives the third signaling sent by the base station, and determines a first starting location of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling.
  • the third signaling may be at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the foregoing process may determine a larger frequency domain resource range.
  • the UE may also determine a smaller range to detect in the larger frequency domain resource range.
  • the determining, by the base station, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH, the method further includes: the base station sending the fourth signaling to the UE, where the fourth signaling includes a second start for determining, by the UE, the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH Location information.
  • the determining, by the UE, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH further includes: receiving, by the UE, the fourth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the fourth signaling, the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH The second starting position. Or the UE determines, according to a preset hash function, a second starting position of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH.
  • the fourth signaling may be at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH may be predefined or configured, for example, the bandwidth corresponding to the bandwidth of 6 RB is predefined.
  • the search space is defined as a set of possible frequency domain locations of the PDSCH, that is, a set of candidate frequency domain locations, which are distributed over the configured bandwidth.
  • the starting position of the PDSCH search space may be configured by the fourth signaling, and the UE performs blind detection according to a predefined or configured aggregation level from the starting position.
  • the starting position of the PDSCH search space may also be dynamically changed.
  • the UE may determine according to a hash function.
  • the method of determining the frequency domain location of the PDSCH according to the hash function is similar to determining the frequency domain location of the PDCCH or the EPDCCH. Methods.
  • the method can include:
  • the resource granularity included or corresponding to the set m of frequency domain locations of the candidate PDSCH is: + i
  • L is an aggregation level, which is a subset of the EPDCCH aggregation level or an aggregation level of 6.
  • the EPDCCH aggregation level is ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 ⁇ .
  • the number of candidates (locations) to be monitored or blindly detected when the level is L.
  • RNTI is UE
  • the assigned identifier, /3 ⁇ 4 is the slot number within one frame, and takes one of 0 to 19.
  • the time domain resources for transmitting the PDSCH can be determined by signaling notification or pre-configuration.
  • the determining, by the base station, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH may include:
  • the base station Determining, by the base station, that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the preset first subframe; or the fifth signaling sent by the base station to the UE, where the fifth signaling includes determining the transmission
  • the indication information of the first subframe of the PDSCH is the indication information of the first subframe of the PDSCH.
  • the UE determining the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH may include:
  • the UE receives the fifth signaling sent by the base station, and determines, according to the indication information in the fifth signaling, that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the first subframe, or the UE determines that the subframe of the PDSCH is The first subframe of the preset. Or MAC CE signaling.
  • the UE may perform PDSCH detection on a plurality of non-contiguous time intervals.
  • the UE performs blind detection of the PDSCH during the On duration of each DRX cycle.
  • the indication information in the fifth signaling may further include a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time, where the active time may include detecting a time corresponding to an on timer And/or the time corresponding to the inactivity timer ( inactivity timer ).
  • the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, and an active time, where the active time includes a corresponding activity timer (on duration timer). Time and/or time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
  • the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
  • the non-contiguous period may be a discontinuous reception period for the PDCCH configuration or an extension thereof.
  • the discontinuous reception period for transmitting the PDSCH may be an integer multiple of the non-contiguous reception period for transmitting the PDCCH.
  • SFN is the system frame number
  • the range is 0 ⁇ xx
  • the subframe number is 0 ⁇ 9
  • DRX-Cycle is the period of discontinuous reception of PDSCH
  • the DRX-Cycle finger can be configured by the base station
  • drxStartOffset is defined as DRX.
  • the subframe at which the cycle starts can be configured by the base station.
  • the active time represents the time when the UE needs to blindly detect the PDSCH. It can include at least the time on which the on duration timer runs or the time the inactivity timer runs.
  • the time when the Inactivity timer is running indicates the time when the UE needs to perform continuous detection after receiving the PDSCH.
  • the UE does not detect the PDSCH within the timer time value and exceeds the configured time value, the UE enters the DRX cycle, or when the UE enters the DRX cycle.
  • the UE Upon receiving a MAC signaling configured for DRX, the UE enters a DRX cycle. In addition to long periods, there may be a short DRX cycle. At this time, the UE may enter a short period first, and does not receive the PDSCH in a short period and enters the long DRX cycle.
  • the UE may continue to send.
  • the PDSCH is transmitted, for example, in an n+k+m subframe, and at this time, the PDSCH is transmitted at a lower code rate or higher aggregation level.
  • a duplicate PDSCH (or a repeatedly transmitted transport block) or a new PDSCH (or a newly transmitted transport block) can be distinguished by a scrambling code that is scrambled in the CRC.
  • the scrambling code can be preset or configured by the base station. If the time when the ACK is not received exceeds a certain threshold, the base station may also start the coverage enhancement mode. For example, the consecutive PD subframes may be configured to transmit the same PDSCH to accumulate energy for coverage enhancement, and the UE performs PDSCH for consecutive p subframes according to the configuration. Detection to improve the success rate of data reception.
  • n, k, m, p are all integers.
  • the UE may further include:
  • the UE After the UE correctly receives the PDSCH, the UE sends an acknowledgement message ACK to the base station; or, after the UE determines that the PDSCH cannot be received, the UE sends a non-acknowledgement message NACK to the base station.
  • the base station after the base station sends the transport block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, the base station further includes:
  • the base station receives an acknowledgement message ACK or a non-acknowledgement message NACK sent by the UE.
  • the third embodiment of the data transmission method and the various implementation manners thereof describe the downlink data transmission by using the blind detection PDSCH.
  • the UE is supported in a specific search space and/or a specific first time.
  • the base station may send a control channel and/or a PDSCH to the UE in a preset search space and/or a preset first time.
  • the control channels include PDDCH and E-PDDCH.
  • the UE monitors the control channel and/or the PDSCH in a search space configured by the base station and a first time configured by the base station.
  • the control channel may be sent only to the UE in a dedicated search space of the UE or a certain period of time (or simultaneously specify a search space and a first time), or only the PDSCH may be sent to the UE, or simultaneously
  • the UE transmits a control channel and a PDSCH.
  • Corresponding transmission modes may include the following: In the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only the control channel is transmitted; in the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only PDSCH is transmitted; dedicated search in the UE Space (no restrictions on time) simultaneous transmission of control channels and PDSCH; During the first time of a certain period (no restrictions on the frequency domain), only the PDSCH is transmitted; in the first time of a certain period (no restriction on the frequency domain), only the PDSCH is transmitted; in the first time of a certain period (there is no restriction on the frequency domain) Transmitting the control channel and the PDSCH simultaneously; transmitting only the PDSCH in the dedicated search space of the UE and at a certain time in a certain period; transmitting only the control channel in the dedicated search space of the UE and at a certain time in a certain period; in the dedicated search space of the UE and The PDSCH and the control channel are simultaneously transmitted at a certain time.
  • the first time may be a predefined or configured period of time, such as one subframe or several subframes located at the beginning of the discontinuous reception time period.
  • the control channel and the PDSCH sometimes listen at the same time, sometimes not at the same time.
  • the search space may be configured by a base station or preset, and the first time may be configured by a base station or preset.
  • the number of blind detections can be reduced, and the power consumption of the UE can be saved.
  • the time interval or period of the first time of sending the control channel is greater than or less than the first time of sending the PDSCH. Time interval or period.
  • the time interval or period of the first time of transmitting the control channel is greater than the time interval or period of the first time of transmitting the PDSCH, it is advantageous to save signaling overhead; when the time interval of the first time of transmitting the control channel or When the period is smaller than the time interval or period of the first time when the PDSCH is sent, it is convenient to quickly switch to the signaling scheduling mode for other TBS handover or HARQ or coverage enhanced transmission mode.
  • the control channel or the PDSCH when the base station sends a control channel and a PDSCH to the UE in a preset search space and/or a preset first time, the control channel or the PDSCH
  • the method further includes preset first indication information, configured to enable the UE to distinguish between the control channel and the PDSCH.
  • the TBS can directly distinguish whether it is a PDSCH or a control channel.
  • the DCI format used by the DCI carried by the control channel may be a subset or all of the existing DCI format.
  • DCI format 1A can be pre-defined, and the transport block size whose value of TBS is not equal to the size of DCI format 1A is considered to be PDSCH transmission.
  • the transport block size When the transport block size is the same as the existing DCI format size, it can be aggregated by using a different resource granularity than the DCI format or a different time-frequency resource location or an explicit indication. the difference.
  • the method in the foregoing implementation manner may be adopted, that is, the explicit indication information is used to enable the UE to distinguish the control channel from the PDSCH.
  • the CRC scrambled scrambling code can be used to distinguish the PDSCH from the control channel.
  • the scrambling code is predefined or configured.
  • a 16-bit scrambling code can contain ⁇ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> Or ⁇ 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>.
  • the scrambling code and the CRC check code use the modulo two operation.
  • the 0 when the TBS is smaller than the DCI format, the 0 can be complemented by the bit of the TBS so that it is the same size as the existing DCI format.
  • the CRC scrambled scrambling code is used to distinguish between PDSCH and DCI format.
  • a 16-bit scrambling code can contain ⁇ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> or ⁇ 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>.
  • the scrambling code and the CRC check code are added by modulo two.
  • different scrambling codes may be used to indicate the TBS of the PDSCH or a fixed number of bits before or after the transmission block bit indicates the TBS of the PDSCH.
  • the base station may determine, according to a preset rule, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, or send a message to the UE, whether the PDSCH that is currently transmitted is a monitoring module, that is, whether the UE side needs to perform blind detection.
  • Six signaling notifies the UE that the PDSCH is in a listening mode.
  • the UE may determine that the PDSCH is in the listening mode according to the preset rule, or receive the sixth signaling sent by the base station, and determine, according to the indication information in the sixth signaling, that the PDSCH is in the listening mode.
  • the sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • RRC signaling When RRC signaling is used, an enable enable signaling can be configured for configuration.
  • the PDSCH when the base station transmits the PDSCH, the PDSCH may be transmitted by using the MBSFN subframe or the PDSCH by using the non-MBSFN subframe.
  • the PDSCH when the PDSCH is transmitted by using the non-MBSFN subframe, the PDSCH may be sent by using the antenna port 0 or using the transmit diversity.
  • the PDSCH When the PDSCH is transmitted using the MBSFN subframe, the PDSCH may be transmitted using the antenna port port 7. Further, in the foregoing method embodiment, the method may further include:
  • the UE receives the ninth signaling sent by the base station, and determines the modulation mode of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the ninth signaling, where the ninth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the preset rule may be at least one of the following: a channel quality range, a signal to noise ratio range, a bit error rate threshold, a packet error rate threshold, and a spectrum efficiency threshold.
  • the UE may determine whether the PDSCH is the specific modulation mode according to whether the channel quality range of the PDSCH is in a channel quality range corresponding to a specific modulation mode.
  • the modulation method may include any one of the following: GMSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM.
  • the TBS may be a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol; and, in the foregoing embodiments, the first signaling, the second signaling, the third signaling, the fourth signaling, The fifth signaling, the sixth signaling, and the ninth signaling may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a data transmission method according to the present invention.
  • the execution body of this embodiment is
  • the UE may perform the data transmission method in cooperation with the base station.
  • the overhead of the control signaling is reduced by reducing the indication information of the DCI.
  • the data transmission method of this embodiment may include:
  • Step 1901 The UE determines a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication.
  • Step 1902 The UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • Step 1903 The UE transmits data on the frequency resource used for data transmission.
  • the UE determines the frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determines the frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI, and performs data transmission by using the frequency resource; Since the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the system bandwidth, but a smaller bandwidth, the indication information for determining the frequency resource used for data transmission in the DCI can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby being able to be reduced. Signaling overhead, improving the efficiency of system transmission.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart of Embodiment 5 of the data transmission method of the present invention.
  • the execution entity of this embodiment is a base station, and may perform a data transmission method with the UE.
  • the DCI indication message is reduced.
  • the data transmission method in this embodiment may include:
  • Step 2001 The base station determines a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication.
  • Step 2002 The base station sends the DCI to the UE, so that the UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • Step 2003 The base station performs data transmission by using the frequency resource used for data transmission.
  • the base station first determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determines the frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determines the frequency used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • Resource data transmission through the frequency resource; since the maximum bandwidth or maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the system bandwidth, but a smaller bandwidth, the indication in the DCI for determining the frequency resource used for data transmission
  • the information can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving system transmission efficiency.
  • FIG. 21 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 6 of the data transmission method of the present invention.
  • the execution subject of this embodiment is a base station and a UE.
  • the method in this embodiment may include:
  • Step 2101 The base station determines a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication.
  • Step 2102 The UE determines a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication.
  • step 2101 There is no order relationship between step 2101 and step 2102.
  • Step 2103 The base station sends the DCI to the UE.
  • Step 2104 The UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • the DCI information is carried by the PDCCH or the EPDCCH, and the UE obtains information in the DCI by detecting and decoding the PDCCH or the EPDCCH.
  • Step 2105 The base station and the UE transmit data on the frequency resource used for data transmission.
  • the data transmission here includes the UE receiving the downlink data sent by the base station, and the UE transmitting the uplink data to the base station. That is, the channel carrying the data may be a PDSCH and a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • this embodiment reduces the indication content in the DCI, thereby reducing the number of indication bits included in the DCI.
  • the resource indication overhead is too large, and the embodiment considers reducing the maximum DCI indication.
  • the frequency resource corresponding to the bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth thereby reducing the bits of the DCI format.
  • the frequency domain resource location corresponding to the DCI supporting the maximum bandwidth may be preset or configured, for example, determining the RB location, and may be used when configuring the frequency domain resource location.
  • the resource allocation type of LTE, such as type 0 or type 1 or type 2 is indicated.
  • Resource allocation type 2 supports centralized and distributed resource allocation.
  • the resource allocation type 0 of the LTE is to divide the consecutive RBs into groups, and each group uses 1 bit to indicate whether to use or not; the resource allocation type 1 of LTE divides the discrete RB into several sets, and first indicates whether the set is Using, then indicating whether to use the RBs in the set; LTE resource allocation type 2, indicating the starting position and length of a continuous frequency domain resource, and supporting one RB pair located in 2 slots respectively at the same frequency Or different frequencies.
  • the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication is smaller than the system bandwidth, and the system bandwidth is one of ⁇ 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20 MHz ⁇ , or is ⁇ 6 RB, 15 RB, 30 RB, One of 50RB, 75RB, 100RB ⁇ .
  • the base station and the UE first determine the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determine the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the DC resource, and then determine the data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • Frequency resource data transmission through the frequency resource; since the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the system bandwidth, but a smaller bandwidth, the indication information used in the DCI to determine the frequency resource used for data transmission It can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI can be reduced, thereby reducing the signaling overhead and improving the efficiency of system transmission.
  • the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication may be determined by using a preset or signaling manner. Therefore, for the step 2101, the base station may use the preset first frequency resource as the DCI. The range of the indicated frequency resource; or the base station sends the seventh signaling to the UE, where the seventh signaling includes indication information for determining a range of the frequency resource for the DCI indication.
  • the UE may use the preset first frequency resource as the range of the frequency resource for the DCI indication; or, receive the seventh signaling sent by the base station, and according to the seventh letter
  • the indication information in the order determines the range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication.
  • the seventh signaling may be at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH Or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
  • the TBS and the encoding rate of the data may also be preset or configured.
  • the transport block may be transmitted with different aggregation levels or resource granularity for the PDSCH or the PUSCH to support different code rates and save MCS signaling overhead.
  • signaling may be used for aggregation.
  • Level notifications for example, can be used to support indications of aggregation levels 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, etc., using 3 bits.
  • the base station may further send a second DCI to the UE, where the second DCI includes indication information for indicating a coding rate of the data.
  • the method further includes: the UE receiving a second DCI sent by the base station, where the DCI indicates a coding rate of the data, that is, a PDSCH or a PUSCH The encoding rate.
  • the coding rate may be an aggregation level of resource granularity of the data, or a coding rate defined in a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS).
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the coding rate indicated by the second DCI includes an aggregation level indicated by the DCI.
  • the base station may further determine that the transport block size TBS of the transmission data is a preset TBS, or the base station sends an eighth signaling to the UE, where the eighth signaling includes Determining the indication information of the TBS.
  • the method further includes:
  • the UE receives the eighth signaling sent by the base station, and determines the TBS according to the indication information in the eighth signaling.
  • the eighth signaling may include at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
  • the base station may further determine a TBS in a specific modulation mode, and send a third DCI to the UE, so that the UE determines the TBS in a specific modulation mode according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • the method further includes:
  • the specific modulation mode is specifically determined by which modulation mode can be determined by preset or signaling configuration.
  • the modulation and coding scheme of the data may also be preset or configured or a combination of preset and configuration. This method reduces the MCS indication bits by defining the modulation scheme indicated by the MCS in the DCI.
  • the modulation mode may be preset to one of QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM.
  • the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) or coding rate of the data in the modulation mode is then configured to indicate the TBS, which may be DCI signaling.
  • the modulation mode of the data may be one of QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM, and the configuration signaling may be RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling.
  • the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) or coding rate of the data in the modulation mode is then configured to indicate the TBS, which may be DCI signaling.
  • the modulation mode of the data when the modulation mode of the data is limited to QPSK, the modulation coding scheme or the MCS index or the TBS index or the coding rate in the LTE existing modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS.
  • Index 0 ⁇ 9 that is, only 4 bits are needed to indicate the 10 states; when it is limited to 16QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index.
  • 10 ⁇ 16 that is, 3 bits can indicate the 7 states; when limited to 64QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index 17 ⁇ 28. That is, 4 bits can indicate the 12 states.
  • the modulation mode of the data is limited to QPSK
  • the modulation coding scheme or the MCS index or the TBS index or the coding rate in the LTE existing modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the index of the existing MCS.
  • Method the change in the amount of information in the DCI.
  • DCI format 1 with resource allocation types of 0 and 1 supporting LTE is taken as an example. Assume that the system bandwidth is 10 MHz, that is, 50 RB, and the duplex mode is FDD.
  • Resource allocation header 1 bit
  • Modulation and coding scheme 5 bits
  • HARQ process number 3 bits
  • New data indication 1 bit
  • PUCCH transmission power control command 2 bits
  • HARQ resource offset indication 2 bits
  • the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI is set to 6 RB.
  • the content in DCI formatl can be different for different resource sizes that are predefined or configured, as described below.
  • the RB is the resource granularity, and the corresponding bandwidth or the number of RBs is W RB, where the value is 6 (corresponding to the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI is 6 RB), and the content of the DCI format1 can be changed to :
  • Modulation and coding scheme 3 bits
  • HARQ process number 3 bits
  • New data indication 1 bit
  • PUCCH transmission power control command 2 bits
  • HARQ resource offset indication 2 bits
  • the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI is also as follows:
  • ⁇ source block allocation 12 bits
  • Modulation and coding scheme 3 bits
  • HARQ process number 3 bits
  • New data indication 1 bit
  • PUCCH transmission power control command 2 bits
  • HARQ resource offset indication 2 bits
  • the two ECCEs are used as the resource granularity, and the range of the frequency resources indicated by the DCI is also 6 RB.
  • the correspondence between the ECCE group size and the number of ECCEs of the resource allocation type 0 is as shown in the following table.
  • HARQ process number 3 bits
  • New data indication 1 bit
  • PUCCH transmission power control command 2 bits
  • HARQ resource offset indication 2 bits
  • DCI formatlA supporting resource allocation type 2 is taken as an example. Assume that the system bandwidth is 10 MHz, that is, 50 RB, FDD duplex mode, and the DCI content change before and after the overhead is reduced.
  • Format0/1A distinguishes: 1 bit;
  • New data indication 1 bit
  • PUCCH power control command 2 bits
  • HARQ-ACK resource offset 2 bits
  • the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI is set to 6 RB.
  • the content in DCI formatl can include:
  • the RB is the resource granularity, and the corresponding bandwidth or the number of RBs is W, where the value is 6 (corresponding to the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI, 6 RB), and the content of the DCI formatl can be changed to:
  • New data indication 1 bit
  • PUCCH power control command 2 bits
  • HARQ-ACK resource offset 2 bits
  • one ECCE is used as the resource granularity
  • the corresponding number of ECCEs is N E ⁇ E
  • the fixed bandwidth is 6 RBs
  • 24 ECCEs are included
  • the IJDCI formatl content can be changed to:
  • New data indication 1 bit
  • PUCCH power control command 2 bits
  • HARQ-ACK resource offset 2 bits
  • the number of frequency resources indicated by the DCI is 6 RB, and the number of the corresponding resource allocation bits is "1".
  • New data indication 1 bit
  • PUCCH power control command 2 bits
  • HARQ-ACK resource offset 2 bits
  • the system bandwidth is 10 MHz or 50 RBs.
  • the information included in the DCI and the number of bytes occupied are as follows:
  • Format0/1A distinguishes the identifier: 1 bit
  • Frequency hopping identifier 1 bit
  • New data indication 1 bit
  • Scheduled PUSCH power control command 2 bits
  • Channel status information request 1 bit
  • the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI is set to 6 RB.
  • the resource granularity is RB
  • the corresponding bandwidth or number of RBs is N, where the value is 6, and the content of ijDCI formatO can be changed to:
  • the number or composition of bits after FormatO supports bandwidth and MCS content is:
  • Frequency hopping identifier 1 bit
  • New data indication 1 bit
  • Scheduled PUSCH power control command 2 bits
  • Channel status information request 1 bit
  • the IJDCI formatl content can be changed to:
  • Frequency hopping identifier 1 bit
  • New data indication 1 bit
  • Scheduled PUSCH power control command 2 bits
  • Channel status information request 1 bit
  • the two ECCEs are used as the resource granularity, or the ECCEG, that is, the ECCE group contains two ECCEs, and the corresponding ECCEG number is N E u e L eEe , and the fixed bandwidth is 6 RBs, including 24 ECCEs .
  • the IJDCI formatl content can be changed to:
  • Frequency hopping identifier 1 bit
  • New data indication 1 bit; Scheduling PUSCH power control command: 2 bits;
  • Channel status information request 1 bit
  • the DCI considers the value of the other indication bits including the resource allocation bits.
  • the DCI of the present invention includes at least resource allocation bits and may also include one or more other indication bits in the DCI.
  • the indication information not included in the DCI can be configured through predefined or higher layer signaling such as RRC or MAC CE.
  • the maximum supported bandwidth is limited to 6 RB.
  • the resource granularity is RB, and the corresponding bandwidth or number of RBs is N, where the value is 6, and ijDCI
  • the content of formatO can be changed to:
  • the total number of bits is 6 bits.
  • the maximum supported frequency resource range is 2 RB.
  • the 2-bit corresponding state may be 00, 01, 10, 11, can set the bit to 1 to indicate the corresponding RB, and the bit to 0 means that the corresponding RB is not configured.
  • the proportion of the indication content in the DCI can be reduced, so that the signaling overhead can be saved relative to the prior art.
  • semi-persistent scheduling or permanent scheduling or non-dynamic scheduling may also be introduced, and the DCI indication of the specific UE is not included in the non-dynamic scheduling indication period.
  • Semi-persistent scheduling means that the initial transmission of the PDSCH or the PUSCH occurs in a certain period, for example, once in 20 ms. Only the PDSCH or the PUSCH when the semi-persistent scheduling is started initially has a corresponding DCI indication, and the subsequent PDSCH or PUSCH that does not appear in a certain period has no DCI. The indication is therefore called semi-persistent scheduling.
  • the sender may send a DCI to perform a HARQ retransmission scheduling indication.
  • some applications such as M2M may have a long service transmission interval, such as a minute level or an hour level, the UE may perform discontinuous reception or idle state between 2 transmission times to facilitate power saving. It is therefore conceivable to make the periods of non-dynamic scheduling correspond to the periods of DRX, such as to have the same period.
  • the current DRX cycle supports a maximum of 2.56 s. Therefore, the period of the above non-dynamic scheduling may be equal to the extended DRX cycle, for example, may be set to an integral multiple of the DRX cycle.
  • the base station may configure a lower code rate and modulation mode for the PDSCH or the PUSCH during initial scheduling, when a certain amount of erroneous packets are accumulated. It can be solved by high-level retransmission, such as ARQ.
  • ARQ high-level retransmission
  • the uplink or downlink retransmission is initiated according to the feedback from the receiving end received by the transmitting end.
  • the UE may perform retransmission after receiving a Physical HARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) channel or a PDCCH or EPDCCH channel indication on the downlink.
  • PHICH Physical HARQ Indicator Channel
  • the UE may receive a PDCCH or EPDCCH channel on the downlink indicating the retransmitted PDSCH.
  • the method for reducing the indication information of the DCI in the above embodiment may also be employed.
  • the method in the foregoing embodiment may further include:
  • the UE receives the second subframe configured by the base station, and the UE monitors the public control channel in the second subframe, that is, the UE does not monitor the dedicated control channel of the UE in the second subframe.
  • the common control channel includes: a control channel carrying a system message, a random access response, a paging, and a power control.
  • the period of the second subframe is also possible to limit the period of the second subframe to an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
  • the seventh signaling and the eighth signaling in the foregoing embodiment may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling; or different signaling may be used.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of the system according to the present invention.
  • the system in this embodiment may include: the UE described in any one of FIG. 1, FIG. 2 to FIG. 4, and FIG. 8 or FIG.
  • the base station of the illustrated embodiment or the UE described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 and the base station described in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of the system of the present invention.
  • the system in this embodiment may include: the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 and the base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10; The UE described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 and the base station described in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be performed by hardware related to the program instructions.
  • the aforementioned program can be stored in a calculation
  • the machine can be read from the storage medium.
  • the steps including the foregoing method embodiments are performed; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a data transmission method and device, the method comprising: a UE determines a transport block size (TBS); the UE determines time domain resources and frequency resources of a transmission physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), the PDSCH being used to transmit the transport block; the UE receives the transport block over the time domain resources and frequency resources. The data transmission method and device can reduce control signaling overhead, thus improving transmission efficiency of a system.

Description

数据传输方法和装置  Data transmission method and device
技术领域 Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术, 尤其涉及一种数据传输方法和装置。 背景技术  The present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and apparatus. Background technique
通信技术的发展正经历着从人与人之间的通信, 扩展到人与物之间的 通信, 再到物与物之间的通信。 伴随着通信形式的多样化, 通信的内容也 呈现出多样化。 从数据包的大小看, 小数据包的的通信正成为通信业务的 重要组成部分。 如目前第三代合作伙伴计划 (3rd Generation Partnership Project , 简称: 3GPP ) 标准组织讨论的机器类型通信 (machine type communication,简称: MTC ),限定其物理层的数据块大小( transport block size, 简称: TBS ) 不超过 1000比特 (bits ) 。 现有系统在物理层调度 /控 制下行(DL )或上行(UL )数据传输时使用下行控制信息格式(downlink control information format, 简称 DCI format) , 其在物理下行控制信道 (physical downlink control channel, 简称 PDCCH ) 或增强型物理下行控 制信道 ( enhanced physical downlink control channel , 简禾尔: EPDCCH) 上 传输。对应的调度 UL数据的 DCI format有 DCI format 0和 DCI format 4, 其中 formatO为针对单天线端口的 UE, format4针对多天线端口的 UE; 调 度 DL数据的 DCI format有 DCI format 1、 1A、 1B、 1C、 1D、 2、 2A、 2B、 2C、 2D, 其中 formatl~lD针对单码字, 信道秩为 1时数据的传输。 Format 2A~2D可用于信道秩大于 1时数据的传输。  The development of communication technology is experiencing communication from person to person, to communication between people and things, to communication between things. With the diversification of communication forms, the content of communication is also diversified. From the size of the packet, the communication of small packets is becoming an important part of the communication service. For example, the machine type communication (MTC) discussed by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) standard organization defines the block size of the physical layer (transport block size, referred to as: TBS ) does not exceed 1000 bits (bits). The existing system uses a downlink control information format (DCI format) in the physical layer scheduling/control downlink (DL) or uplink (UL) data transmission, which is in the physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel). PDCCH or transmission on an enhanced physical downlink control channel (Eagle: EPDCCH). The corresponding DCI format for scheduling UL data is DCI format 0 and DCI format 4, where formatO is for a single antenna port UE, format 4 is for a multi-antenna port UE, and DCI format for scheduling DL data is DCI format 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, where formatl~lD is for a single codeword, and the data is transmitted when the channel rank is 1. Format 2A~2D can be used for data transmission when the channel rank is greater than 1.
目前 LTE系统针对小的数据包的 DL/UL调度采用下行控制信息 DCI。 在传输小数据包业务时, 控制信令的开销相对于要传输的业务数据差别不 大, 导致信令开销在数据传输过程中所占的比重较大。 例如, 1 个子帧 subframe/TTI 只分配给大数据包或小数据包进行传输。 系统带宽为 10MHz, DL信令使用 DCI format 1A, 对应的 DCI大小为 28个比特。 传 输块的大小有 4种: 2000比特, 1000比特, 200比特和 40比特。 假设数 据和信令的比特公平地共享 1个子帧内的资源, 则对应的信令和数据所用 比特个数的比例为: 1.4%, 2.8% , 14% , 70% , 相应的所占用的资源 比例约为 1.4%, 2.8%, 14%, 70%。 Currently, the LTE system uses downlink control information DCI for DL/UL scheduling of small data packets. When the small data packet service is transmitted, the control signaling overhead is not much different from the service data to be transmitted, which results in a large proportion of signaling overhead in the data transmission process. For example, 1 subframe/TTI is only allocated for large packets or small packets for transmission. The system bandwidth is 10 MHz, the DL signaling uses DCI format 1A, and the corresponding DCI size is 28 bits. There are four types of transport blocks: 2000 bits, 1000 bits, 200 bits and 40 bits. Assuming that the bits of data and signaling share the resources within one subframe fairly, the corresponding signaling and data are used. The ratio of the number of bits is: 1.4%, 2.8%, 14%, 70%, and the corresponding resource utilization ratio is about 1.4%, 2.8%, 14%, 70%.
可以看出, 针对小数据的传输, 现有技术的数据传输方法的控制信令 开销过大, 导致系统容量的减小。 发明内容  It can be seen that for the transmission of small data, the control signaling overhead of the prior art data transmission method is too large, resulting in a reduction in system capacity. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法和装置, 以减小物理层信令开销, 提高系统容量。  Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method and apparatus, which reduce physical layer signaling overhead and improve system capacity.
第一方面, 本发明实施例提供一种用户设备 UE, 包括:  In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE, including:
确定模块, 用于确定传输块大小 TBS;  a determining module, configured to determine a transport block size TBS;
所述确定模块, 还用于确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH 的时域资源 和频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块;  The determining module is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
接收模块, 用于在所述时域资源、 频率资源上接收所述传输块。  And a receiving module, configured to receive the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于: 确定 所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者,  In a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the determining module is specifically configured to: determine that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or
接收基站发送的第一信令, 并根据所述第一信令中的指示信息确定所述 传输块的大小 TBS, 所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  Receiving a first signaling sent by the base station, and determining a size TBS of the transport block according to the indication information in the first signaling, where the first signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium Access Control MAC Control Element CE Signaling.
在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于: 确定传输所述 PDSCH的编码速率;  In a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the determining module is specifically configured to: determine a coding rate for transmitting the PDSCH;
所述接收模块,具体用于在所述时域资源、频率资源上,根据所述 PDSCH 的编码速率接收所述传输块。  The receiving module is specifically configured to receive, according to the coding rate of the PDSCH, the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
根据第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 述 PDSCH的编码速率包括所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别;  According to a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the coding rate of the PDSCH includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH;
所述确定模块具体用于:  The determining module is specifically configured to:
根据基站的配置确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 或者, 确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别;  Determining, according to the configuration of the base station, an aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH; or determining, according to the configuration of the PDSCH, the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is a preset aggregation level;
其中, 传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别包括: 传输物理下行控制信 道 PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或传输增强的物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资 源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集, 或者, 传输 PDSCH的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。 The aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is: the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the transmission PDSCH is at least Contains Aggregation level 6.
根据第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述资源粒度包括以下任意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源粒度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE、 REG、 EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。  According to a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or multiples of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
根据第一方面、 第一方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于:  According to the first aspect, any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the fifth possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者,  Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB; or
接收基站发送的第二信令, 并根据所述第二信令中的指示信息确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Receiving a second signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the second signaling, a resource block RB that transmits a PDSCH, where the second signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE Signaling.
根据第一方面、 第一方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于:  According to the first aspect, any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the sixth possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to:
根据基站的配置确定 PDSCH的带宽;  Determining the bandwidth of the PDSCH according to the configuration of the base station;
接收基站发送的第三信令, 并根据所述第三信令中的指示信息确定所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第一起始位置, 所述第三信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Receiving a third signaling sent by the base station, and determining a first starting location of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH , EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
根据第一方面的第五种或第六种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于:  According to the fifth or the sixth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to:
接收基站发送的第四信令, 并根据所述第四信令中的指示信息确定监听 所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第二起始位置, 所述第四信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令; 或者,  Receiving a fourth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the fourth signaling, a second starting location of the frequency resource that is used to listen to the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling , PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or,
根据预设的哈希函数确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第二起始位置。 在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于: 接收基站发送的第五信令, 并根据所述第五信令中的指示信息确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源为第一子帧, 所述第五信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令; 或者,  A second starting position of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH is determined according to a preset hash function. In an eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the determining module is specifically configured to: receive a fifth signaling sent by the base station, and determine, according to the indication information in the fifth signaling, a time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH For the first subframe, the fifth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling; or
确定所述 PDSCH的子帧为预设的第一子帧。  Determining that the subframe of the PDSCH is a preset first subframe.
根据第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还包括非连续接收周期和非连续接收的开始子 帧、 活动时间, 所述活动时间包括检测活动定时器对应的时间和 /或非活动定 时器对应的时间。 According to the eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner, the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time The activity time includes detecting a time corresponding to the activity timer and/or inactivity The time corresponding to the time.
根据第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述用于传输 PDSCH的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。  According to the ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
根据第一方面、 第一方面的第一种至第十种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第十一种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:  According to the first aspect, the first to the tenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner,
发送模块, 用于当所述接收模块正确接收所述 PDSCH后, 向基站发送 确认消息 ACK; 或者, 当所述确定模块确定无法接收所述 PDSCH后, 向基 站发送非确认消息 NACK。  And a sending module, configured to: after the receiving module correctly receives the PDSCH, send an acknowledgement message ACK to the base station; or, after the determining module determines that the PDSCH cannot be received, send a non-confirmation message NACK to the base station.
根据第一方面、 第一方面的第一种至第十一种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种, 在第十二种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:  According to the first aspect, any one of the first to the eleventh possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner,
监听模块, 用于在基站配置的搜索空间和\或基站配置的第一时间内, 监 听控制信道和 \或 PDSCH。  The monitoring module is configured to monitor the control channel and the \ or PDSCH in the first time of the search space configured by the base station and/or the base station configuration.
根据第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式, 在第十三种可能的实现方式 中, 当所述监听模块分别在不同的所述第一时间内监听控制信道和 PDSCH 时, 所述监听控制信道的第一时间的时间间隔大于或小于监听 PDSCH 的 第一时间的时间间隔。  According to the twelfth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner, when the monitoring module monitors the control channel and the PDSCH in different the first time, the monitoring The time interval of the first time of the control channel is greater than or less than the time interval of the first time to listen to the PDSCH.
根据第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式, 在第十四种可能的实现方式 中, 所述监听模块具体用于: 在基站配置的搜索空间和 \或基站配置配置的时 间内监听控制信道和 PDSCH时, 通过传输块的大小 TBS区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 或者, 根据资源粒度、 时域位置、 频域位置中的至少一个来区分 控制信道和 PDSCH, 或者, 根据预设的第一指示信息来区分控制信道和 According to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the monitoring module is specifically configured to: monitor control in a search space configured by the base station and/or a configuration configuration of the base station In the case of the channel and the PDSCH, the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished by the size of the transport block TBS, or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to at least one of the resource granularity, the time domain location, and the frequency domain location, or according to the preset first indication. Information to distinguish between control channels and
PDSCH。 PDSCH.
根据第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式, 在第十五种可能的实现方式 中, 所述监听模块具体用于:  According to the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the monitoring module is specifically configured to:
根据循环冗余校验 CRC加扰的扰码来区分 DCI和 PDSCH或者, 根 据所述 DCI 中新增的指示位或原有的比特位中的第一指示信息来区分控 制信道和 PDSCH。  The DCI and the PDSCH are differentiated according to the cyclic redundancy check CRC scrambled scrambling code, and the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the new indication bit in the DCI or the first indication information in the original bit.
根据第一方面、 第一方面的第一种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述 TBS为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集。 根据第一方面、 第一方面的第一种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种, 在第十七种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块还用于: According to the first aspect, any one of the first to the fifteenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner, the TBS is a TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol Subset. According to the first aspect, the first to the sixteenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner, the determining module is further configured to:
根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者,  Determining, according to a preset rule, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, or
接收基站发送的第六信令, 并根据所述第六信令中的指示信息确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Receiving the sixth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the sixth signaling, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, where the sixth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE Signaling.
第二方面, 本发明实施例提供一种 UE, 包括: 确定模块, 用于确定用于 下行控制信息 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围;  In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a UE, including: a determining module, configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for downlink control information DCI indication;
所述确定模块, 还用于根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的 频率资源;  The determining module is further configured to determine, according to the indication information in the DCI, a frequency resource used for data transmission;
数据传输模块, 用于在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据。  And a data transmission module, configured to transmit data on the frequency resource used for data transmission.
在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于: 采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, 接收所述基站发送的第七信令, 并根据所述第七信令中的指示信息确定 所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 所述第七信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  In a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the determining module is specifically configured to: adopt a preset first frequency resource as a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication; or receive the first Seven signaling, and determining, according to the indication information in the seventh signaling, the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, where the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or media connection Incoming control MAC control element CE signaling.
根据第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实 现方式中, 还包括:  According to the second aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
接收模块, 用于接收所述基站发送的第二 DCI, 所述 DCI指示所述数 据的编码速率。  And a receiving module, configured to receive a second DCI sent by the base station, where the DCI indicates a coding rate of the data.
根据第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述编码速率包括所述数据的资源粒度的聚合级别。  According to a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the coding rate includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the data.
根据第二方面、 第二方面的第一种至第三种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块还用于:  According to the second aspect, the first to the third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the fourth possible implementation, the determining module is further configured to:
在所述数据传输模块在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据之前, 确定所述数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS , 或者, 接收所述基站发送 的第八信令, 并根据所述第八信令中的指示信息确定所述 TBS , 所述第八信 令包括以下至少一种: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Before the data transmission module transmits data on the frequency resource for data transmission, determining that a transport block size TBS of the data is a preset TBS, or receiving an eighth signaling sent by the base station, and Determining the TBS according to the indication information in the eighth signaling, where the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
根据第二方面、 第二方面的第一种至第三种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块还用于: 接收所述基站发送的第三 DCI,并根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定特 定调制方式下的 TBS , 所述特定调制方式通过预设或信令配置确定。 According to the second aspect, the first to the third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the fifth possible implementation, the determining module is further configured to: Receiving a third DCI sent by the base station, and determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode according to the indication information in the DCI, where the specific modulation mode is determined by a preset or signaling configuration.
根据第二方面、 第二方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第六种可能的实现方式中:  According to the second aspect, any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner:
当系统带宽为 {1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}中的 一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个时, 所 述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围小于所述系统带宽。  When the system bandwidth is one of {1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}, or one of {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}, the DCI indication is used. The range of frequency resources is less than the system bandwidth.
根据第二方面、 第二方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块还用于:  According to the second aspect, the first to the sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the seventh possible implementation, the receiving module is further configured to:
接收所述基站配置的第二子帧;  Receiving a second subframe configured by the base station;
所述确定模块还用于确定在所述第二子帧监听 UE的公共控制信道。 根据第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二子帧的周期为非连续接收周期 DRX的整数倍。  The determining module is further configured to determine a common control channel of the UE in the second subframe. According to the seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner, the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
第三方面, 本发明实施例提供一种基站, 包括:  In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
确定模块, 用于确定待发送的传输块大小 TBS;  a determining module, configured to determine a transport block size TBS to be sent;
所述确定模块还用于确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH 的时域资源和 频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块;  The determining module is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
发送模块, 用于在所述时域资源、 频率资源上向用户设备 UE发送所述 传输块。  And a sending module, configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于: 确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者,  In a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the determining module is specifically configured to: determine that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or
向所述 UE发送第一信令,所述第一信令中包括用于确定传输块大小 TBS 的指示信息,所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH 或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  Sending, to the UE, first signaling, where the first signaling includes indication information for determining a transport block size TBS, where the first signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or media connection Incoming control MAC control element CE signaling.
在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块还用于: 确定所述 PDSCH的编码速率;  In a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the determining module is further configured to: determine a coding rate of the PDSCH;
所述发送模块,具体用于在所述时域资源、频率资源上,根据所述 PDSCH 的编码速率向用户设备 UE发送所述传输块。  The sending module is specifically configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE according to the coding rate of the PDSCH on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
根据第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, PDSCH的编码速率包括所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 所述确定模块具体用于: According to a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the coding rate of the PDSCH includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH; The determining module is specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别; 或者, 向所述 UE发送聚合级别的配置消息,以使所述 UE根据所述配置消息确 定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别;  Determining, by the UE, an aggregation level configuration message to the UE, to determine, by the UE, an aggregation level of a resource granularity of transmitting a PDSCH according to the configuration message;
其中, 所述 PDSCH 的资源粒度的聚合级别包括物理下行控制信道 The aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes a physical downlink control channel.
PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集,或者所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。 Resource granularity of the PDCCH CCE or enhanced physical downlink control channel Resource granularity of the EPDCCH The subset of the aggregation level of the ECCE or the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes at least the aggregation level 6.
根据第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述聚合级别包括以下任意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源粒度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE, REG、 EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。  According to a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the aggregation level includes any one of the following resource granularities or multiples of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
根据第三方面、 第三方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于:  According to the third aspect, any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the fifth possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者,  Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB; or
向所述 UE发送第二信令,所述第二信令中包括用于确定 PDSCH的资源 块 RB的指示信息, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH, EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Transmitting, to the UE, the second signaling, where the second signaling includes indication information for determining a resource block RB of the PDSCH, where the second signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
根据第三方面、 第三方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于:  According to the third aspect, the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the sixth possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的带宽为预设的带宽;  Determining the bandwidth of the transmitted PDSCH as a preset bandwidth;
向所述 UE发送第三信令,所述第三信令中包括确定 PDSCH的频率资源 的第一起始位置的指示信息, 所述第三信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Sending the third signaling to the UE, where the third signaling includes indication information of determining a first starting location of a frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH Or MAC CE signaling.
根据第三方面的第五种或第六种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述确定模块还用于:  According to the fifth or sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the determining module is further configured to:
向所述 UE发送第四信令,所述第四信令中包括用于使 UE确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第二起始位置的指示信息,所述第四信令为以下至少一 个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Transmitting, to the UE, fourth signaling, where the fourth signaling includes indication information for enabling the UE to determine a second starting location of the frequency resource that is to listen to the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following : RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
在第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于: 确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源为预设的第一子帧; 或者, 向所述 UE发送的第五信令,所述第五信令中包括确定传输 PDSCH的第 一子帧的指示信息。 In an eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the determining module is specifically configured to: determine that the time domain resource that transmits the PDSCH is the preset first subframe; or The fifth signaling sent to the UE, where the fifth signaling includes indication information that determines a first subframe in which the PDSCH is transmitted.
根据第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还包括非连续接收周期和非连续接收的开始子 帧、 活动时间, 所述活动时间包括检测活动定时器对应的时间和 /或非活动定 时器对应的时间。  According to the eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner, the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time The activity time includes detecting a time corresponding to the activity timer and/or a time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
根据第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述用于传输所述 PDSCH的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。  According to the ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
根据第三方面、 第三方面的第一种至第十种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第十一种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:  According to the third aspect, the first to the tenth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner,
接收模块,用于接收所述 UE发送的确认消息 ACK或非确认消息 NACK。 根据第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式, 在第十二种可能的实现方式 中,当所述基站在第一预设的时间内未接收所述 UE发送的确认消息 ACK时, 所述基站在第二预设时间内重新发送所述传输块。  And a receiving module, configured to receive an acknowledgement message ACK or a non-acknowledgement message NACK sent by the UE. According to the eleventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner, when the base station does not receive the acknowledgement message ACK sent by the UE in the first preset time, The base station resends the transport block within a second preset time.
根据第三方面、 第三方面的第一种至第十二种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种, 在第十三种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块还用于:  According to the third aspect, the first to the twelfth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to:
在预设的搜索空间和 \或预设的第一时间内, 向所述 UE发送控制信道和 \或 PDSCH。  The control channel and \ or PDSCH are transmitted to the UE in a preset search space and / or a preset first time.
根据第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式, 在第十四种可能的实现方式 中, 当所述发送模块分别在不同的所述第一时间内发送控制信道和 PDSCH 时, 所述发送控制信道的第一时间的时间间隔大于或小于发送 PDSCH 的 第一时间的时间间隔。  According to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, when the sending module sends the control channel and the PDSCH in different the first time, the sending The time interval of the first time of the control channel is greater than or less than the time interval of the first time at which the PDSCH is transmitted.
根据第三方面的第十三种或第十四种可能的实现方式, 在第十五种可能 的实现方式中, 当所述发送模块在预设的搜索空间和\或预设的第一时间内, 向所述 UE发送控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述控制信道或所述 PDSCH中还 包括预设的第一指示信息, 用于使所述 UE区分控制信道和 PDSCH。  According to the thirteenth or fourteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, when the sending module is in a preset search space and/or a preset first time When the control channel and the PDSCH are sent to the UE, the control channel or the PDSCH further includes preset first indication information, where the UE is used to distinguish the control channel from the PDSCH.
根据第三方面、 第三方面的第一种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述 TBS为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集。  According to the third aspect, any one of the first to the fifteenth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner, the TBS is a TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol Subset.
根据第三方面、 第三方面的第一种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种, 在第十七种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块还用于: According to the third aspect, any of the first to sixteenth possible implementations of the third aspect In a seventeenth possible implementation manner, the determining module is further configured to:
根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者,  Determining, according to a preset rule, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, or
向所述 UE发送第六信令,所述第六信令中包括用于确定所述 PDSCH为 监听模式的指示信息, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Sending, to the UE, a sixth signaling, where the sixth signaling includes indication information for determining that the PDSCH is a listening mode, where the sixth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
根据第三方面、 第三方面的第一种至第十七种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种, 在第十八种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块具体用于:  According to the third aspect, the first to the seventeenth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the eighteenth possible implementation, the sending module is specifically configured to:
当采用非 MBSFN子帧传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH时,采用天线端口 0或者采用发送分集的方式发送所述 PDSCH;  When the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) is transmitted by using the non-MBSFN subframe, the PDSCH is transmitted by using the antenna port 0 or by using the transmit diversity.
当采用 MBSFN 子帧传输 PDSCH 时, 采用天线端口端口 7 发送所述 When the PDSCH is transmitted using the MBSFN subframe, the antenna port 7 is used to transmit the
PDSCH。 PDSCH.
第四方面, 本发明实施例提供一种基站, 包括:  In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
确定模块, 用于确定用于下行控制信息 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围; 发送模块, 用于向用户设备 UE发送所述 DCI, 以使所述 UE根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源;  a determining module, configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for downlink control information DCI indication; a sending module, configured to send the DCI to a user equipment UE, so that the UE determines, according to the indication information in the DCI, for data Frequency resource for transmission;
数据传输模块, 用于采用所述用于数据传输的频率资源进行数据传输。 在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于: 采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, 向所述 UE发送第七信令, 所述第七信令中包括用于确定所述用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围的指示信息, 所述第七信令为以下至少一个: RRC信 令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  And a data transmission module, configured to perform data transmission by using the frequency resource used for data transmission. In a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the determining module is specifically configured to: adopt a preset first frequency resource as a range of frequency resources used for DCI indication; or send a seventh to the UE Signaling, the seventh signaling includes indication information for determining a range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, where the seventh signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or media connection Incoming control MAC control element CE signaling.
根据第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实 现方式中, 发送模块还用于:  According to the fourth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to:
向所述 UE发送第二 DCI, 所述第二 DCI中包括用于指示所述数据的 编码速率的指示信息。  Sending a second DCI to the UE, where the second DCI includes indication information for indicating a coding rate of the data.
根据第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二 DCI指示的编码速率包括所述 DCI指示的聚合级别。  According to a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the coding rate indicated by the second DCI includes an aggregation level indicated by the DCI.
根据第四方面、 第四方面的第一种至第三种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块还用于:  According to the fourth aspect, the first to the third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation, the determining module is further configured to:
确定所述传输数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS, 或者, 向所述 UE发送第八信令,所述第八信令中包括用于确定所述 TBS的指 示信息,所述第八信令包括以下至少一种: RRC信令、 MAC CE信令或 DCI。 Determining that the transport block size TBS of the transmitted data is a preset TBS, or Transmitting, to the UE, eighth signaling, where the eighth signaling includes indication information for determining the TBS, where the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI .
根据第四方面、 第四方面的第一种至第三种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块还用于:  According to the fourth aspect, the first to the third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the fifth possible implementation, the determining module is further configured to:
确定所述传输数据的特定调制方式下的 TBS ,所述特定调制方式通过 预设或信令配置确定;  Determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode of the transmission data, where the specific modulation mode is determined by a preset or signaling configuration;
向所述 UE发送第三 DCI, 所述第三 DCI中包含用于确定特定调制方 式下的 TBS的指示信息。  And transmitting, to the UE, a third DCI, where the third DCI includes indication information for determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode.
根据第四方面、 第四方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第六种可能的实现方式中:  According to the fourth aspect, any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner:
当系统带宽为 {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}中的 一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个时, 所 述用于 DCI指示的频率范围小于所述系统带宽。  When the system bandwidth is one of {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}, or one of {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}, the frequency for DCI indication The range is less than the system bandwidth.
根据第四方面、 第四方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块还用于:  According to the fourth aspect, the first to the sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the seventh possible implementation, the sending module is further configured to:
向所述 UE发送包含第二子帧的配置消息,用于指示所述 UE在所述第二 子帧监听 UE的公共控制信道。  Sending, to the UE, a configuration message including a second subframe, to indicate that the UE monitors a common control channel of the UE in the second subframe.
根据第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二子帧的周期为非连续接收周期 DRX的整数倍。  According to the seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner, the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
第五方面, 本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 包括:  A fifth aspect of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
用户设备 UE确定传输块大小 TBS;  User equipment UE determines a transport block size TBS;
所述 UE确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH的时域资源和频率资源,所 述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块;  Determining, by the UE, a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
所述 UE在所述时域资源、 频率资源上接收所述传输块。  The UE receives the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述 UE确定传输块大小 TBS, 包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the determining, by the UE, a transport block size, a TBS, includes:
所述 UE确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者,  Determining, by the UE, that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or
所述 UE接收基站发送的第一信令, 并根据所述第一信令中的指示信息 确定所述传输块的大小 TBS, 所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。 在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 所述 UE 确定传输 PDSCH的编码速率; The UE receives the first signaling sent by the base station, and determines the size TBS of the transport block according to the indication information in the first signaling, where the first signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or medium access control MAC Control Element CE signaling. In a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the method further includes: determining, by the UE, a coding rate of transmitting a PDSCH;
所述 UE在所述时域资源、 频率资源上接收所述传输块, 包括: 所述 UE在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 根据所述编码速率接收所述传 输块。  Receiving, by the UE, the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, the method includes: receiving, by the UE, the transport block according to the coding rate on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
根据第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 传输所述 PDSCH的编码速率,包括传输所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的编码速率, 包括:  According to a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the coding rate of the PDSCH is transmitted, including an aggregation level of a resource granularity of the PDSCH, where the UE determines to transmit a PDSCH. The encoding rate, including:
所述 UE根据基站的配置确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别;或者, 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别; 其中, 传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别包括: 传输物理下行控制信 道 PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或传输增强的物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资 源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集, 或者, 传输 PDSCH的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。  And determining, by the UE, the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH to be transmitted according to the configuration of the base station; or, the determining, by the UE, the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is a preset aggregation level, where the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is: The resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the subset of the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH is transmitted, or the aggregation level of the transmitted PDSCH includes at least the aggregation level 6.
根据第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述资源粒度包括以下任意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源粒度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE, REG、 EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。  According to a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or multiples of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
根据第五方面、 第五方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的频率资源, 包 括:  According to the fifth aspect, any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the UE determines a frequency resource for transmitting a PDSCH, including:
所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者, 所述 UE接收基站发送的第二信令, 并根据所述第二信令中的指示信息 确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 The UE determines that the resource block RB of the PDSCH is the preset resource block RB; or the UE receives the second signaling sent by the base station, and determines the resource block for transmitting the PDSCH according to the indication information in the second signaling. RB, the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling,
PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
根据第五方面、 第五方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的频率资源, 包 括:  According to the fifth aspect, any one of the first to fourth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner, the UE determines a frequency resource for transmitting a PDSCH, including:
所述 UE根据基站的配置确定 PDSCH的带宽;  Determining, by the UE, a bandwidth of the PDSCH according to a configuration of the base station;
所述 UE接收基站发送的第三信令, 并根据所述第三信令中的指示信息 确定所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第一起始位置, 所述第三信令为以下至少一 个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The UE receives the third signaling sent by the base station, and determines a first starting location of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling, where the third signaling is at least one of the following : RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
根据第五方面的第五种或第六种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的频率资源, 还包括:  According to the fifth or the sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner, the determining, by the UE, a frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH, the method further includes:
所述 UE接收基站发送的第四信令, 并根据所述第四信令中的指示信息 确定监听所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第二起始位置, 所述第四信令为以下至 少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令; 或者,  The UE receives the fourth signaling sent by the base station, and determines, according to the indication information in the fourth signaling, a second starting location of the frequency resource that is to be used for monitoring the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling; or,
所述 UE根据预设的哈希函数确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第二起 始位置。  The UE determines a second start position of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH according to a preset hash function.
在第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的时 域资源, 包括:  In an eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the determining, by the UE, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH includes:
所述 UE接收基站发送的第五信令, 并根据所述第五信令中的指示信息 确定传输 PDSCH 的时域资源为第一子帧, 所述第五信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令, 或者, 所述 UE确定所述 PDSCH的子帧为预设的第一子帧。  The UE receives the fifth signaling sent by the base station, and determines, according to the indication information in the fifth signaling, that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the first subframe, and the fifth signaling is at least one of the following: Or the PDCCH, the PDCCH, the EPDCCH, or the MAC CE signaling, or the UE determines that the subframe of the PDSCH is a preset first subframe.
根据第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还包括非连续接收周期和非连续接收的开始子 帧、 活动时间, 所述活动时间包括检测活动定时器对应的时间和 /或非活动定 时器对应的时间。  According to the eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner, the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time The activity time includes detecting a time corresponding to the activity timer and/or a time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
根据第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述用于传输 PDSCH的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。  According to the ninth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
根据第五方面、 第五方面的第一种至第十种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第十一种可能的实现方式中, 在所述 UE在所述时域资源、 频率资源 上、 根据所述编码速率接收所述传输块之后, 还包括:  According to the fifth aspect, any one of the first to the tenth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the UE is in the time domain resource and the frequency resource After receiving the transport block according to the coding rate, the method further includes:
当所述 UE正确接收所述 PDSCH后,所述 UE向基站发送确认消息 ACK; 或者, 当所述 UE确定无法接收所述 PDSCH后, 所述 UE向基站发送非确认 消息 NACK。  After the UE correctly receives the PDSCH, the UE sends an acknowledgement message ACK to the base station; or, after the UE determines that the PDSCH cannot be received, the UE sends a non-acknowledgement message NACK to the base station.
根据第五方面、 第五方面的第一种至第十一种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种, 在第十二种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:  According to the fifth aspect, the first to the eleventh possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation, the method further includes:
所述 UE在基站配置的搜索空间和 \或基站配置的第一时间内, 监听控制 信道和 \或 PDSCH。 根据第五方面的第十二种可能的实现方式, 在第十三种可能的实现方式 中, 当所述 UE分别在不同的所述时间内监听控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述监 听控制信道的第一时间的时间间隔大于或小于监听 PDSCH的第一时间的 时间间隔。 The UE monitors the control channel and/or the PDSCH in a search space configured by the base station and/or a first time configured by the base station. According to the twelfth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner, when the UE monitors a control channel and a PDSCH in different times, the monitoring control channel is The time interval of the first time is greater than or less than the time interval of the first time to listen to the PDSCH.
根据第五方面的第十三种可能的实现方式, 在第十四种可能的实现方式 中, 当所述 UE在基站配置的搜索空间和 \或基站配置配置的时间内监听控制 信道和 PDSCH时, 通过传输块的大小 TBS区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 或 者, 根据资源粒度、 时域位置、 频域位置中的至少一个来区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 或者, 根据预设的第一指示信息来区分控制信道和 PDSCH。  According to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, when the UE monitors the control channel and the PDSCH in a search space configured by the base station and/or a configuration configured by the base station The control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished by the size of the transport block TBS, or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to at least one of the resource granularity, the time domain location, and the frequency domain location, or the control is differentiated according to the preset first indication information. Channel and PDSCH.
根据第五方面的第十四种可能的实现方式, 在第十五种可能的实现方式 中, 所述根据预设的第一指示信息来区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 包括:  According to the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the distinguishing the control channel and the PDSCH according to the preset first indication information, including:
根据循环冗余校验 CRC加扰的扰码来区分 DCI和 PDSCH或者, 根 据所述 DCI 中新增的指示位或原有的比特位中的第一指示信息来区分控 制信道和 PDSCH。  The DCI and the PDSCH are differentiated according to the cyclic redundancy check CRC scrambled scrambling code, and the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the new indication bit in the DCI or the first indication information in the original bit.
根据第五方面、 第五方面的第一种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述 TBS为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集。  According to the fifth aspect, any one of the first to the fifteenth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner, the TBS is the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol Subset.
根据第五方面、 第五方面的第一种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种, 在第十七种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:  According to the fifth aspect, the first to the sixteenth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner,
所述 UE根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者,  Determining, by the UE, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode according to a preset rule, or
所述 UE接收基站发送的第六信令, 并根据所述第六信令中的指示信息 确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  The UE receives the sixth signaling sent by the base station, and determines that the PDSCH is in the listening mode according to the indication information in the sixth signaling, where the sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH Or MAC CE signaling.
第六方面, 本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 包括:  In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
用户设备 UE确定用于下行控制信息 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围; 所述 UE根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源; 所述 UE在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据。  The user equipment UE determines a range of frequency resources used for downlink control information DCI indication; the UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI; and the frequency resource used by the UE for data transmission Transfer data on.
在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述 UE确定用于 DCI指示的 频率资源的范围, 包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the determining, by the UE, a range of frequency resources for the DCI indication includes:
所述 UE采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, The UE adopts a preset first frequency resource as a range of frequency resources used for DCI indication; or,
所述 UE接收所述基站发送的第七信令, 并根据所述第七信令中的指示 信息确定所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 所述第七信令为以下至少一 个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  The UE receives the seventh signaling sent by the base station, and determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication according to the indication information in the seventh signaling, where the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC Control Element CE signaling.
根据第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实 现方式中, 在所述 UE在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据之前, 还 包括:  According to the sixth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, before the UE transmits data on the frequency resource used for data transmission, the method further includes:
所述 UE接收所述基站发送的第二 DCI, 所述 DCI指示所述数据的编 码速率。  Receiving, by the UE, a second DCI sent by the base station, where the DCI indicates a coding rate of the data.
根据第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述编码速率包括所述数据的资源粒度的聚合级别; 或者,  According to a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the coding rate includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the data; or
所述编码速率包括限定了调制方式的第一数据的 PRB 个数和所述第 一数据对应的 TBS , 所述调制方式通过预设或信令配置的方式限定。  The coding rate includes a number of PRBs of the first data defining the modulation mode and a TBS corresponding to the first data, and the modulation mode is defined by a preset or signaling configuration.
根据第六方面、 第六方面的第一种至第三种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在所述 UE在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据之前, 还包括: 所述 UE确定所述数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS , 或者, 所述 UE 接收所述基站发送的第八信令, 并根据所述第八信令中的指示信息确定 所述 TBS ,所述第八信令包括以下至少一种: RRC信令、 PDDCH、 EPDCCH 或 MAC CE信令。  According to the sixth aspect, the first to the third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, before the transmitting, by the UE, the data on the frequency resource used for data transmission, the method further includes: The UE determines that the transport block size TBS of the data is a preset TBS, or the UE receives the eighth signaling sent by the base station, and determines the TBS according to the indication information in the eighth signaling. The eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDDCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
根据第六方面、 第六方面的第一种至第三种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 在所述 UE在所述用于数据传输的频率资 源上传输数据之前, 还包括:  According to the sixth aspect, any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the frequency resource used by the UE in the data transmission Before transferring data, it also includes:
所述 UE接收所述基站发送的第三 DCI, 并根据所述 DCI中的指示信 息确定特定调制方式下的 TBS ,所述特定调制方式通过预设或信令配置确 定。  The UE receives the third DCI sent by the base station, and determines a TBS in a specific modulation mode according to the indication information in the DCI, where the specific modulation mode is determined by a preset or signaling configuration.
根据第六方面、 第六方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第六种可能的实现方式中:  According to the sixth aspect, any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner:
当系统带宽为 {1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}中的 一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个时, 所 述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围小于所述系统带宽。 根据第六方面、 第六方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第七种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: When the system bandwidth is one of {1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}, or one of {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}, the DCI indication is used. The range of frequency resources is less than the system bandwidth. According to the sixth aspect, the first to the sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the method further includes:
所述 UE接收所述基站配置的第二子帧,所述 UE在所述第二子帧监听公 共控制信道。  The UE receives a second subframe configured by the base station, and the UE monitors a common control channel in the second subframe.
根据第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二子帧的周期为非连续接收周期 DRX的整数倍。  According to the seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner, the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
第七方面, 本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 包括:  The seventh aspect of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
基站确定待发送的传输块大小 TBS;  The base station determines a transport block size TBS to be sent;
所述基站确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH 的时域资源和频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块;  Determining, by the base station, a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
所述基站在所述时域资源、 频率资源上向用户设备 UE发送所述传输块。 在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述基站确定传输块大小 TBS, 包括:  The base station sends the transport block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource. In a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the determining, by the base station, a transport block size, a TBS, includes:
所述基站确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者,  Determining, by the base station, that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or
所述基站向所述 UE发送第一信令, 所述第一信令中包括用于确定传输 块大小 TBS的指示信息,所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  The base station sends the first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes indication information for determining a transport block size TBS, where the first signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH Or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
在第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:  In a second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the method further includes:
所述基站确定传输所述 PDSCH的编码速率;  Determining, by the base station, a coding rate for transmitting the PDSCH;
所述基站在所述时域资源、 频率资源上向用户设备 UE发送所述传输块, 包括:  And sending, by the base station, the transport block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, including:
基站在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 根据所述编码速率向用户设备 UE 发送所述传输块。  The base station sends the transport block to the user equipment UE according to the coding rate on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
根据第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述传输 PDSCH的编码速率, 包括: 传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的编码速率, 包括:  According to a second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the coding rate of the transmit PDSCH includes: an aggregation level of a resource granularity of a PDSCH to be transmitted; and the base station determines a code for transmitting a PDSCH Rate, including:
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH 的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别; 或者,所述基站向所述 UE发送聚合级别的配置消息, 以使所述 UE根据所述 配置消息确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别;  Determining, by the base station, that the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is a preset aggregation level; or, the base station sends an aggregation level configuration message to the UE, so that the UE determines, according to the configuration message, a resource for transmitting the PDSCH. Aggregate level of granularity;
其中, 所述 PDSCH 的资源粒度的聚合级别包括物理下行控制信道 PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集,或者所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。 The aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes a physical downlink control channel. The resource granularity CCE of the PDCCH or the subset of the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH at least includes the aggregation level 6.
根据第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述聚合级别包括以下任意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源粒度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE, REG、 EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。  According to a third possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the aggregation level includes any one of the following resource granularities or multiples of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
根据第七方面、 第七方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述基站确定传输 PDSCH 的频率资源, 包括:  According to the seventh aspect, the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect, in the fifth possible implementation, the determining, by the base station, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH includes:
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者, 所述基站向所述 UE 发送第二信令, 所述第二信令中包括用于确定 PDSCH的资源块 RB的指示信息, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信 令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Determining, by the base station, that the resource block RB of the PDSCH is the preset resource block RB; or, the base station sends the second signaling to the UE, where the second signaling includes the resource block RB for determining the PDSCH Instructing information, the second signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
根据第七方面、 第七方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述基站确定 PDSCH的频率资源, 包括: 所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的带宽为预设的带宽;  According to the seventh aspect, the any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner, the determining, by the base station, the frequency resource of the PDSCH, Determining the bandwidth of the transmission PDSCH as a preset bandwidth;
所述基站向所述 UE发送第三信令,所述第三信令中包括确定 PDSCH的 频率资源的第一起始位置的指示信息, 所述第三信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  The base station sends the third signaling to the UE, where the third signaling includes indication information for determining a first starting position of a frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
根据第七方面的第五种或第六种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的频率资源, 还包括:  According to the fifth or the sixth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner, the determining, by the base station, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH, the method further includes:
所述基站向所述 UE发送第四信令,所述第四信令中包括用于使 UE确定 监听所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第二起始位置的指示信息, 所述第四信令为 以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH, EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The base station sends a fourth signaling to the UE, where the fourth signaling includes indication information for enabling the UE to determine a second starting location of the frequency resource for listening to the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is At least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
在第七方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述基站确定传输 PDSCH 的 时域资源, 包括:  In an eighth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the determining, by the base station, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH includes:
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源为预设的第一子帧; 或者, 所述基站向所述 UE 发送的第五信令, 所述第五信令中包括确定传输 PDSCH的第一子帧的指示信息。  Determining, by the base station, that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the first subframe that is preset; or the fifth signaling sent by the base station to the UE, where the fifth signaling includes determining to determine the first sub-transmission of the PDSCH The indication of the frame.
根据第七方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还包括非连续接收周期和非连续接收的开始子 帧、 活动时间, 所述活动时间包括检测活动定时器对应的时间和 /或非活动定 时器对应的时间。 According to the eighth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, The indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, and an active time, where the active time includes detecting a time corresponding to the active timer and/or a time corresponding to the inactivity timer. .
根据第七方面的第九种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述用于传输所述 PDSCH的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。  According to the ninth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
根据第七方面、 第七方面的第一种至第十种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第十一种可能的实现方式中, 在所述基站在所述时域资源、 频率资源 上, 根据所述编码速率上向 UE发送所述传输块之后, 还包括:  According to the seventh aspect, any one of the first to the tenth possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the base station is in the time domain resource, the frequency resource After the transmitting the transport block to the UE according to the coding rate, the method further includes:
所述基站接收所述 UE发送的确认消息 ACK或非确认消息 NACK。  The base station receives an acknowledgement message ACK or a non-acknowledgement message NACK sent by the UE.
根据第七方面的第十一种可能的实现方式, 在第十二种可能的实现方式 中,当所述基站在第一预设的时间内未接收所述 UE发送的确认消息 ACK时, 所述基站在第二预设时间内重新发送所述传输块。  According to the eleventh possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner, when the base station does not receive the acknowledgement message ACK sent by the UE in the first preset time, The base station resends the transport block within a second preset time.
根据第七方面、 第七方面的第一种至第十二种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种, 在第十三种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:  According to the seventh aspect, the first to the twelfth possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner,
所述基站在预设的搜索空间和\或预设的第一时间内, 向所述 UE发送控 制信道和\或 PDSCH。  The base station sends a control channel and/or a PDSCH to the UE in a preset search space and/or a preset first time.
根据第七方面的第十三种可能的实现方式, 在第十四种可能的实现方式 中, 当所述基站分别在不同的所述第一时间内发送控制信道和 PDSCH 时, 所述发送控制信道的第一时间的时间间隔大于或小于发送 PDSCH 的第一 时间的时间间隔。  According to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, when the base station sends the control channel and the PDSCH in different the first time, the sending control The time interval of the first time of the channel is greater than or less than the time interval of the first time at which the PDSCH is transmitted.
根据第七方面的第十三种或第十四种可能的实现方式, 在第十五种可能 的实现方式中, 当所述基站在预设的搜索空间和 \或预设的第一时间内, 向所 述 UE发送控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述控制信道或所述 PDSCH中还包括 预设的第一指示信息, 用于使所述 UE区分控制信道和 PDSCH。  According to the thirteenth or fourteenth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, when the base station is in a preset search space and/or a preset first time When the control channel and the PDSCH are sent to the UE, the control channel or the PDSCH further includes preset first indication information, where the UE is used to distinguish the control channel from the PDSCH.
根据第七方面、 第七方面的第一种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述 TBS为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集。  According to the seventh aspect, the any one of the first to the fifteenth possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner, the TBS is the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol Subset.
根据第七方面、 第七方面的第一种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种, 在第十七种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:  According to the seventh aspect, the any one of the first to the sixteenth possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner,
所述基站根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者, 所述基站向所述 UE发送第六信令, 所述第六信令中包括用于确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式的指示信息, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 Determining, by the base station, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode according to a preset rule, or The base station sends a sixth signaling to the UE, where the sixth signaling includes indication information for determining that the PDSCH is a listening mode, and the sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH , EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
根据第七方面、 第七方面的第一种至第十七种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种, 在第十八种可能的实现方式中, 所述基站采用所述用于数据传输的频 率资源进行数据传输, 包括:  According to the seventh aspect, any one of the first to the seventeenth possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect, in the eighteenth possible implementation manner, the base station adopts the frequency used for data transmission Resources for data transfer, including:
当所述基站采用非 MBSFN子帧传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH时,所述 基站采用天线端口 0或者采用发送分集的方式发送所述 PDSCH;  When the base station uses the non-MBSFN subframe to transmit the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), the base station sends the PDSCH by using the antenna port 0 or using the transmit diversity.
当所述基站采用 MBSFN子帧传输 PDSCH时,所述基站采用天线端口端 口 7发送所述 PDSCH。  When the base station transmits the PDSCH by using the MBSFN subframe, the base station transmits the PDSCH by using the antenna port port 7.
第八方面, 本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 包括:  The eighth aspect of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
基站确定用于下行控制信息 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围;  Determining, by the base station, a range of frequency resources used for downlink control information DCI indication;
所述基站向用户设备 UE发送所述 DCI, 以使所述 UE根据所述 DCI中 的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源;  Sending, by the base station, the DCI to the user equipment UE, so that the UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI;
所述基站采用所述用于数据传输的频率资源进行数据传输。  The base station uses the frequency resource for data transmission to perform data transmission.
在第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述基站确定用于 DCI指示的 频率资源的范围, 包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the determining, by the base station, a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication includes:
所述基站采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范 围; 或者,  The base station adopts a preset first frequency resource as a range of frequency resources used for DCI indication; or
所述基站向所述 UE发送第七信令, 所述第七信令中包括用于确定所述 用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围的指示信息,所述第七信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  The base station sends the seventh signaling to the UE, where the seventh signaling includes indication information for determining a range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, where the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC Control Element CE signaling.
根据第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实 现方式中, 还包括:  According to the eighth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
所述基站向所述 UE发送第二 DCI, 所述第二 DCI中包括用于指示所 述数据的编码速率的指示信息。  The base station sends a second DCI to the UE, where the second DCI includes indication information for indicating a coding rate of the data.
根据第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二 DCI指示的编码速率包括所述 DCI指示的聚合级别; 或者,  According to a second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the coding rate indicated by the second DCI includes an aggregation level indicated by the DCI; or
所述编码速率包括限定了调制方式的第一数据的 PRB 个数和所述第 一数据对应的 TBS , 所述调制方式通过预设或信令配置的方式限定。 根据第八方面、 第八方面的第一种至第三种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: The coding rate includes a number of PRBs of the first data defining the modulation mode and a TBS corresponding to the first data, where the modulation mode is defined by a preset or signaling configuration. According to the eighth aspect, the first to the third possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the method further includes:
所述基站确定所述传输数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS , 或者, 所述基站向所述 UE发送第八信令, 所述第八信令中包括用于确定所述 TBS的指示信息, 所述第八信令包括以下至少一种: RRC信令、 MAC CE 信令或 DCI。  The base station determines that the transport block size TBS of the transmission data is a preset TBS, or the base station sends an eighth signaling to the UE, where the eighth signaling includes an indication for determining the TBS. Information, the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI.
根据第八方面、 第八方面的第一种至第三种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:  According to the eighth aspect, the first to the third possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the method further includes:
所述基站确定所述传输数据的特定调制方式下的 TBS , 其中所述特定 调制方式通过预设或信令配置确定;  Determining, by the base station, a TBS in a specific modulation mode of the transmission data, where the specific modulation mode is determined by a preset or signaling configuration;
所述基站向所述 UE发送第三 DCI, 所述第三 DCI中包含用于确定特 定调制方式下的 TBS的指示信息。  The base station sends a third DCI to the UE, where the third DCI includes indication information for determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode.
根据第八方面、 第八方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第六种可能的实现方式中:  According to the eighth aspect, any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the eighth aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner:
当所述系统带宽为 {1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz} 中的一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个时, 所述用于 DCI指示的频率范围小于所述系统带宽;  When the system bandwidth is one of {1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}, or one of {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}, the DCI is used for DCI The indicated frequency range is less than the system bandwidth;
根据第八方面、 第八方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任意一 种, 在第七种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:  According to the eighth aspect, the first to the sixth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the seventh possible implementation, the method further includes:
所述基站向所述 UE 发送包含第二子帧的配置消息, 用于指示所述 UE 在所述第二子帧监听公共控制信道。  The base station sends a configuration message including a second subframe to the UE, to indicate that the UE listens to the common control channel in the second subframe.
根据第八方面的第七种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二子帧的周期为非连续接收周期 DRX的整数倍。  According to the seventh possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner, the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
本发明实施例提供的数据方法、 装置及系统, 基站和 UE分别在确定传 输块大小 TBS、传输 PDSCH的时域资源、频率资源以及所述 PDSCH编码速 率之后, 在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 根据所述编码速率向 UE发送所述 传输块, 因此能够实现对 PDSCH的盲检测, 从而能够在不需要 DCI的指示 的情况下接收下行数据, 因此能够减小控制信令开销, 从而提高系统的传 输效率。  The data method, device, and system provided by the embodiment of the present invention, after determining the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH, the frequency resource, and the PDSCH coding rate, the base station and the UE respectively, in the time domain resource and the frequency resource Transmitting the transport block to the UE according to the coding rate, so that blind detection of the PDSCH can be implemented, so that downlink data can be received without the indication of the DCI, and thus the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving The transmission efficiency of the system.
本发明实施例提供的数据方法、装置及系统,基站和 UE先确定用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围, 即先确定 DCI能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽对应 的频域资源, 再根据 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源, 在通 过所述频率资源进行数据传输; 由于 DCI能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽对 应的频域资源不再是系统带宽或系统带宽对应的频域资源, 而是一个较小的 带宽或较小带宽对应的频域资源, 因此 DCI中用于确定数据传输所用的频率 资源的指示信息可以减少, 即由 DCI指示内容得以减少, 从而能够降低信令 开销, 提高系统传输的效率。 附图说明 The data method, device and system provided by the embodiments of the present invention, the base station and the UE are first determined to be used for DCI The range of the indicated frequency resource, that is, the frequency domain resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that can be indicated by the DCI is determined first, and then the frequency resource used for data transmission is determined according to the indication information in the DCI, and the data transmission is performed by using the frequency resource. The frequency domain resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the frequency domain resource corresponding to the system bandwidth or the system bandwidth, but a frequency domain resource corresponding to a smaller bandwidth or a smaller bandwidth. Therefore, in the DCI The indication information for determining the frequency resource used for data transmission can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving system transmission efficiency. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案, 下面将对 实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍, 显而易见 地, 下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员 来讲, 在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的 附图。  In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, a brief description of the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description It is a certain embodiment of the present invention, and other drawings can be obtained from those skilled in the art without any inventive labor.
图 1为本发明 UE实施例一的结构示意图;  1 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a UE according to the present invention;
图 2为非连续接收的 PDSCH传输子帧的结构示意图;  2 is a schematic structural diagram of a PDSCH transmission subframe that is discontinuously received;
图 3为本发明 UE实施例二的结构示意图;  3 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a UE according to the present invention;
图 4为本发明 UE实施例三的结构示意图;  4 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a UE according to the present invention;
图 5为在特定的第一时间内监听控制信道和 \或 PDSCH的示意图; 图 6为本发明 UE实施例四的结构示意图;  5 is a schematic diagram of listening to a control channel and a PDSCH in a specific first time; FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth embodiment of a UE according to the present invention;
图 7为本发明 UE实施例五的结构示意图;  7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a UE according to the present invention;
图 8为本发明基站实施例一的结构示意图;  8 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention;
图 9为本发明基站实施例二的结构示意图;  9 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a base station according to the present invention;
图 10为本发明基站实施例三的结构示意图;  10 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention;
图 11为本发明 UE实施例六的结构示意图;  11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 6 of a UE according to the present invention;
图 12为本发明 UE实施例七的结构示意图;  12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 7 of a UE according to the present invention;
图 13为本发明基站实施例四的结构示意图;  13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a base station according to the present invention;
图 14为本发明基站实施例五的结构示意图;  14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a base station according to the present invention;
图 15为本发明数据传输方法实施例一的流程图;  15 is a flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a data transmission method according to the present invention;
图 16为本发明数据传输方法实施例二的流程图; 图 17为本发明数据传输方法实施例三的信令流程图; 16 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a data transmission method according to the present invention; 17 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a data transmission method according to the present invention;
图 18为资源粒度和聚合级别的示意图;  18 is a schematic diagram of resource granularity and aggregation level;
图 19为本发明数据传输方法实施例四的流程图;  19 is a flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a data transmission method according to the present invention;
图 20为本发明数据传输方法实施例五的流程图;  20 is a flowchart of Embodiment 5 of a data transmission method according to the present invention;
图 21为本发明数据传输方法实施例六的信令流程图;  21 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 6 of a data transmission method according to the present invention;
图 22为本发明系统实施例一的结构示意图;  Figure 22 is a schematic structural view of Embodiment 1 of the system of the present invention;
图 23为本发明系统实施例二的结构示意图。 具体实施方式  FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of the system of the present invention. detailed description
为使本发明实施例的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合本 发明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、 完整地描 述, 显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提 下所获得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。  The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is a partial embodiment of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
本文中所述的"数据"是指业务数据如物理层的传输块, 其区别于控制 信令和其他用于指示的信令或信息如在物理层的下行控制信道或下行控 制信息。 本发明实施例是针对小数据传输过程中, 信令开销过大导致的传 输效率低的问题, 本发明实施例提供的 UE、 基站以及数据传输方法可以 用于降低上行或下行传输过程中 DCI指示信令的开销。  "Data" as used herein refers to a transport block of traffic data, such as a physical layer, that is distinct from control signaling and other signaling or information for indication such as downlink control channel or downlink control information at the physical layer. The embodiment of the present invention is directed to the problem that the transmission efficiency is low due to excessive signaling overhead in the small data transmission process. The UE, the base station, and the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present invention may be used to reduce the DCI indication during uplink or downlink transmission. The overhead of signaling.
本发明的业务数据在物理层体现为传输块由物理信道进行传输, 其可 以是数据信道, 也可以是使用控制信道的形式进行传输。 不失一般性, 本 发明采用数据信道 PDSCH (也可以是增强的 PDSCH) 进行传输来阐述。  The service data of the present invention is embodied at the physical layer as the transport block is transmitted by the physical channel, which may be a data channel or may be transmitted in the form of a control channel. Without loss of generality, the present invention is illustrated using a data channel PDSCH (which may also be an enhanced PDSCH) for transmission.
本发明实施例所述的预定义可以为出厂设置, 或者可以为通信的双 方, 如基站和 UE, 之间事先约定的方式; 本发明实施例所述的配置可以 为通过基站配置, 或者, 也可以通过其他网络维护工具为基站和 UE分别 配置, 也可以通过接收基站的配置信息在 UE侧根据配置信息进行设置。  The pre-defined in the embodiment of the present invention may be a factory setting, or may be a manner agreed between the two parties of the communication, such as a base station and a UE. The configuration in the embodiment of the present invention may be configured by using a base station, or The base station and the UE may be separately configured by using other network maintenance tools, or may be configured on the UE side according to the configuration information by receiving configuration information of the base station.
对于部分小数据业务, 例如 M2M (设备到设备, Mac ne to Madiine , 广义的还可理解为设备到人, Machine to Man , 人到设备, Man to Machine , 机器到手机 Machine to Mobile )等应用,在较长一段时间内业务比较稳定, 体现在物理层(PHY)可以为在一段时间内采用相对固定的 TBS进行传输。 相对固定的 TBS可以是预定义或配置得到的。当需要不同的 TBS切换时, 可以使用 DCI信令, 如 DCI format 1A, 进行 TBS指示, 例如可以指示当 前或切换后的 TBS的大小。 当 UE获取了数据信道, 如物理下行链路共享 信道 (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, 简称: PDSCH) , 对应的 TBS , 可以根据预定义或配置的聚合级别 (aggregation level) 对 PDSCH进行检 测。 当 PDSCH 的位置和或聚合级别没有得到指示时, UE 需要盲检测 PDSCH。 因此当信令没有指示 PDSCH的位置和或聚合级别时, UE需要 盲检测 PDSCH。 当信令指示了 PDSCH的位置和聚合级别时, UE可以根 据信令指示进行 PDSCH的检测,这里的检测可以是循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check, 简称: CRC) , 根据 CRC校验是否正确判断 PDSDH 是否检测成功。 UE 在时域上的检测子帧可以根据预定义或配置得到。 该 时域的子帧可以根据非连续接收 DRX的周期或扩展的 DRX的周期来进行 设置。 For some small data services, such as M2M (device to device, Mac ne to Madiine, broadly can be understood as device to person, Machine to Man, people to device, Man to Machine, machine to mobile Machine to Mobile) and other applications, The service is relatively stable for a long period of time, which is reflected in the fact that the physical layer (PHY) can transmit over a period of time using a relatively fixed TBS. A relatively fixed TBS can be predefined or configured. When different TBS handovers are required, DCI signaling, such as DCI format 1A, may be used to perform TBS indication, for example, the size of the current or switched TBS may be indicated. When the UE acquires a data channel, such as a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), and a corresponding TBS, the PDSCH may be detected according to a predefined or configured aggregation level. When the location and or aggregation level of the PDSCH are not indicated, the UE needs to blindly detect the PDSCH. Therefore, when the signaling does not indicate the location and or aggregation level of the PDSCH, the UE needs to blindly detect the PDSCH. When the signaling indicates the location and the aggregation level of the PDSCH, the UE may perform the detection of the PDSCH according to the signaling indication, where the detection may be a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC), according to whether the CRC check is correct. Determine if PDSDH is detected successfully. The detection subframe of the UE in the time domain can be obtained according to a predefined or configuration. The subframe of the time domain may be set according to a period of discontinuous reception of DRX or a period of extended DRX.
图 1为本发明 UE实施例一的结构示意图, 如图 1所示, 本实施例的 UE可以包括: 确定模块 101和接收模块 102, 其中,  1 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a UE according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the UE in this embodiment may include: a determining module 101 and a receiving module 102, where
确定模块 101, 用于确定传输块大小 TBS;  a determining module 101, configured to determine a transport block size TBS;
所述确定模块 101,还用于确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH的时域资 源和频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块;  The determining module 101 is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
接收模块 102, 用于在所述时域资源、 频率资源上接收所述传输块。 本实施例的 UE, 可以用于盲检测 PDSCH, 当然, 也可以根据下行控 制信息 (Downlink Control Information, 简称: DCI) 的指示进行检测。 当 仅采用盲检测的方式接收 PDSCH上的数据时, 不需要 DCI的指示。  The receiving module 102 is configured to receive the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource. The UE in this embodiment may be used to detect the PDSCH blindly. Of course, the UE may also perform detection according to the indication of Downlink Control Information (DCI). When the data on the PDSCH is received only by blind detection, the indication of the DCI is not required.
当 UE采用盲检测的方式接收 PDSCH上的数据的方式, 优选地适用 于数据的 TBS可以与现有的 DCI 信令的大小不同的场景, 但数据的 TBS 与现有 DCI信令的大小相同时也可以应用此方式,本发明实施例对此不做 限定。  When the UE receives the data on the PDSCH in a blind detection manner, it is preferably applied to a scenario in which the TBS of the data can be different from the existing DCI signaling, but when the TBS of the data is the same as the size of the existing DCI signaling. This method is also applicable to the embodiment of the present invention.
本实施例的 UE, 通过在确定模块确定传输块大小 TBS、 传输 PDSCH 的时域资源、 频率资源之后, 接收模块在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 接收 所述传输块, 因此能够实现对 PDSCH的盲检测, 从而能够在不需要 DCI的 指示的情况下接收下行数据, 因此能够减小控制信令开销, 从而提高系统 的传输效率。 In the UE of this embodiment, after the determining module determines the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource of the PDSCH, and the frequency resource, the receiving module receives the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, so that the Blind detection of the PDSCH, so that downlink data can be received without the indication of DCI, so the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving the system Transmission efficiency.
进行 PDSCH的盲检测或配置 PDSCH盲检测需要的信息有: TBS、频 域资源, 时域资源, 下面分别针对这些需要确定的信息, 进行详细描述。  The information required for the blind detection of the PDSCH or the PDSCH blind detection is as follows: TBS, frequency domain resources, and time domain resources. The following describes the information that needs to be determined.
可选地, 上述实施例的 UE在确定数据的 TBS时, TBS可以为预设的, 也可以为根据基站信令通知的方式来确定, 相应的, 所述确定模块 101具体 可以用于: 确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者,  Optionally, when determining the TBS of the data, the TBS of the foregoing embodiment may be preset, or may be determined according to a manner of signaling by the base station, and correspondingly, the determining module 101 may be specifically configured to: determine The size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or
接收基站发送的第一信令, 并根据所述第一信令中的指示信息确定所述 传输块的大小 TBS , 所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  Receiving a first signaling sent by the base station, and determining a size TBS of the transport block according to the indication information in the first signaling, where the first signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium Access Control MAC Control Element CE Signaling.
其中,预定义的 TBS可以是 1个或多个可以是现有 TBS表格的子集或新 增加的 TBS。 当预定义多个 TBS时, 基站可以使用信令通知指示 UE使用哪 一个 TBS进行盲检测。  The predefined TBS may be one or more of a subset of existing TBS tables or a newly added TBS. When a plurality of TBSs are predefined, the base station can use signaling to indicate which TBS the UE uses for blind detection.
当 TBS限定小于等于 1000比特时, 复用现有的 TBS值时可以采用如下 表格所列举的 TBS:  When the TBS is limited to 1000 bits or less, the TBS listed in the following table can be used when multiplexing the existing TBS values:
Figure imgf000025_0001
通常业务比较稳定的 UE, 如 MTC UE, 其在相当长的时间内, TBS比较 固定。 因此, 基站可以通过第一信令通知该段时间的 TBS , 当 TBS发生变化 时通过第一信令通知新的 TBS。 为此可以预定义有限个 TBS值, 然后用第一 信令通知当前采用的是哪一个 TBS值。 所定义的有限个 TBS值可以是现有 TBS 表格的子集, 例如 {208, 600, 872, 1000}。 所使用的第一信令可以是 RRC信令或 DCI format或 MAC CE或它们之间的任意组合。例如,基站可以 使用 RRC信令指示, 同时使用 DCI格式如 format 1A指示承载该 RRC信令 的 PDSCH。
Figure imgf000025_0001
Generally, a UE with a relatively stable service, such as an MTC UE, has a relatively fixed TBS for a relatively long period of time. Therefore, the base station can notify the TBS of the period of time by the first signaling, and notify the new TBS by the first signaling when the TBS changes. For this purpose, a finite number of TBS values can be predefined, and then the first signalling is used to inform which TBS value is currently being used. The defined finite number of TBS values may be a subset of existing TBS tables, such as {208, 600, 872, 1000}. The first signaling used may be RRC signaling or DCI format or MAC CE or any combination therebetween. For example, the base station may use RRC signaling indication while using a DCI format such as format 1A to indicate the PDSCH carrying the RRC signaling.
进一步地, 所述确定模块 101还可以用于:  Further, the determining module 101 is further configured to:
确定传输所述 PDSCH的编码速率;  Determining a coding rate at which the PDSCH is transmitted;
所述接收模块 102, 具体可以用于在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 根据 所述 PDSCH的编码速率接收所述传输块。 The receiving module 102 may be specifically configured to use, according to the time domain resource and the frequency resource, The coding rate of the PDSCH receives the transport block.
其中,所述 PDSCH的编码速率可以包括所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合 级别。  The coding rate of the PDSCH may include an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH.
因此, 对于编码速率的确定, 所述确定模块 101具体可以用于: 确定传输所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别。  Therefore, for determining the coding rate, the determining module 101 may be specifically configured to: determine an aggregation level of a resource granularity for transmitting the PDSCH.
这是由于 PDSCH 是由一个或一组相同的资源粒度单位组成的资源粒度 的聚合进行传输的。 资源粒度的聚合使用聚合级别来表示, 如聚合级别为 1, 则由 1 个资源粒度传输 PDSCH; 聚合级别为 2, 则由 2 个资源粒度传输 PDSCH。  This is because the PDSCH is transmitted by aggregation of resource granularity consisting of one or a group of identical resource granularity units. The aggregation of resource granularity is represented by the aggregation level. If the aggregation level is 1, the PDSCH is transmitted by 1 resource granularity. If the aggregation level is 2, the PDSCH is transmitted by 2 resource granularities.
进一步地, 所述确定模块 101具体可以用于:  Further, the determining module 101 may be specifically configured to:
根据基站的配置确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 或者, 确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别;  Determining, according to the configuration of the base station, an aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH; or determining, according to the configuration of the PDSCH, the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is a preset aggregation level;
其中, 传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别包括: 传输物理下行控制信 道 PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或传输增强的物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资 源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集, 或者, 传输 PDSCH的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。  The aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is: the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the transmission PDSCH is at least Contains aggregation level 6.
其中, 所述资源粒度包括以下任意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源粒 度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE, REG、 EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。  The resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
可选地, 对于频域资源的确定, 可以有两种方式:  Optionally, there are two ways to determine the frequency domain resource:
在第一种实现方式中, 频域资源可以用资源块 (resource block, 简称: In the first implementation, the resource block (resource block, referred to as:
RB )来指示, 或者, 也可以用物理资源块 PRB (Physical Resource Block)或 虚拟资源块 VRB (Virtual Resource Block)来指示。下文中以 RB为例进行描 述。 所述确定模块 101具体可以用于: RB) indicates, or may be indicated by a physical resource block PRB (Physical Resource Block) or a virtual resource block VRB (Virtual Resource Block). The following describes RB as an example. The determining module 101 can be specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者,  Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB; or
接收基站发送的第二信令, 并根据所述第二信令中的指示信息确定传输 Receiving second signaling sent by the base station, and determining transmission according to the indication information in the second signaling
PDSCH的资源块 RB, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH, EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The resource block RB of the PDSCH, the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
在第二种实现方式中, 频域资源用带宽和起始位置的方式来指示, 这种 方式尤其适用于频域资源为连续的资源的场景。 所述确定模块 101具体可以 用于: 根据基站的配置确定 PDSCH的带宽; In the second implementation manner, the frequency domain resource is indicated by the bandwidth and the starting location. This manner is especially applicable to the scenario where the frequency domain resource is a continuous resource. The determining module 101 can be specifically configured to: Determining the bandwidth of the PDSCH according to the configuration of the base station;
接收基站发送的第三信令, 并根据所述第三信令中的指示信息确定所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第一起始位置, 所述第三信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Receiving a third signaling sent by the base station, and determining a first starting location of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH , EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
进一步地, 上述两种实现方式中确定模块 101可以确定一个较大频域资 源范围, 在具体实现时, 还可以使 UE在上述较大的频域资源范围内确定一 个较小的范围进行检测。 因此, 所述确定模块 101具体还可以用于:  Further, in the foregoing two implementation manners, the determining module 101 may determine a larger frequency domain resource range. In a specific implementation, the UE may further determine a smaller range to detect in the larger frequency domain resource range. Therefore, the determining module 101 is further specifically configured to:
接收基站发送的第四信令, 并根据所述第四信令中的指示信息确定监听 所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第二起始位置, 所述第四信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令; 或者,  Receiving a fourth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the fourth signaling, a second starting location of the frequency resource that is used to listen to the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling , PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or,
根据预设的哈希函数确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第二起始位置。 例如, UE先根据第一种方式接收一个大的频率资源范围, 例如: 编号为 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 的 RB, 然后根据第四信令或哈希函数确定第 二起始位置,从第二起始位置开始进行盲检测,若确定第二起始位置为 RB 7, 则 UE可以从 RB 7开始检测一直到 RB 13。  A second starting position of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH is determined according to a preset hash function. For example, the UE first receives a large frequency resource range according to the first mode, for example: RBs numbered 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and then determined according to the fourth signaling or hash function. The second starting position is blind detection starting from the second starting position. If it is determined that the second starting position is RB 7, the UE can start detecting from RB 7 up to RB 13.
可选地, 对于传输所述 PDSCH 的时域资源, 可以通过信令通知的方式 或预定义的方式来确定, 因此所述确定模块 101具体可以用于:  Optionally, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH may be determined by means of signaling or a predefined manner, so the determining module 101 may specifically be used to:
接收基站发送的第五信令, 并根据所述第五信令中的指示信息确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源为第一子帧, 所述第五信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令; 或者,  Receiving a fifth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the fifth signaling, that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the first subframe, and the fifth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH , EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or,
确定所述 PDSCH的子帧为预设的第一子帧。  Determining that the subframe of the PDSCH is a preset first subframe.
具体实现时, 可以配置非连续的接收时间 (Discontinuous Reception, 简 称: DRX)用于 PDSCH的传输。 图 2为非连续接收的 PDSCH传输子帧的结 构示意图, 如图 2所示, UE在若干段非连续的时间间隔上进行 PDSCH的检 测。 图 2中 UE在每个 DRX周期的活动时间 (On duration) 进行 PDSCH的 盲检测。 相应地, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还可以包括非连续接收周期和 非连续接收的开始子帧、 活动时间, 所述活动时间包括检测活动定时器 (on duration timer)对应的时间和 /或非活动定时器(inactivity timer)对应的时间。  For specific implementation, you can configure discontinuous reception time (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) for PDSCH transmission. 2 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a discontinuously received PDSCH transmission subframe. As shown in FIG. 2, the UE performs PDSCH detection on a plurality of non-contiguous time intervals. In Figure 2, the UE performs blind detection of the PDSCH during the On duration of each DRX cycle. Correspondingly, the indication information in the fifth signaling may further include a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time, where the active time includes detecting a time corresponding to an on-duration timer / or the time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
进一步地, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还可以指示: 用于传输 PDSCH 的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。 图 3为本发明 UE实施例二的结构示意图, 如图 3所示, 本实施例的 UE 还可以包括: 发送模块 103, 该发送模块 103, 可以用于当所述接收模块正确 接收所述 PDSCH后, 向基站发送确认消息 ACK; 或者, 当所述确定模块确 定无法接收所述 PDSCH后, 向基站发送非确认消息 NACK。 Further, the indication information in the fifth signaling may further indicate that: the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time. FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a UE according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the UE in this embodiment may further include: a sending module 103, where the sending module 103 may be configured to: when the receiving module correctly receives the PDSCH After that, the acknowledgment message ACK is sent to the base station; or, after the determining module determines that the PDSCH cannot be received, the non-acknowledgement message NACK is sent to the base station.
这样, 当基站侧接收到 NACK时, 或者未接收到 ACK的时间超过一定 的门限时, 基站可以确定 UE未成功地接收所述 PDSCH, 因此, 可以重新发 送。 UE可以在预设的或配置的时间内对发送 NACK后重复收到的 PDSCH (或 重复发送的传输块)进行合并。 重复的 PDSCH (或重复发送的传输块)或新 的 PDSCH (或新发送的传输块) 可以通过在 CRC加扰的扰码进行区分。 该 扰码可以为预设或由基站进行配置。 或者可以启动覆盖增强模式, 例如可以 配置连续 p个子帧发送同一个 PDSCH, p为整数, 以积累能量进行覆盖增强, UE则可以根据配置按照连续 p个子帧对 PDSCH进行检测, 以提高数据接收 的成功率。  In this way, when the base station side receives the NACK, or the time when the ACK is not received exceeds a certain threshold, the base station may determine that the UE does not successfully receive the PDSCH, and therefore may resend. The UE may merge the received PDSCH (or the repeatedly transmitted transport block) after the NACK is sent within a preset or configured time. The repeated PDSCH (or repeatedly transmitted transport block) or the new PDSCH (or newly transmitted transport block) can be distinguished by the scrambling code scrambled in the CRC. The scrambling code can be preset or configured by the base station. Alternatively, the coverage enhancement mode may be started. For example, the PDs may be configured to transmit the same PDSCH in consecutive p subframes, where p is an integer, and the coverage is enhanced by accumulating energy. The UE may detect the PDSCH according to the configuration in consecutive p subframes to improve data reception. Success rate.
图 4为本发明 UE实施例三的结构示意图, 如图 4所示, 本实施例的 UE 还可以包括: 监听模块 104, 用于在基站配置的搜索空间和\或基站配置的第 一时间内, 监听控制信道和\或 PDSCH。 其中控制信道包括 PDCCH 或 E-PDDCH。  4 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a UE according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the UE in this embodiment may further include: a monitoring module 104, configured to be used in a search space configured by a base station and/or a first time configured by a base station. , listening to the control channel and / or PDSCH. The control channel includes a PDCCH or an E-PDDCH.
本实施例的 UE, 可以在 UE的专用搜索空间或某段第一时间内 (或 者同时指定搜索空间和第一时间) 仅监听控制信道, 或仅监听 PDSCH, 或者同时监听控制信道和 PDSCH。 对应的传输方式可以包括以下几种: 在 UE的专用搜索空间 (对时间不做限制) 仅传输控制信道; 在 UE的专 用搜索空间(对时间不做限制)仅传输 PDSCH;在 UE的专用搜索空间(对 时间不做限制) 同时传输控制信道和 PDSCH; 在某段第一时间内 (对频 域不做限制) 仅传输 PDSCH; 在某段第一时间内 (对频域不做限制) 仅 传输 PDSCH; 在某段第一时间 (对频域不做限制) 同时传输控制信道和 PDSCH; 在 UE的专用搜索空间且在某段第一时间仅传输 PDSCH; 在 UE 的专用搜索空间且在某段第一时间仅传输控制信道; 在 UE的专用搜索空 间且在某段第一时间同时传输 PDSCH和控制信道。 其中, 第一时间可以 为预定义或配置的一段时间比如位于非连续接收时间周期开始的一个子 帧或若干个子帧。 图 5为在特定的第一时间内监听控制信道和 \或 PDSCH 的示意图, 如图 5所示, 控制信道和 PDSCH有时在同一个时间内进行监 听, 有时不在同一个时间进行监听。 The UE in this embodiment may only listen to the control channel in the dedicated search space of the UE or in a certain period of time (or simultaneously specify the search space and the first time), or only listen to the PDSCH, or simultaneously monitor the control channel and the PDSCH. Corresponding transmission modes may include the following: In the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only the control channel is transmitted; in the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only PDSCH is transmitted; dedicated search in the UE Space (no restrictions on time) Simultaneous transmission of control channel and PDSCH; Only PDSCH is transmitted in the first time of a certain period (no restrictions on the frequency domain); In the first time of a certain period (no restrictions on the frequency domain) Transmitting the PDSCH; transmitting the control channel and the PDSCH simultaneously at a certain time (without limitation on the frequency domain); transmitting only the PDSCH in the dedicated search space of the UE and at a certain time in a certain period; in the dedicated search space of the UE and at some The segment transmits only the control channel at the first time; the PDSCH and the control channel are simultaneously transmitted in the UE's dedicated search space and at a certain first time. The first time may be a predefined or configured period of time, such as one subframe or several subframes located at the beginning of the discontinuous reception time period. Figure 5 is the monitoring of the control channel and / or PDSCH in a specific first time The schematic diagram, as shown in Figure 5, the control channel and PDSCH sometimes listen at the same time, sometimes not at the same time.
其中, 所述搜索空间可以由基站配置的或者为预设的, 所述第一时间 可以由基站配置的或者为预设的。  The search space may be configured by a base station or preset, and the first time may be configured by a base station or preset.
当控制信道和 PDSCH不在同一个第一时间内进行传输时, 可以降低 盲检测次数, 节省 UE的功耗。  When the control channel and the PDSCH are not transmitted in the same first time, the number of blind detections can be reduced, and the power consumption of the UE can be saved.
进一步地, 还可以限定: 当所述监听模块 104分别在不同的所述第一时 间内监听控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述监听控制信道的第一时间的时间间隔 或周期大于或小于监听 PDSCH 的第一时间的时间间隔或周期。 若监听控 制信道的第一时间的时间间隔或周期大于监听 PDSCH的第一时间的时间 间隔或周期, 有利于节省信令开销; 若监听控制信道的第一时间的时间间 隔或周期小于监听 PDSCH 的第一时间的时间间隔或周期, 有利于快速切 换到信令调度模式进行其它 TBS切换或混合自动重传请求 (Hybrid-ARQ , 简称: HARQ) 或覆盖增强传输模式等。  Further, it may be further defined that: when the monitoring module 104 monitors the control channel and the PDSCH in the different first time, the time interval or period of the first time of the monitoring control channel is greater than or less than that of the PDSCH. The time interval or period of the first time. If the time interval or period of the first time of monitoring the control channel is greater than the time interval or period of the first time of listening to the PDSCH, the signaling overhead is saved; if the time interval or period of the first time of monitoring the control channel is smaller than that of the PDSCH. The time interval or period of the first time facilitates fast handover to the signaling scheduling mode for other TBS handover or hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid-ARQ, referred to as HARQ) or coverage enhanced transmission mode.
进一步地, 在一种实现方式中, 所述监听模块 104具体可以用于: 在基 站配置的搜索空间和 \或基站配置配置的时间内监听控制信道和 PDSCH时, 通过传输块的大小 TBS区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 或者, 根据资源粒度、 时域位置、 频域位置中的至少一个来区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 或者, 根 据预设的第一指示信息来区分控制信道和 PDSCH。  Further, in an implementation manner, the monitoring module 104 may be specifically configured to: when the control channel and the PDSCH are monitored in a search space configured by the base station and/or a configuration configured by the base station, the TBS is controlled by the size of the transport block. And the channel and the PDSCH, or the control channel and the PDSCH are differentiated according to at least one of a resource granularity, a time domain location, and a frequency domain location, or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the preset first indication information.
当传输块大小与现有的控制信道的信令大小不同时, 可以通过 TBS 可以直接区分开是 PDSCH还是控制信道。 其中, 控制信道承载的 DCI所 采用的 DCI format可以是现有的 DCI format的子集或全部。比如可以预定 义只采用 DCI format 1A, TBS的值不等于 DCI format 1A的大小的传输块 大小均认为是 PDSCH在传输。  When the transport block size is different from the signaling size of the existing control channel, the TBS can directly distinguish whether it is a PDSCH or a control channel. The DCI format used by the DCI carried by the control channel may be a subset or all of the existing DCI format. For example, DCI format 1A can be pre-defined, and the transport block size whose value of TBS is not equal to the size of DCI format 1A is considered to be PDSCH transmission.
当传输块大小与现有的 DCI format大小相同时,可以通过使用与 DCI format不同的资源粒度进行聚合或不同的时频资源位置或明确的指示进行 区别。  When the transport block size is the same as the existing DCI format size, it can be distinguished by using a different resource granularity than the DCI format for aggregation or different time-frequency resource locations or explicit indications.
在另一种实现方式中,所述监听模块 104可以根据循环冗余校验 CRC 加扰的扰码来区分下行控制信息 DCI和 PDSCH或者,根据所述 DCI中新 增的指示位或原有的比特位中的第一指示信息来区分控制信道和 PDSCH。 这种方式采用明确的指示, 可以应用于 PDSCH与 DCI format具有相 同的 TBS和相同的聚合资源粒度的场景。 In another implementation manner, the monitoring module 104 may distinguish the downlink control information DCI and the PDSCH according to the cyclic redundancy check CRC scrambled scrambling code, according to the newly added indicator bit in the DCI or the original The first indication information in the bits distinguishes the control channel from the PDSCH. This method adopts an explicit indication and can be applied to a scenario where the PDSCH and the DCI format have the same TBS and the same aggregate resource granularity.
具体地, 可以使用 CRC加扰的扰码来区分 PDSCH和 DCI format。 该 扰码为预定义或配置的, 比如 16比特扰码可以包含 <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1>或<0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>。 其中扰码与 CRC校验 码和 RNTI ( Radio Network Temporary Identifier, 无线网络临时标识符) 采用逐比特相加以后进行模二运算。 比如扰码序列为 {R。, Ri , R2, .. ., RL- 1 }, CRC序列为 {P。, Pj , P2, .. ., PL- 1 } , RNTI序列为 {X。, X, , X2, .. ., Xw },可以将该 3个序列逐比特相加以后进行模二运算,得到的新序列(即 经过加扰后的序列) 为: Specifically, the CRC scrambled scrambling code can be used to distinguish between the PDSCH and the DCI format. The scrambling code is predefined or configured. For example, a 16-bit scrambling code can contain <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> Or <0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>. The scrambling code and the CRC check code and the RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identifier) are added by bit by bit, and then the modulo two operation is performed. For example, the scrambling code sequence is {R. , Ri , R 2 , .. ., R L-1 }, CRC sequence is {P. , Pj , P 2 , .. ., P L- 1 } , the RNTI sequence is {X. , X, , X 2 , .. ., Xw }, the three sequences can be added bit by bit and then subjected to the modulo two operation, and the obtained new sequence (ie, the scrambled sequence) is:
Ck=(Pk+Xk+Rk)mod2 , k=0, …, L-1 C k =(P k +X k +R k )mod2 , k=0, ..., L-1
此外, 当 TBS小于 DCI format 大小时, 可以通过在 TBS的比特后补 充 0, 使得其与现有的 DCI format大小相同。 此时再使用 CRC加扰的扰 码来区分 PDSCH和 DCI format。 比如 16比特扰码可以包含 <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1>或<0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>。 其中扰码与 CRC校验码采用模二相加。 可选的, 可以使用不同的扰码指示 PDSCH的 TBS或在传输块比特前或后添加固定比特个数指示 PDSCH的 TBS。  In addition, when the TBS is smaller than the DCI format, the 0 can be complemented by the bit of the TBS so that it is the same size as the existing DCI format. At this time, the CRC scrambled scrambling code is used to distinguish between PDSCH and DCI format. For example, a 16-bit scrambling code can contain <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> or <0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>. The scrambling code and the CRC check code are added by modulo two. Optionally, different scrambling codes may be used to indicate the TBS of the PDSCH or a fixed number of bits before or after the transmission block bit indicates the TBS of the PDSCH.
进一步地, 上述各个实施例中, 所述确定模块 101还可以用于: 根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者,  Further, in the above embodiments, the determining module 101 may be further configured to: determine, according to a preset rule, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, or
接收基站发送的第六信令, 并根据所述第六信令中的指示信息确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Receiving the sixth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the sixth signaling, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, where the sixth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE Signaling.
进一步地, 上述各个实施例中, 所述确定模块 101还可以用于: 根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH的调制方式, 或者,  Further, in the above embodiments, the determining module 101 may be further configured to: determine, according to a preset rule, a modulation mode of the PDSCH, or
接收基站发送的第九信令, 并根据所述第九信令中的指示信息确定所述 PDSCH的调制方式, 所述第九信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Receiving a ninth signaling sent by the base station, and determining a modulation mode of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the ninth signaling, where the ninth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE Signaling.
所述预设规则可以是以下至少一个: 信道质量范围, 信噪比范围, 误码 率门限, 误包率门限, 频谱效率门限。 The preset rule may be at least one of the following: a channel quality range, a signal to noise ratio range, and a bit error. Rate threshold, error rate threshold, spectrum efficiency threshold.
调制方式可以包括以下任意一种:高斯最小移频键控(Gaussian minimum shift keying, 简称: GMSK), 四相移键控(QuadriPhase Shift Keying, 简称: QPSK) , 16相正交幅度调制 (16 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation, 简称: 16QAM) , 64相正交幅度调制 (64 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation, 简称: 64QAM)  The modulation method may include any one of the following: Gaussian minimum shift keying (GMSK), QuadriPhase Shift Keying (QPSK), 16-phase quadrature amplitude modulation (16 Quadrature) Amplitude Modulation, referred to as: 16QAM), 64 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (64QAM)
上述各个 UE实施例中,所述 TBS可以为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS 的子集; 并且, 上述各个实施例中的第一信令、 第二信令、 第三信令、 第 四信令、 第五信令、 第六信令、 第九信令可以为同一个信令, 即可以在同 一个信令中包含上述多个信令中的指示信息。  In each of the foregoing UE embodiments, the TBS may be a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol; and, in the foregoing embodiments, the first signaling, the second signaling, the third signaling, and the fourth signaling The fifth signaling, the sixth signaling, and the ninth signaling may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling.
上述各个 UE实施例 (图 1、 图 3、 图 4所对应的实施例)所述的 UE, 可以执行下文中的图 15所示方法实施例对应的技术方案或图 17所示实施 例中对应 UE执行的方法。  The UE described in the foregoing embodiment of the UE (the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 1, FIG. 3, and FIG. 4) may perform the technical solution corresponding to the method embodiment shown in FIG. 15 or the corresponding embodiment in the embodiment shown in FIG. The method performed by the UE.
图 6为本发明 UE实施例四的结构示意图, 本实施例的 UE采用改变下 行控制信息 DCI的内容的方式降低控制信令开销。如图 6所示, 本实施例的 UE可以包括: 确定模块 601和数据传输模块 602, 其中,  FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of the UE according to the present invention. The UE in this embodiment reduces the control signaling overhead by changing the content of the downlink control information DCI. As shown in FIG. 6, the UE in this embodiment may include: a determining module 601 and a data transmission module 602, where
确定模块 601, 可以用于确定用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 所述确定模块 601, 还可以用于根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数 据传输的频率资源;  The determining module 601 is configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication; the determining module 601 is further configured to determine, according to the indication information in the DCI, a frequency resource used for data transmission;
数据传输模块 602, 可以用于在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数 据。  A data transmission module 602 can be used to transmit data on the frequency resource for data transmission.
其中, 数据传输模块可以用于接收基站发送的下行数据, 也可以用于向 基站发送上行数据。  The data transmission module may be configured to receive downlink data sent by the base station, and may also be used to send uplink data to the base station.
针对现有 DCI在不同系统带宽下均覆盖整个系统带宽造成资源指示开销 过大, 本实施例考虑降低 DCI所能指示的最大带宽, 从而降低 DCI format的 比特。为此可以预设或配置 DCI format 能支持的最大带宽或最大带宽对应的 频率资源, 例如为 6个 RB对应的带宽。 除了预设或配置 DCI支持的最大带 宽,还可以预设或配置对应 DCI支持最大带宽的频域资源位置,例如确定 RB 位置, 当配置该频域资源位置时可以使用 LTE的资源分配类型, 如类型 0或 类型 1或类型 2进行指示。 其中资源分配类型 2支持集中式的和分布式的资 源分配。 其中, LTE的资源分配类型 0, 是将连续的 RB分成组, 每个组使用 lbit进行指示是否使用; LTE的资源分配类型 1, 是将离散的 RB分成若干个 集合, 首先对集合进行指示是否使用, 然后对集合内的 RB进行指示是否使 用; LTE的资源分配类型 2, 是指示一段连续的频域资源的开始位置和长度, 并支持分别位于 2个时隙的一个 RB对位于相同的频率或不同的频率。 The existing DCI covers the entire system bandwidth under different system bandwidths, and the resource indication overhead is too large. This embodiment considers reducing the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, thereby reducing the bits of the DCI format. To this end, you can preset or configure the maximum bandwidth or maximum bandwidth corresponding to the DCI format, for example, the bandwidth corresponding to 6 RBs. In addition to presetting or configuring the maximum bandwidth supported by the DCI, the frequency domain resource location corresponding to the DCI supporting the maximum bandwidth may be preset or configured, for example, determining the RB location. When configuring the frequency domain resource location, the LTE resource allocation type may be used, for example, Type 0 or Type 1 or Type 2 is indicated. Among them, resource allocation type 2 supports centralized and distributed resources. Source allocation. The resource allocation type 0 of the LTE is to divide the consecutive RBs into groups, and each group uses 1 bit to indicate whether to use or not; the resource allocation type 1 of LTE divides the discrete RB into several sets, and first indicates whether the set is Using, then indicating whether to use the RBs in the set; LTE resource allocation type 2, indicating the starting position and length of a continuous frequency domain resource, and supporting one RB pair located in 2 slots respectively at the same frequency Or different frequencies.
其中, 所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围小于当前的系统带宽, 所述 系统带宽为 {1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}中的一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个。  The range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication is smaller than the current system bandwidth, and the system bandwidth is one of {1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20 MHz}, or is {6 RB, 15 RB, One of 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}.
本实施例的 UE, 确定用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围, 即先确定 DCI 能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽对应的频率资源, 再根据 DCI中的指示信息 确定用于数据传输的频率资源,在通过所述频率资源进行数据传输;由于 DCI 能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽对应的频域资源不再是系统带宽或系统带宽 对应的频域资源, 而是一个较小的带宽或较小的带宽对应的频域资源, 因此 DCI中用于确定数据传输所用的频率资源的指示信息可以减少, 即由 DCI指 示内容得以减少, 从而能够降低信令开销, 提高系统传输的效率。  The UE of this embodiment determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determines the frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determines the frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI. Data transmission through the frequency resource; the frequency domain resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the frequency domain resource corresponding to the system bandwidth or the system bandwidth, but a smaller bandwidth or smaller. The bandwidth corresponding to the frequency domain resource, so the indication information used to determine the frequency resource used for data transmission in the DCI can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving system transmission efficiency.
上述实施例中, 对于用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 可以通过预设或 信令通知的方式确定, 因此, 所述确定模块 601具体可以用于:  In the foregoing embodiment, the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication may be determined by using a preset or signaling manner. Therefore, the determining module 601 may be specifically configured to:
采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, 接收所述基站发送的第七信令, 并根据所述第七信令中的指示信息确定 所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 所述第七信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  The preset first frequency resource is used as the range of the frequency resource for the DCI indication; or the seventh signaling sent by the base station is received, and the DCI is determined according to the indication information in the seventh signaling. The range of the indicated frequency resource, the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
图 7为本发明 UE实施例五的结构示意图, 如图 7所示, 本实施例的 UE 还可以包括:  FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a UE according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the UE in this embodiment may further include:
接收模块 603, 用于接收所述基站发送的第二 DCI, 所述 DCI指示所 述数据的编码速率。  The receiving module 603 is configured to receive a second DCI sent by the base station, where the DCI indicates a coding rate of the data.
其中, 编码速率可以是调制和编码方案 (Modulation and Coding Scheme, 简称: MCS ) 中定义的编码速率, 或者为传输 PDSCH的资源粒 度的聚合级别。  The coding rate may be an encoding rate defined in a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) or an aggregation level of resource granularity for transmitting a PDSCH.
可选地, 所述确定模块 601还可以用于:  Optionally, the determining module 601 is further configured to:
在所述数据传输模块在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据之前, 确定所述数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS , 或者, 接收所述基站发送 的第八信令, 并根据所述第八信令中的指示信息确定所述 TBS , 所述第八信 令包括以下至少一种: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 Before the data transmission module transmits data on the frequency resource for data transmission, Determining that the transport block size TBS of the data is a preset TBS, or receiving the eighth signaling sent by the base station, and determining the TBS according to the indication information in the eighth signaling, the eighth letter The command includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
可选地, 所述确定模块 601还可以用于:  Optionally, the determining module 601 is further configured to:
接收所述基站发送的第三 DCI,并根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定特 定调制方式下的 TBS , 所述特定调制方式通过预设或信令配置确定。  Receiving a third DCI sent by the base station, and determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode according to the indication information in the DCI, where the specific modulation mode is determined by a preset or signaling configuration.
这样, 可以进一步降低 MCS的指示比特, 从而进一步减小控制信令的 开销。  In this way, the indication bits of the MCS can be further reduced, thereby further reducing the overhead of control signaling.
具体地, 在一种方式中, 可以预设调制方式为 QPSK、 16QAM、 64QAM 中的一种。然后配置在该调制方式下数据的调制和编码方案 MCS或编码速率 来指示 TBS, 该配置信令可以为 DCI信令。  Specifically, in one mode, the modulation mode may be preset to one of QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM. Then, the modulation and coding scheme MCS or coding rate of the data in the modulation mode is configured to indicate the TBS, and the configuration signaling can be DCI signaling.
在另一种方式中, 可以配置数据的调制方式为 QPSK、 16QAM、 64QAM 中的一种, 该配置信令可以为 RRC信令或 MAC CE信令。 然后配置在该调 制方式下数据的调制和编码方案 MCS或编码速率来指示 TBS,该配置信令可 以为 DCI信令。  In another mode, the modulation mode of the data may be one of QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM, and the configuration signaling may be RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling. Then, the modulation and coding scheme MCS or coding rate of the data in the modulation mode is configured to indicate the TBS, and the configuration signaling can be DCI signaling.
例如, 对于 PDSCH, 当数据的调制方式限定为 QPSK时, 复用 LTE现 有的该调制方式下的调制编码方案或 MCS索引或 TBS索引或编码速率, 其 MCS指示比特只需要指示现有 MCS的索引 0~9, 即只需要 4个比特就可以 指示该 10个状态; 当限定为 16QAM时,复用 LTE现有的该调制方式下的编 码速率, 其 MCS指示比特只需要指示现有 MCS索引 10~16, 即 3个比特可 以指示该 7个状态; 当限定为 64QAM时, 复用 LTE现有的该调制方式下的 编码速率, 其 MCS指示比特只需要指示现有 MCS索引 17~28, 即 4个比特 可以指示该 12个状态。  For example, for the PDSCH, when the modulation mode of the data is limited to QPSK, the modulation coding scheme or the MCS index or the TBS index or the coding rate in the LTE existing modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS. Index 0~9, that is, only 4 bits are needed to indicate the 10 states; when it is limited to 16QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index. 10~16, that is, 3 bits can indicate the 7 states; when limited to 64QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index 17~28. That is, 4 bits can indicate the 12 states.
对于 PUSCH, 当数据的调制方式限定为 QPSK时, 复用 LTE现有的该 调制方式下的调制编码方案或 MCS索引或 TBS索引或编码速率,其 MCS指 示比特只需要指示现有 MCS的索引 0~10, 即只需要 4个比特就可以指示该 11个状态;当限定为 16QAM时,复用 LTE现有的该调制方式下的编码速率, 其 MCS指示比特只需要指示现有 MCS索引 11~20, 即 4个比特可以指示该 10个状态;当限定为 64QAM时,复用 LTE现有的该调制方式下的编码速率, 其 MCS指示比特只需要指示现有 MCS索引 21~28, 即 3个比特可以指示该 8个状态。 For the PUSCH, when the modulation mode of the data is limited to QPSK, the modulation coding scheme or the MCS index or the TBS index or the coding rate in the LTE existing modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the index of the existing MCS. ~10, that is, only 4 bits are needed to indicate the 11 states; when limited to 16QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index 11~ 20, that is, 4 bits can indicate the 10 states; when limited to 64QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index 21~28, that is, 3 Bits can indicate this 8 states.
可选地, 所述接收模块 603还可以用于:  Optionally, the receiving module 603 is further configured to:
接收所述基站配置的第二子帧;  Receiving a second subframe configured by the base station;
所述确定模块 601还可以用于确定在所述第二子帧监听公共控制信道, 即在所述第二子帧不监听 UE的专用控制信道。  The determining module 601 is further configured to determine that the common control channel is monitored in the second subframe, that is, the dedicated control channel of the UE is not monitored in the second subframe.
其中, 所述公共控制信道包括: 携带系统消息、 随机接入响应、 寻呼、 功率控制的控制信道。  The common control channel includes: a control channel carrying a system message, a random access response, a paging, and a power control.
在具体实现时,所述第二子帧的周期可以为非连续接收周期 DRX的整数 倍。  In a specific implementation, the period of the second subframe may be an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
上述各个实施例中的第七信令和第八信令可以为同一个信令, 即可以 在同一个信令中包含上述多个信令中的指示信息; 也可以为不同的信令。  The seventh signaling and the eighth signaling in the foregoing embodiments may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling; or may be different signaling.
上述各个 UE实施例 (图 6、 图 7对应的实施例)所述的 UE, 可以执 行下文中的图 19所示的方法实施例的技术方案或图 21中对应 UE执行的 方法。  The UE described in the foregoing UE embodiment (the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6 and FIG. 7) may perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 19 or the method performed by the corresponding UE in FIG.
图 8为本发明基站实施例一的结构示意图, 本实施例采用盲检的方式降 低控制信令开销。 如图 8 所示, 本实施例的基站可以包括: 确定模块 801 和发送模块 802, 其中,  FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention. In this embodiment, a blind detection manner is used to reduce control signaling overhead. As shown in FIG. 8, the base station in this embodiment may include: a determining module 801 and a sending module 802, where
确定模块 801, 用于确定待发送的传输块大小 TBS;  a determining module 801, configured to determine a transport block size TBS to be sent;
所述确定模块 801还用于确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH的时域资 源、 频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块;  The determining module 801 is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
发送模块 802, 用于在所述时域资源、频率资源上向用户设备 UE发送所 述传输块。  The sending module 802 is configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
本实施例的基站, 可以用于 UE侧盲检测 PDSCH的方案, 当然, 基 站也可以同时发送 DCI, 使 UE根据 DCI的指示进行检测。 当 UE仅采用 盲检测的方式接收 PDSCH上的数据时, 则不需要发送 DCI, 这种方式优 选地适用于数据的 TBS可以与现有的 DCI 信令的大小不同的场景, 但数 据的 TBS与现有 DCI信令的大小相同时也可以应用此方式, 本发明实施 例对此不做限定。  The base station of this embodiment may be used for the UE side to detect the PDSCH blindly. Of course, the base station may also send the DCI at the same time, so that the UE performs detection according to the indication of the DCI. When the UE receives the data on the PDSCH by using only the blind detection mode, the DCI does not need to be sent. This manner is preferably applied to a scenario where the TBS of the data can be different from the existing DCI signaling, but the TBS of the data is This mode is also applicable to the case where the size of the existing DCI signaling is the same, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
本实施例的基站, 通过在确定模块确定传输块大小 TBS、 传输 PDSCH 的时域资源、 频率资源之后, 发送模块在所述时域资源、 频率资源上向 UE 发送所述传输块, 因此使 UE能够实现对 PDSCH的盲检测, 从而能够在不需 要 DCI的指示的情况下接收下行数据, 因此能够减小控制信令开销, 从而 提高系统的传输效率。 In the base station of this embodiment, after the determining module determines the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource of the PDSCH, and the frequency resource, the sending module sends the UE to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource. The transmission of the transport block enables the UE to implement blind detection of the PDSCH, so that the downlink data can be received without the indication of the DCI, and thus the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the system.
采用盲检测 PDSCH的方案时, 需要的信息有: TBS、 频域资源, 时 域资源, 下面将针对上述需要配置的信息分别进行描述。  When the scheme for blind detection of the PDSCH is adopted, the required information is: TBS, frequency domain resources, and time domain resources. The following information will be separately described.
对于 TBS的确定, 可以采用预设的, 也可以为根据基站信令通知的方式 来确定, 相应的, 所述确定模块 801具体可以用于:  For the determination of the TBS, the preset may be used, or may be determined according to the manner in which the base station signaling is notified. Correspondingly, the determining module 801 may be specifically configured to:
确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者,  Determining that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or
向所述 UE发送第一信令,所述第一信令中包括用于确定传输块大小 TBS 的指示信息,所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH 或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  Sending, to the UE, first signaling, where the first signaling includes indication information for determining a transport block size TBS, where the first signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or media connection Incoming control MAC control element CE signaling.
其中,预定义的 TBS可以是 1个或多个可以是现有 TBS表格的子集或新 增加的 TBS。 当预定义多个 TBS时, 基站可以使用信令通知指示 UE使用哪 一个 TBS进行盲检测。  The predefined TBS may be one or more of a subset of existing TBS tables or a newly added TBS. When a plurality of TBSs are predefined, the base station can use signaling to indicate which TBS the UE uses for blind detection.
通常业务比较稳定的 UE, 如 MTC UE, 其在相当长的时间内, TBS比较 固定。 因此, 基站可以通过第一信令通知该段时间的 TBS, 当 TBS发生变化 时通过第一信令通知新的 TBS。 为此可以预定义有限个 TBS值, 然后用第一 信令通知当前采用的是哪一个 TBS值。 所定义的有限个 TBS值可以是现有 TBS 表格的子集, 例如 {208, 600, 872, 1000}。 所使用的第一信令可以是 RRC信令或 DCI format或 MAC CE或它们之间的任意组合。例如,基站可以 使用 RRC信令指示, 同时使用 DCI格式如 format 1A指示承载该 RRC信令 的 PDSCH。  Generally, UEs with relatively stable services, such as MTC UEs, have a relatively fixed TBS for a long period of time. Therefore, the base station can notify the TBS of the time period by using the first signaling, and notify the new TBS by the first signaling when the TBS changes. For this purpose, a finite number of TBS values can be predefined, and then the first signalling is used to inform which TBS value is currently being used. The defined finite number of TBS values can be a subset of existing TBS tables, such as {208, 600, 872, 1000}. The first signaling used may be RRC signaling or DCI format or MAC CE or any combination therebetween. For example, the base station may use the RRC signaling indication while indicating the PDSCH carrying the RRC signaling using a DCI format such as format 1A.
可选地, 在一种实施方式中, 基站还可以先确定 PDSCH 的编码速率, 根据该编码速率发送数据。 具体地, 所述确定模块 801还可以用于确定传输 所述 PDSCH的编码速率;  Optionally, in an implementation manner, the base station may further determine a coding rate of the PDSCH, and send data according to the coding rate. Specifically, the determining module 801 is further configured to determine a coding rate for transmitting the PDSCH;
所述发送模块 802, 具体可以用于在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 根据 所述编码速率向用户设备 UE发送所述传输块。  The sending module 802 is specifically configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE according to the encoding rate on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
其中,所述 PDSCH的编码速率可以包括所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合 级别。  The coding rate of the PDSCH may include an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH.
则所述确定模块 801具体可以用于: 确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别。 The determining module 801 can be specifically configured to: The aggregation level of the resource granularity of the transmission PDSCH is determined.
这是由于 PDSCH 是由一个或一组相同的资源粒度单位组成的资源粒度 的聚合进行传输的。 资源粒度的聚合使用聚合级别来表示, 如聚合级别为 1, 则由 1 个资源粒度传输 PDSCH; 聚合级别为 2, 则由 2 个资源粒度传输 PDSCH。  This is because the PDSCH is transmitted by aggregation of resource granularity consisting of one or a group of identical resource granularity units. The aggregation of resource granularity is represented by the aggregation level. If the aggregation level is 1, the PDSCH is transmitted by 1 resource granularity. If the aggregation level is 2, the PDSCH is transmitted by 2 resource granularities.
进一步地, 所述确定模块 801具体可以用于:  Further, the determining module 801 can be specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别; 或者, 向所述 UE发送聚合级别的配置消息,以使所述 UE根据所述配置消息确 定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别;  Determining, by the UE, an aggregation level configuration message to the UE, to determine, by the UE, an aggregation level of a resource granularity of transmitting a PDSCH according to the configuration message;
其中, 所述 PDSCH 的资源粒度的聚合级别包括物理下行控制信道 The aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes a physical downlink control channel.
PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集,或者所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。 Resource granularity of the PDCCH CCE or enhanced physical downlink control channel Resource granularity of the EPDCCH The subset of the aggregation level of the ECCE or the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes at least the aggregation level 6.
其中, 所述聚合级别包括以下任意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源粒 度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE, REG, EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。  The aggregation level includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
可选地, 对于频域资源的确定, 可以有两种方式:  Optionally, there are two ways to determine the frequency domain resource:
在第一种实现方式中, 频域资源用资源块 RB来指示,所述确定模块 801 具体可以用于:  In the first implementation, the frequency domain resource is indicated by the resource block RB, and the determining module 801 can be specifically used to:
确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者,  Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB; or
向所述 UE发送第二信令,所述第二信令中包括用于确定 PDSCH的资源 块 RB 的指示信息, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Sending, to the UE, the second signaling, where the second signaling includes indication information for determining a resource block RB of the PDSCH, where the second signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
需要说明的是, 频率资源也可以用 PRB或 VRB来指示, 在本发明中以 RB来指示资源块仅是一种示例。  It should be noted that the frequency resource may also be indicated by PRB or VRB. In the present invention, the resource block indicated by RB is only an example.
在第二种实现方式中, 频域资源用带宽和起始位置的方式来指示, 这种 方式尤其适用于频域资源为连续的资源的场景。 所述确定模块 801具体可以 用于:  In the second implementation manner, the frequency domain resource is indicated by the bandwidth and the starting location. This mode is especially applicable to the scenario where the frequency domain resource is a continuous resource. The determining module 801 can be specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的带宽为预设的带宽;  Determining the bandwidth of the transmitted PDSCH as a preset bandwidth;
向所述 UE发送第三信令,所述第三信令中包括确定 PDSCH的频率资源 的第一起始位置的指示信息, 所述第三信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 Sending the third signaling to the UE, where the third signaling includes indication information for determining a first starting location of a frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
进一步地, 上述两种实现方式中确定模块 801可以确定一个较大频域资 源范围, 在具体实现时, 还可以使 UE在上述较大的频域资源范围内确定一 个较小的范围进行检测。 因此, 所述确定模块 801具体还可以用于:  Further, in the foregoing two implementation manners, the determining module 801 can determine a larger frequency domain resource range. In a specific implementation, the UE can also determine a smaller range to detect in the larger frequency domain resource range. Therefore, the determining module 801 can be specifically configured to:
向所述 UE发送第四信令, 所述第四信令中包括用于使 UE确定监听所 述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第二起始位置的指示信息, 所述第四信令为以下至 少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Transmitting, to the UE, the fourth signaling, where the fourth signaling includes indication information for enabling the UE to determine a second starting location of the frequency resource that is to be monitored by the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following : RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
例如, 基站可以先根据第一种方式向 UE发送一个较大的频率资源范围, 例如: 编号为 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13的 RB, 然后所述 UE发送第四 信令, 使 U E根据第四信令中的指示信息第二起始位置, 或者也可以不发送 第四信令使 U E根据哈希函数确定第二起始位置, 从第二起始位置开始进行 盲检测, 若确定第二起始位置为 RB 7, 则 UE可以从 RB 7开始检测一直到 RB 13。  For example, the base station may first send a larger frequency resource range to the UE according to the first manner, for example: RBs numbered 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, and then the UE sends the fourth. The signaling is used to enable the UE to determine the second starting position according to the hash function according to the second starting position of the indication information in the fourth signaling, or may not send the fourth signaling, starting from the second starting position. Blind detection, if it is determined that the second starting position is RB 7, the UE can start detecting from RB 7 up to RB 13.
可选地, 对于传输所述 PDSCH 的时域资源, 可以通过信令通知的方式 或预定义的方式来确定, 因此所述确定模块 801具体可以用于:  Optionally, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH may be determined by means of signaling or a predefined manner, so the determining module 801 may specifically be used to:
确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源为预设的第一子帧; 或者,  Determining that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the preset first subframe; or
向所述 UE发送的第五信令,所述第五信令中包括确定传输 PDSCH的第 一子帧的指示信息。  The fifth signaling sent to the UE, where the fifth signaling includes indication information for determining a first subframe of the transmission PDSCH.
具体实现时, 可以配置非连续的接收时间 (Discontinuous Reception, 简 称: DRX) 用于 PDSCH的传输。 可以参见图 2, UE在若干段非连续的时间 间隔上进行 PDSCH的检测。 图 2中 UE在每个 DRX周期的活动时间 (On duration) 进行 PDSCH的盲检测。 相应地, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还可 以包括非连续接收周期和非连续接收的开始子帧、 活动时间, 所述活动时间 包括检测活动定时器 (on duration timer) 对应的时间和 /或非活动定时器 (inactivity timer) 对应的时间。  For specific implementation, you can configure discontinuous reception time (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) for PDSCH transmission. Referring to FIG. 2, the UE performs PDSCH detection on a plurality of non-contiguous time intervals. In Figure 2, the UE performs blind detection of the PDSCH during the On duration of each DRX cycle. Correspondingly, the indication information in the fifth signaling may further include a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time, where the active time includes detecting a time corresponding to an on timer / or the time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
进一步地, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还可以指示: 用于传输 PDSCH 的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。  Further, the indication information in the fifth signaling may further indicate that: the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
图 9为本发明基站实施例二的结构示意图, 如图 9所示, 本实施例的基 站还可以包括: 接收模块 803, 该发送模块 803, 可以用于接收所述 UE发送 的确认消息 ACK或非确认消息 NACK。 当所述基站在第一预设的时间内未接收所述 UE 发送的确认消息 ACK 时, 所述基站在第二预设时间内重新发送所述传输块。 FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a base station according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9, the base station in this embodiment may further include: a receiving module 803, where the sending module 803 may be configured to receive an acknowledgement message ACK sent by the UE or Non-confirmation message NACK. When the base station does not receive the acknowledgment message ACK sent by the UE within the first preset time, the base station resends the transport block within a second preset time.
当基站侧接收到 NACK时, 或者当所述基站在第一预设的时间内未接收 所述 UE发送的确认消息 ACK时,所述基站在第二预设时间内重新发送所述 传输块。基站对重复发送的 PDSCH (或重复发送的传输块)或新发送的 PDSCH (或新发送的传输块)可以通过在 CRC加扰的扰码进行区分。该扰码可以为 预设或由基站进行配置。 并且, 基站还可以启动覆盖增强模式, 例如可以配 置连续 p个子帧发送同一个 PDSCH, p为整数, 以积累能量进行覆盖增强, UE则可以根据配置按照连续 p个子帧对 PDSCH进行检测, 以提高数据接收 的成功率。  When the base station side receives the NACK, or when the base station does not receive the acknowledgement message ACK sent by the UE within the first preset time, the base station resends the transport block within the second preset time. The base station can distinguish between the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH (or repeatedly transmitted transport block) or the newly transmitted PDSCH (or newly transmitted transport block) by the scrambling code scrambled in the CRC. The scrambling code can be preset or configured by the base station. In addition, the base station may also start the coverage enhancement mode. For example, the PDs may be configured to transmit the same PDSCH in consecutive p subframes, where p is an integer, and the energy is used for coverage enhancement. The UE may detect the PDSCH according to the configuration in consecutive p subframes to improve the PDSCH. The success rate of data reception.
进一步可选地, 所述发送模块 802还可以用于:  Further, the sending module 802 is further configured to:
在预设的搜索空间和 \或预设的第一时间内, 向所述 UE发送控制信道和 \或 PDSCH。 其中控制信道包括 PDDCH和 E-PDDCH。  The control channel and \ or PDSCH are transmitted to the UE in a preset search space and / or a preset first time. The control channel includes PDDCH and E-PDDCH.
本实施例的基站, 可以在所述 UE的专用搜索空间或某段第一时间内 (或者同时指定搜索空间和第一时间) 仅向所述 UE发送控制信道, 或仅 向所述 UE发送 PDSCH, 或者同时向所述 UE发送控制信道和 PDSCH。 对应的传输方式可以包括以下几种: 在 UE的专用搜索空间 (对时间不做 限制) 仅传输控制信道; 在 UE的专用搜索空间 (对时间不做限制) 仅传 输 PDSCH; 在 UE的专用搜索空间 (对时间不做限制) 同时传输控制信道 和 PDSCH; 在某段第一时间内 (对频域不做限制) 仅传输 PDSCH; 在某 段第一时间内 (对频域不做限制) 仅传输 PDSCH; 在某段第一时间 (对 频域不做限制)同时传输控制信道和 PDSCH; 在 UE的专用搜索空间且在 某段第一时间仅传输 PDSCH;在 UE的专用搜索空间且在某段第一时间仅 传输控制信道;在 UE的专用搜索空间且在某段第一时间同时传输 PDSCH 和控制信道。 其中, 第一时间可以为预定义或配置的一段时间比如位于非 连续接收时间周期开始的一个子帧或若干个子帧。 如图 5所示, 控制信道 和 PDSCH有时在同一个时间内进行监听,有时不在同一个时间进行监听。  The base station in this embodiment may only send a control channel to the UE in a dedicated search space of the UE or a certain period of time (or simultaneously specify a search space and a first time), or only send a PDSCH to the UE. Or transmitting the control channel and the PDSCH to the UE at the same time. Corresponding transmission modes may include the following: In the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only the control channel is transmitted; in the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only PDSCH is transmitted; dedicated search in the UE Space (no restrictions on time) Simultaneous transmission of control channel and PDSCH; Only PDSCH is transmitted in the first time of a certain period (no restrictions on the frequency domain); In the first time of a certain period (no restrictions on the frequency domain) Transmitting the PDSCH; simultaneously transmitting the control channel and the PDSCH at a certain time (without limitation on the frequency domain); transmitting only the PDSCH in the dedicated search space of the UE and at a certain time in a certain period; in the dedicated search space of the UE and at some The segment transmits only the control channel at the first time; the PDSCH and the control channel are simultaneously transmitted in the UE's dedicated search space and at a certain first time. The first time may be a predefined or configured period of time, such as one subframe or several subframes at the beginning of the discontinuous reception time period. As shown in Figure 5, the control channel and PDSCH sometimes listen at the same time, sometimes not at the same time.
其中, 所述搜索空间可以由基站配置的或者为预设的, 所述第一时间 可以由基站配置的或者为预设的。  The search space may be configured by a base station or preset, and the first time may be configured by a base station or preset.
当控制信道和 PDSCH不在同一个第一时间内进行传输时, 可以降低 盲检测次数, 节省 UE的功耗。 When the control channel and the PDSCH are not transmitted in the same first time, they can be reduced. The number of blind detections saves the power consumption of the UE.
进一步地, 还可以限定: 当所述发送模块分别在不同的所述第一时间内 发送控制信道和 PDSCH时,所述发送控制信道的第一时间的时间间隔或周 期大于或小于发送 PDSCH 的第一时间的时间间隔或周期。 当所述发送控 制信道的第一时间的时间间隔或周期大于发送 PDSCH的第一时间的时间 间隔或周期时,有利于节省信令开销; 当所述发送控制信道的第一时间的时 间间隔或周期小于发送 PDSCH 的第一时间的时间间隔或周期时, 有利于 快速切换到信令调度模式进行其它 TBS切换或 HARQ或覆盖增强传输模式 等。  Further, it may be further defined that: when the sending module sends the control channel and the PDSCH in the different first time, the time interval or period of the first time of sending the control channel is greater than or less than the number of sending the PDSCH A time interval or period of time. When the time interval or period of the first time of transmitting the control channel is greater than the time interval or period of the first time of transmitting the PDSCH, it is advantageous to save signaling overhead; when the time interval of the first time of transmitting the control channel or When the period is smaller than the time interval or period of the first time when the PDSCH is sent, it is convenient to quickly switch to the signaling scheduling mode for other TBS handover or HARQ or coverage enhanced transmission mode.
进一步地, 在一种实现方式中, 当所述发送模块 802在预设的搜索空间 和\或预设的第一时间内, 向所述 UE发送控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述控制 信道或所述 PDSCH中还包括预设的第一指示信息, 用于使所述 UE区分控 制信道和 PDSCH。  Further, in an implementation manner, when the sending module 802 sends a control channel and a PDSCH to the UE in a preset search space and/or a preset first time, the control channel or the The PDSCH further includes preset first indication information, configured to enable the UE to distinguish between the control channel and the PDSCH.
当传输块大小与现有的控制信道的信令大小不同时, 可以通过 TBS 可以直接区分开是 PDSCH还是控制信道。 其中, 控制信道承载的 DCI所 采用的 DCI format可以是现有的 DCI format的子集或全部。比如可以预定 义只采用 DCI format 1A, TBS的值不等于 DCI format 1A的大小的传输块 大小均认为是 PDSCH在传输。  When the transport block size is different from the signaling size of the existing control channel, the TBS can directly distinguish whether it is a PDSCH or a control channel. The DCI format used by the DCI carried by the control channel may be a subset or all of the existing DCI format. For example, DCI format 1A can be pre-defined, and the transport block size whose value of TBS is not equal to the size of DCI format 1A is considered to be PDSCH transmission.
当传输块大小与现有的 DCI format大小相同时,可以通过使用与 DCI format不同的资源粒度进行聚合或不同的时频资源位置或明确的指示进行 区别。  When the transport block size is the same as the existing DCI format size, it can be distinguished by using a different resource granularity than the DCI format for aggregation or different time-frequency resource locations or explicit indications.
而在 PDSCH与 DCI format具有相同的 TBS和相同的聚合资源粒度的 场景, 可以采用上述实现方式中的方法, 即采用明确的指示信息, 使 UE 区分控制信道和 PDSCH。  In the scenario where the PDSCH and the DCI format have the same TBS and the same aggregation resource granularity, the method in the foregoing implementation manner may be adopted, that is, the explicit indication information is used to enable the UE to distinguish the control channel from the PDSCH.
具体地, 可以使用 CRC加扰的扰码来区分 PDSCH和控制信道。该扰 码为预定义或配置的, 比如 16比特扰码可以包含 <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1>或<0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>。 其中扰码与 CRC校验码采 用模二运算。  Specifically, the CRC scrambled scrambling code can be used to distinguish the PDSCH from the control channel. The scrambling code is predefined or configured. For example, a 16-bit scrambling code can contain <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> Or <0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>. The scrambling code and the CRC check code use the modulo two operation.
此外, 当 TBS小于 DCI format 大小时, 可以通过在 TBS的比特后补 充 0, 使得其与现有的 DCI format大小相同。 此时再使用 CRC加扰的扰 码来区分 PDSCH和 DCI format。 比如 16比特扰码可以包含 <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1>或<0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>。 其中扰码与 CRC校验码采用模二相加。 可选的, 可以使用不同的扰码指示 PDSCH的 TBS或在传输块比特前或后添加固定比特个数指示 PDSCH的 TBS。 In addition, when the TBS is smaller than the DCI format, it can be compensated by the bit after the TBS. Charge 0 to make it the same size as the existing DCI format. At this time, the CRC scrambled scrambling code is used to distinguish the PDSCH from the DCI format. For example, a 16-bit scrambling code can contain <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> or <0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>. The scrambling code and the CRC check code are added by modulo two. Optionally, different scrambling codes may be used to indicate the TBS of the PDSCH or to add a fixed number of bits to the TBS of the PDSCH before or after the transport block bit.
进一步地, 上述各个实施例中, 所述确定模块 801还可以用于: 根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者,  Further, in the above embodiments, the determining module 801 may be further configured to: determine, according to a preset rule, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, or
向所述 UE发送第六信令,所述第六信令中包括用于确定所述 PDSCH为 监听模式的指示信息, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Sending, to the UE, a sixth signaling, where the sixth signaling includes indication information for determining that the PDSCH is a listening mode, where the sixth signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
可选地, 所述发送模块 802具体用于:  Optionally, the sending module 802 is specifically configured to:
当采用非多媒体广播多播服务单频网 (Multimedia Broadcast multicast service Single Frequency Network, 简称: MBSFN) 子帧传输物理下行共享 信道 PDSCH时,采用天线端口 0或者采用发送分集的方式发送所述 PDSCH; 当采用 MBSFN 子帧传输 PDSCH 时, 采用天线端口端口 7 发送所述 PDSCH。  When the physical downlink shared channel (PDSF) is transmitted by using a non-multimedia broadcast multicast service single frequency network (MBSFN) subframe, the PDSCH is transmitted by using antenna port 0 or by using transmit diversity; When the PDSCH is transmitted using the MBSFN subframe, the PDSCH is transmitted using the antenna port port 7.
进一步地, 上述各个基站实施例中, 所述确定模块 801还可以用于: 根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH的调制方式, 或者,  Further, in each of the foregoing base station embodiments, the determining module 801 may be further configured to: determine, according to a preset rule, a modulation mode of the PDSCH, or
向 UE发送第九信令,以使 UE根据所述第九信令中的指示信息确定所述 Sending ninth signaling to the UE, so that the UE determines, according to the indication information in the ninth signaling,
PDSCH的调制方式, 所述第九信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The modulation mode of the PDSCH, the ninth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
所述预设规则可以是以下至少一个: 信道质量范围, 信噪比范围, 误码 率门限, 误包率门限, 频谱效率门限对应的预设规则。  The preset rule may be at least one of the following: a channel quality range, a signal to noise ratio range, a bit error rate threshold, a packet error rate threshold, and a preset rule corresponding to a spectrum efficiency threshold.
调制方式可以包括以下任意一种: GMSK、 QPSK、 16QAM、 64QAM。 上述基站实施例中,所述 TBS可以为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的 子集; 并且, 上述各个实施例中的第一信令、 第二信令、 第三信令、 第四 信令、 第五信令、 第六信令、 第九信令可以为同一个信令, 即可以在同一 个信令中包含上述多个信令中的指示信息。  The modulation method may include any one of the following: GMSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM. In the foregoing embodiment of the base station, the TBS may be a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol; and, in the foregoing embodiments, the first signaling, the second signaling, the third signaling, the fourth signaling, The fifth signaling, the sixth signaling, and the ninth signaling may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling.
上述各个基站实施例 (图 8、 图 9所对应的实施例) 所述的基站, 可 以执行下文中的图 16所示方法实施例的技术方案或图 17中对应基站执行 的方法。 The base station described in each of the foregoing base station embodiments (the embodiments corresponding to FIG. 8 and FIG. 9) To implement the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 16 below or the method performed by the corresponding base station in FIG.
图 10为本发明基站实施例三的结构示意图, 本实施例采用改变 DCI指 示信息的内容的方式减小控制信令开销。如图 10所示, 本实施例的基站可以 包括: 确定模块 1001、 发送模块 1002和数据传输模块 1003, 其中,  FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention. In this embodiment, the control signaling overhead is reduced by changing the content of the DCI indication information. As shown in FIG. 10, the base station in this embodiment may include: a determining module 1001, a sending module 1002, and a data transmission module 1003, where
确定模块 1001, 可以用于确定用于下行控制信息 DCI 指示的频率资源 的范围;  The determining module 1001 may be configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for the downlink control information DCI indication;
发送模块 1002, 可以用于向 UE发送所述 DCI, 以使所述 UE根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源;  The sending module 1002 may be configured to send the DCI to the UE, so that the UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
数据传输模块 1003, 可以用于采用所述用于数据传输的频率资源进行数 据传输。  The data transmission module 1003 can be configured to perform data transmission by using the frequency resource for data transmission.
其中, 数据传输模块可以用于接收 UE发送的上行数据, 也可以用于向 UE发送下行数据。  The data transmission module may be configured to receive uplink data sent by the UE, and may also be used to send downlink data to the UE.
针对现有 DCI在不同系统带宽下均覆盖整个系统带宽造成资源指示开销 过大, 本实施例考虑降低 DCI所能指示的最大带宽, 从而降低 DCI format的 比特。为此可以预设或配置 DCI format 能支持的最大带宽或最大带宽对应的 频域资源, 例如为 6个 RB对应的带宽。 除了预设或配置 DCI支持的最大带 宽或最大带宽对应的频域资源, 还可以预设或配置对应 DCI支持最大带宽的 频域资源位置, 例如确定 RB位置, 当配置该频域资源位置时可以使用 LTE 的资源分配类型, 如类型 0或类型 1或类型 2进行指示。 其中资源分配类型 2支持集中式的和分布式的资源分配。其中, LTE的资源分配类型 0, 是将连 续的 RB分成组, 每个组使用 lbit进行指示是否使用; LTE的资源分配类型 1, 是将离散的 RB分成若干个集合, 首先对集合进行指示是否使用, 然后对 集合内的 RB进行指示是否使用; LTE的资源分配类型 2,是指示一段连续的 频域资源的开始位置和长度, 并支持分别位于 2个时隙的一个 RB对位于相 同的频率或不同的频率。  In view of the fact that the existing DCI covers the entire system bandwidth under different system bandwidths, the resource indication overhead is too large. In this embodiment, the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is reduced, thereby reducing the bits of the DCI format. To this end, you can preset or configure the maximum bandwidth or maximum bandwidth corresponding to the frequency domain resources that the DCI format can support, for example, the bandwidth corresponding to 6 RBs. In addition to presetting or configuring the frequency domain resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth supported by the DCI, the frequency domain resource location corresponding to the DCI supporting the maximum bandwidth may be preset or configured, for example, determining the RB location, and when configuring the frequency domain resource location, Use LTE's resource allocation type, such as Type 0 or Type 1 or Type 2. Among them, resource allocation type 2 supports centralized and distributed resource allocation. The resource allocation type 0 of the LTE is to divide the consecutive RBs into groups, and each group uses 1 bit to indicate whether to use or not; the resource allocation type 1 of LTE divides the discrete RB into several sets, and first indicates whether the set is Using, then indicating whether the RB in the set is used; the resource allocation type 2 of the LTE is a starting position and length indicating a continuous frequency domain resource, and supports one RB pair located in two time slots at the same frequency Or different frequencies.
其中, 所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围小于系统带宽, 所述系统带 宽为 {1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}中的一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个。  The range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication is smaller than the system bandwidth, and the system bandwidth is one of {1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20 MHz}, or is {6 RB, 15 RB, 30 RB, One of 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}.
本实施例的基站, 先确定用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围, 即先确定 DCI能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽对应的频率资源, 再根据 DCI中的指示 信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源, 在通过所述频率资源进行数据传输; 由 于 DCI能够指示的最大带宽不再是系统带宽,而是一个较小的带宽,因此 DCI 中用于确定数据传输所用的频率资源的指示信息可以减少, 即由 DCI指示内 容得以减少, 从而能够降低信令开销, 提高系统传输的效率。 The base station in this embodiment first determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determines The frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determining the frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI, and performing data transmission on the frequency resource; the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer The system bandwidth is a smaller bandwidth. Therefore, the indication information used to determine the frequency resource used for data transmission in the DCI can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving system transmission efficiency.
上述实施例中, 对于用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 可以通过预设或 信令通知的方式确定, 因此, 所述确定模块 1001具体可以用于:  In the foregoing embodiment, the range of the frequency resource for the DCI indication may be determined by using a preset or signaling manner. Therefore, the determining module 1001 may be specifically configured to:
采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, 向所述 UE发送第七信令, 所述第七信令中包括用于确定所述用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围的指示信息, 所述第七信令为以下至少一个: RRC信 令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  Using a preset first frequency resource as a range of frequency resources for DCI indication; or sending seventh signaling to the UE, where the seventh signaling includes determining a frequency for the DCI indication The indication information of the range of resources, the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
进一步可选地, 发送模块 1002还可以用于:  Further optionally, the sending module 1002 is further configured to:
向所述 UE发送第二 DCI, 所述第二 DCI中包括用于指示所述数据的 编码速率的指示信息。  Sending a second DCI to the UE, where the second DCI includes indication information for indicating a coding rate of the data.
其中, 编码速率可以是调制和编码方案 (Modulation and Coding Wherein, the coding rate can be a modulation and coding scheme (Modulation and Coding)
Scheme, 简称: MCS ) 中定义的编码速率, 或者为传输 PDSCH的资源粒 度的聚合级别。 The coding rate defined in Scheme, referred to as MCS), or the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH.
可选地, 所述确定模块 1001还用于:  Optionally, the determining module 1001 is further configured to:
确定所述传输数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS , 或者,  Determining a transport block size of the transmitted data, the TBS is a preset TBS, or
向所述 UE发送第八信令,所述第八信令中包括用于确定所述 TBS的指 示信息,所述第八信令包括以下至少一种: RRC信令、 MAC CE信令或 DCI。  Transmitting, to the UE, eighth signaling, where the eighth signaling includes indication information for determining the TBS, where the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI .
可选地, 所述确定模块 1001还可以用于:  Optionally, the determining module 1001 is further configured to:
接收所述基站发送的第三 DCI,并根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定特 定调制方式下的 TBS , 所述特定调制方式通过预设或信令配置确定。  Receiving a third DCI sent by the base station, and determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode according to the indication information in the DCI, where the specific modulation mode is determined by a preset or signaling configuration.
这样, 可以进一步降低 MCS的指示比特, 从而进一步降低控制信令的 开销。  In this way, the indication bits of the MCS can be further reduced, thereby further reducing the overhead of control signaling.
具体地, 在一种方式中, 可以预设调制方式为 QPSK、 16QAM、 64QAM 中的一种。 然后配置在该调制方式下数据的调制和编码方案来指示 TBS, 该 配置信令可以为 DCI信令。  Specifically, in one mode, the modulation mode may be preset to one of QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM. Then, a modulation and coding scheme of the data in the modulation mode is configured to indicate the TBS, and the configuration signaling may be DCI signaling.
在另一种方式中, 可以配置数据的调制方式为 QPSK、 16QAM、 64QAM 中的一种, 该配置信令可以为 RRC信令或 MAC CE信令。 然后配置在该调 制方式下数据的调制和编码方案来指示 TBS , 该配置信令可以为 DCI信令。 In another mode, the modulation mode of the data can be configured as QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM. In one of the configurations, the configuration signaling may be RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling. The modulation and coding scheme of the data in the modulation mode is then configured to indicate the TBS, which may be DCI signaling.
可选地, 所述发送模块 1002还可以用于:  Optionally, the sending module 1002 is further configured to:
向所述 UE发送包含第二子帧的配置消息,用于指示所述 UE在所述第二 子帧监听公共控制信道,即指示所述 UE在所述第二子帧不监听 UE的专用控 制 道。  Transmitting, by the UE, a configuration message that includes a second subframe, where the UE is instructed to listen to the common control channel in the second subframe, that is, to indicate that the UE does not monitor the UE in the second subframe. Road.
其中, 所述公共控制信道包括: 携带系统消息、 随机接入响应、 寻呼、 功率控制的控制信道。  The common control channel includes: a control channel carrying a system message, a random access response, a paging, and a power control.
在具体实现时, 所述第二子帧的周期为非连续接收周期 DRX的整数倍。 上述各个实施例中的第七信令和第八信令可以为同一个信令, 即可以 在同一个信令中包含上述多个信令中的指示信息; 也可以为不同的信令。  In a specific implementation, the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX. The seventh signaling and the eighth signaling in the foregoing embodiments may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling; or may be different signaling.
上述各个基站实施例 (图 10所对应的实施例) 所述的基站, 可以执 行下文中的图 20所示方法实施例的技术方案或图 21中对应基站执行的方 法。  The base station described in each of the foregoing base station embodiments (the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10) may perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 20 or the method performed by the corresponding base station in FIG.
图 11为本发明 UE实施例六的结构示意图, 本实施例的 UE可以采用盲 检的方式接收数据, 从而减少控制信令开销。 如图 11所示, 本实施例的 UE 1100可以包括: 接收器 1101、 发送器 1102和处理器 1103, 图中还示出了存 储器 1104和总线 1105, 该接收器 1101、 发送器 1102、 处理器 1103、 存储器 1104通过总线 1105连接并完成相互间的通信。  FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 6 of a UE according to the present invention. The UE in this embodiment may receive data in a blind detection manner, thereby reducing control signaling overhead. As shown in FIG. 11, the UE 1100 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 1101, a transmitter 1102, and a processor 1103. The memory 1104 and the bus 1105 are also shown. The receiver 1101, the transmitter 1102, and the processor are shown. 1103. The memory 1104 is connected through the bus 1105 and completes communication with each other.
该总线 1105可以是工业标准体系结构 (Industry Standard Architecture, The bus 1105 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (Industry Standard Architecture,
ISA) 总线、 外部设备互连 (Peripheral Component, PCI) 总线或扩展工业标 准体系结构(Extended Industry Standard Architecture, EISA)总线等。 该总线 1105可以分为地址总线、 数据总线、 控制总线等。 为便于表示, 图 11 中仅 用一条粗线表示, 但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。 ISA) Bus, Peripheral Component (PCI) bus or Extended Industry Standard Architecture (ESA) bus. The bus 1105 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 11, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
存储器 1104 用于存储可执行程序代码, 该程序代码包括计算机操作指 令。 存储器 1104可能包含高速 RAM存储器, 也可能还包括非易失性存储器 (non- volatile memory) , 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。  Memory 1104 is for storing executable program code, the program code including computer operating instructions. Memory 1104 may include high speed RAM memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
处理器 1103可以是一个中央处理器 (Central Processing Unit, CPU) , 或者是特定集成电路 (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC) , 或者 是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。 其中, 处理器 1103, 用于确定传输块大小 TBS; The processor 1103 can be a central processing unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention. The processor 1103 is configured to determine a transport block size TBS.
所述处理器 1103, 还用于确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH的时域资 源和频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块;  The processor 1103 is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
接收器 1101, 用于在所述时域资源、 频率资源上接收所述传输块。  The receiver 1101 is configured to receive the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
可选地, 所述处理器 1101 具体用于: 确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 Optionally, the processor 1101 is specifically configured to: determine that the size of the transport block is preset.
TBS; 或者, TBS; or,
接收基站发送的第一信令, 并根据所述第一信令中的指示信息确定所述 传输块的大小 TBS, 所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  Receiving a first signaling sent by the base station, and determining a size TBS of the transport block according to the indication information in the first signaling, where the first signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium Access Control MAC Control Element CE Signaling.
可选地, 所述处理器 1103还用于:  Optionally, the processor 1103 is further configured to:
确定传输所述 PDSCH的编码速率;  Determining a coding rate at which the PDSCH is transmitted;
所述接收器 1101, 具体用于在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 根据所述 PDSCH的编码速率接收所述传输块。  The receiver 1101 is specifically configured to receive, according to the coding rate of the PDSCH, the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
可选地,所述 PDSCH的编码速率包括所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级 别;  Optionally, the coding rate of the PDSCH includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH;
所述处理器 1103具体用于:  The processor 1103 is specifically configured to:
根据基站的配置确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 或者, 确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别;  Determining, according to the configuration of the base station, an aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH; or determining, according to the configuration of the PDSCH, the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is a preset aggregation level;
其中, 传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别包括: 传输物理下行控制信 道 PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或传输增强的物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资 源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集, 或者, 传输 PDSCH的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。  The aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is: the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the transmission PDSCH is at least Contains aggregation level 6.
可选地, 所述资源粒度包括以下任意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源 粒度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE, REG、 EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。  Optionally, the resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
可选地, 所述处理器 1103具体用于:  Optionally, the processor 1103 is specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者,  Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB; or
接收基站发送的第二信令, 并根据所述第二信令中的指示信息确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH, EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Receiving a second signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the second signaling, a resource block RB that transmits a PDSCH, where the second signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE Signaling.
可选地, 所述处理器 1103具体用于: 根据基站的配置确定 PDSCH的带宽; Optionally, the processor 1103 is specifically configured to: Determining the bandwidth of the PDSCH according to the configuration of the base station;
指示接收器 1101接收基站发送的第三信令,并根据所述第三信令中的指 示信息确定所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第一起始位置, 所述第三信令为以下 至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Instructing the receiver 1101 to receive the third signaling sent by the base station, and determining a first starting location of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC Signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
可选地, 所述处理器 1103具体用于:  Optionally, the processor 1103 is specifically configured to:
指示接收器 1101接收基站发送的第四信令,并根据所述第四信令中的指 示信息确定监听所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第二起始位置, 所述第四信令为 以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH, EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令; 或者, 根据预设的哈希函数确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第二起始位置。 可选地, 所述处理器 1101具体用于: Instructing the receiver 1101 to receive the fourth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the fourth signaling, a second starting location of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following : RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or determining a second starting position of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH according to a preset hash function. Optionally, the processor 1101 is specifically configured to:
指示接收器 1101接收基站发送的第五信令,并根据所述第五信令中的指 示信息确定传输 PDSCH 的时域资源为第一子帧, 所述第五信令为以下至少 一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令; 或者,  Instructing the receiver 1101 to receive the fifth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the fifth signaling, that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the first subframe, and the fifth signaling is at least one of the following: Signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or,
确定所述 PDSCH的子帧为预设的第一子帧。  Determining that the subframe of the PDSCH is a preset first subframe.
可选地, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还包括非连续接收周期和非连续接 收的开始子帧、 活动时间, 所述活动时间包括检测活动定时器 (on duration timer) 对应的时间和 /或非活动定时器 (inactivity timer) 对应的时间。  Optionally, the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, and an active time, where the active time includes detecting a time corresponding to an on-duration timer. / or the time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
可选地, 所述用于传输 PDSCH的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。 可选地,所述发送器 1102,用于当所述接收器 1101正确接收所述 PDSCH 后, 向基站发送确认消息 ACK; 或者, 当所述处理器 1101确定无法接收所 述 PDSCH后, 向基站发送非确认消息 NACK。  Optionally, the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time. Optionally, the transmitter 1102 is configured to: after the receiver 1101 correctly receives the PDSCH, send an acknowledgement message ACK to the base station; or, after the processor 1101 determines that the PDSCH cannot be received, to the base station. A non-acknowledgement message NACK is sent.
可选地, 所述接收器 1101还用于:  Optionally, the receiver 1101 is further configured to:
在基站配置的搜索空间和 \或基站配置的第一时间内, 监听控制信道和\ 或 PDSCH。  The control channel and / or PDSCH are monitored during the search space configured by the base station and / or the first time configured by the base station.
可选地,当所述接收器 1101分别在不同的所述第一时间内监听控制信道 和 PDSCH 时, 所述监听控制信道的第一时间的时间间隔大于或小于监听 PDSCH的第一时间的时间间隔。  Optionally, when the receiver 1101 monitors the control channel and the PDSCH in the different first time, the time interval of the first time of the interception control channel is greater than or less than the time of the first time of listening to the PDSCH. interval.
可选地, 所述接收器 1101 具体用于: 在基站配置的搜索空间和 \或基站 配置配置的时间内监听控制信道和 PDSCH时, 通过传输块的大小 TBS区 分控制信道和 PDSCH, 或者, 根据资源粒度、 时域位置、 频域位置中的 至少一个来区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 或者, 根据预设的第一指示信息来 区分控制信道和 PDSCH。 Optionally, the receiver 1101 is specifically configured to: when the control channel and the PDSCH are monitored in a search space configured by the base station and/or a configuration configured by the base station, distinguish the control channel and the PDSCH by using a size TBS of the transport block, or, according to Resource granularity, time domain location, frequency domain location At least one of the control channel and the PDSCH is distinguished, or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the preset first indication information.
可选地, 所述接收器 1101具体用于:  Optionally, the receiver 1101 is specifically configured to:
根据循环冗余校验 CRC加扰的扰码来区分 DCI和 PDSCH或者, 根 据所述 DCI 中新增的指示位或原有的比特位中的第一指示信息来区分控 制信道和 PDSCH。  The DCI and the PDSCH are differentiated according to the cyclic redundancy check CRC scrambled scrambling code, and the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the new indication bit in the DCI or the first indication information in the original bit.
可选地, 所述 TBS为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集。  Optionally, the TBS is a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol.
可选地, 所述处理器 1103还用于:  Optionally, the processor 1103 is further configured to:
根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者,  Determining, according to a preset rule, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, or
接收基站发送的第六信令, 并根据所述第六信令中的指示信息确定所述 Receiving a sixth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the sixth signaling,
PDSCH为监听模式, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The PDSCH is a listening mode, and the sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
本实施例中, 所述 TBS可以为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集; 并且, 上述实施例中的第一信令、 第二信令、 第三信令、 第四信令、 第五 信令、 第六信令、 第九信令可以为同一个信令, 即可以在同一个信令中包 含上述多个信令中的指示信息。  In this embodiment, the TBS may be a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol; and, in the foregoing embodiment, the first signaling, the second signaling, the third signaling, the fourth signaling, and the fifth The signaling, the sixth signaling, and the ninth signaling may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling.
本实施例所述的 UE, 可以执行下文中的图 15或图 17中对应 UE执 行的方法。  The UE described in this embodiment may perform the method performed by the corresponding UE in FIG. 15 or FIG. 17 below.
本实施例的 UE, 本实施例的 UE, 通过在处理器确定传输块大小 TBS、 传输 PDSCH 的时域资源、 频率资源之后, 接收器在所述时域资源、 频率资 源上, 接收所述传输块, 因此能够实现对 PDSCH 的盲检测, 从而能够在不 需要 DCI的指示的情况下接收下行数据, 因此能够减小控制信令开销, 从 而提高系统的传输效率。  The UE in this embodiment, the UE in this embodiment, receives the transmission on the time domain resource and the frequency resource after the processor determines the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource of the PDSCH, and the frequency resource. Therefore, the blind detection of the PDSCH can be implemented, so that the downlink data can be received without the indication of the DCI, and thus the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the system.
图 12为本发明 UE实施例七的结构示意图, 本实施例的 UE可以采用改 变 DCI的内容的方式减少控制信令开销。如图 12所示, 本实施例的 UE 1200 可以包括: 接收器 1201、 发送器 1202和处理器 1203, 图中还示出了存储器 1204和总线 1205, 该接收器 1201、 发送器 1202、 处理器 1203、 存储器 1204 通过总线 1205连接并完成相互间的通信。  FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 7 of the UE according to the present invention. The UE in this embodiment may reduce the control signaling overhead by changing the content of the DCI. As shown in FIG. 12, the UE 1200 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 1201, a transmitter 1202, and a processor 1203. The memory 1204 and the bus 1205 are also shown. The receiver 1201, the transmitter 1202, and the processor are shown. 1203. The memory 1204 is connected through the bus 1205 and completes communication with each other.
该总线 1205可以是工业标准体系结构 (Industry Standard Architecture, ISA) 总线、 外部设备互连 (Peripheral Component, PCI) 总线或扩展工业标 准体系结构(Extended Industry Standard Architecture, EISA)总线等。 该总线 1205可以分为地址总线、 数据总线、 控制总线等。 为便于表示, 图 12 中仅 用一条粗线表示, 但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。 The bus 1205 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an extended industrial standard. Extended Industry Standard Architecture (ESA) bus, etc. The bus 1205 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 12, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
存储器 1204 用于存储可执行程序代码, 该程序代码包括计算机操作指 令。 存储器 1204可能包含高速 RAM存储器, 也可能还包括非易失性存储器 (non-volatile memory) , 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。  Memory 1204 is for storing executable program code, including computer operating instructions. The memory 1204 may include a high speed RAM memory and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
处理器 1203可以是一个中央处理器 (Central Processing Unit, CPU) , 或者是特定集成电路 (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC) , 或者 是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。  The processor 1203 may be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention.
其中, 处理器 1203, 用于确定用于下行控制信息 DCI 指示的频率资源 的范围;  The processor 1203 is configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for the downlink control information DCI indication;
所述处理器 1203,还用于根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输 的频率资源;  The processor 1203 is further configured to determine, according to the indication information in the DCI, a frequency resource used for data transmission;
接收器 1201 和发送器 1202, 用于在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传 输数据。  Receiver 1201 and transmitter 1202 are configured to upload data in the frequency resource for data transmission.
可选地, 所述处理器 1203具体用于:  Optionally, the processor 1203 is specifically configured to:
采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, 指示所述接收器 1201接收所述基站发送的第七信令,并根据所述第七信 令中的指示信息确定所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 所述第七信令为 以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元 素 CE信令。  Using the preset first frequency resource as the range of the frequency resource for the DCI indication; or, instructing the receiver 1201 to receive the seventh signaling sent by the base station, and according to the indication information in the seventh signaling Determining the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, where the seventh signaling is at least one of: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
可选地, 所述接收器 1201还用于接收所述基站发送的第二 DCI, 所述 DCI指示所述数据的编码速率。  Optionally, the receiver 1201 is further configured to receive a second DCI sent by the base station, where the DCI indicates a coding rate of the data.
可选地, 所述编码速率包括所述数据的资源粒度的聚合级别。  Optionally, the coding rate includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the data.
可选地, 所述处理器 1203还用于:  Optionally, the processor 1203 is further configured to:
在所述接收器 1201和发送器 1202在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传 输数据之前, 确定所述数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS , 或者, 接收 所述基站发送的第八信令,并根据所述第八信令中的指示信息确定所述 TBS , 所述第八信令包括以下至少一种: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE 信令。 可选地, 所述处理器 1203还用于: Before the receiver 1201 and the transmitter 1202 transmit data on the frequency resource for data transmission, determine that the transport block size TBS of the data is a preset TBS, or receive the eighth sent by the base station. And determining, according to the indication information in the eighth signaling, the TBS, where the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling. Optionally, the processor 1203 is further configured to:
接收所述基站发送的第三 DCI,并根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定特 定调制方式下的 TBS , 所述特定调制方式通过预设或信令配置确定。  Receiving a third DCI sent by the base station, and determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode according to the indication information in the DCI, where the specific modulation mode is determined by a preset or signaling configuration.
可选地,当系统带宽为 {1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz} 中的一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个时, 所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围小于所述系统带宽。  Optionally, when the system bandwidth is one of {1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}, or one of {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}, The range of frequency resources indicated by the DCI is less than the system bandwidth.
可选地, 所述接收器 1201还用于:  Optionally, the receiver 1201 is further configured to:
接收所述基站配置的第二子帧;  Receiving a second subframe configured by the base station;
所述处理器 1203还用于指示所述接收器 1201确定在所述第二子帧监听 UE的公共控制信道。  The processor 1203 is further configured to instruct the receiver 1201 to determine a common control channel of the UE in the second subframe.
可选地, 所述第二子帧的周期为非连续接收周期 DRX的整数倍。  Optionally, the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
本实施例中的第七信令和第八信令可以为同一个信令, 即可以在同一 个信令中包含上述多个信令中的指示信息; 也可以为不同的信令。  The seventh signaling and the eighth signaling in this embodiment may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling; or may be different signaling.
本 UE实施例的 UE, 可以执行下文中的图 19所示的方法实施例的技 术方案或图 21中对应 UE执行的方法。  The UE of the UE embodiment may perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 19 or the method performed by the corresponding UE in FIG. 21 in the following.
本实施例的 UE, 确定用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围, 即先确定 DCI 能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽对应的频率资源, 再根据 DCI中的指示信息 确定用于数据传输的频率资源,在通过所述频率资源进行数据传输;由于 DCI 能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽对应的频域资源不再是系统带宽或系统带宽 对应的频域资源, 而是一个较小的带宽或较小的带宽对应的频域资源, 因此 DCI中用于确定数据传输所用的频率资源的指示信息可以减少, 即由 DCI指 示内容得以减少, 从而能够降低信令开销, 提高系统传输的效率。  The UE of this embodiment determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determines the frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determines the frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI. Data transmission through the frequency resource; the frequency domain resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the frequency domain resource corresponding to the system bandwidth or the system bandwidth, but a smaller bandwidth or smaller. The bandwidth corresponding to the frequency domain resource, so the indication information used to determine the frequency resource used for data transmission in the DCI can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving system transmission efficiency.
图 13为本发明基站实施例四的结构示意图,本实施例的基站可以采用使 UE盲检的方式来发送数据, 从而减少控制信令开销。 如图 13所示, 本实施 例的基站 1300可以包括: 接收器 1301、 发送器 1302和处理器 1303, 图中 还示出了存储器 1304和总线 1305,该接收器 1301、发送器 1302、处理器 1303、 存储器 1304通过总线 1305连接并完成相互间的通信。  FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a base station according to the present invention. The base station in this embodiment may use the method of blind detection by the UE to send data, thereby reducing control signaling overhead. As shown in FIG. 13, the base station 1300 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 1301, a transmitter 1302, and a processor 1303. The memory 1304 and the bus 1305 are also shown. The receiver 1301, the transmitter 1302, and the processor 1303. The memory 1304 is connected through the bus 1305 and completes communication with each other.
该总线 1305可以是工业标准体系结构 (Industry Standard Architecture, ISA) 总线、 外部设备互连 (Peripheral Component, PCI) 总线或扩展工业标 准体系结构(Extended Industry Standard Architecture, EISA)总线等。 该总线 1305可以分为地址总线、 数据总线、 控制总线等。 为便于表示, 图 13 中仅 用一条粗线表示, 但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。 The bus 1305 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (ESA) bus. The bus The 1305 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 13, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
存储器 1304 用于存储可执行程序代码, 该程序代码包括计算机操作指 令。 存储器 1304可能包含高速 RAM存储器, 也可能还包括非易失性存储器 (non-volatile memory) , 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。  Memory 1304 is for storing executable program code, including computer operating instructions. Memory 1304 may include high speed RAM memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
处理器 1303可以是一个中央处理器 (Central Processing Unit, CPU) , 或者是特定集成电路 (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC) , 或者 是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。  The processor 1303 can be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
其中, 处理器 1303, 用于确定待发送的传输块大小 TBS;  The processor 1303 is configured to determine a transport block size TBS to be sent;
所述处理器 1303还用于确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH的时域资源 和频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块;  The processor 1303 is further configured to determine a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
发送器 1302, 用于在所述时域资源、 频率资源上向用户设备 UE发送所 述传输块。  The transmitter 1302 is configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
可选地, 所述处理器 1303具体用于:  Optionally, the processor 1303 is specifically configured to:
确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者,  Determining that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or
指示所述发送器 1302向所述 UE发送第一信令, 所述第一信令中包括用 于确定传输块大小 TBS 的指示信息, 所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  Instructing the sender 1302 to send the first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes indication information for determining a transport block size TBS, where the first signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or Medium Access Control MAC Control Element CE Signaling.
可选地, 所述处理器 1303还用于:  Optionally, the processor 1303 is further configured to:
确定所述 PDSCH的编码速率;  Determining a coding rate of the PDSCH;
所述发送器 1302, 具体用于在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 根据所述 PDSCH的编码速率向用户设备 UE发送所述传输块。  The transmitter 1302 is specifically configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE according to the coding rate of the PDSCH on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
可选地, PDSCH的编码速率包括所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 所述处理器 1303具体用于:  Optionally, the coding rate of the PDSCH includes an aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH; the processor 1303 is specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别; 或者, 向所述 UE发送聚合级别的配置消息,以使所述 UE根据所述配置消息确 定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别;  Determining, by the UE, an aggregation level configuration message to the UE, to determine, by the UE, an aggregation level of a resource granularity of transmitting a PDSCH according to the configuration message;
其中, 所述 PDSCH 的资源粒度的聚合级别包括物理下行控制信道 PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集,或者所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。 The aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes a subset of the aggregation level of the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or an aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH At least included Aggregation level 6.
可选地, 所述聚合级别包括以下任意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源 粒度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE、 REG、 EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。  Optionally, the aggregation level includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
可选地, 所述处理器 1303具体用于:  Optionally, the processor 1303 is specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者,  Determining the resource block RB transmitting the PDSCH is a preset resource block RB; or
指示所述发送器 1302向所述 UE发送第二信令, 所述第二信令中包括用 于确定 PDSCH的资源块 RB的指示信息, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Instructing the transmitter 1302 to send the second signaling to the UE, where the second signaling includes indication information for determining a resource block RB of the PDSCH, where the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling , PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
可选地, 所述处理器 1303具体用于:  Optionally, the processor 1303 is specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的带宽为预设的带宽;  Determining the bandwidth of the transmitted PDSCH as a preset bandwidth;
指示所述发送器 1302向所述 UE发送第三信令, 所述第三信令中包括确 定 PDSCH 的频率资源的第一起始位置的指示信息, 所述第三信令为以下至 少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Instructing the transmitter 1302 to send the third signaling to the UE, where the third signaling includes indication information for determining a first start position of a frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC Signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
可选地, 所述处理器 1303还用于:  Optionally, the processor 1303 is further configured to:
指示所述发送器 1302向所述 UE发送第四信令, 所述第四信令中包括用 于使 UE确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第二起始位置的指示信息,所述 第四信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Instructing the transmitter 1302 to send fourth signaling to the UE, where the fourth signaling includes indication information for causing the UE to determine a second starting location of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH, where the fourth The signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
可选地, 所述处理器 1303具体用于:  Optionally, the processor 1303 is specifically configured to:
确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源为预设的第一子帧; 或者,  Determining that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the preset first subframe; or
指示所述发送器 1302向所述 UE发送的第五信令, 所述第五信令中包括 确定传输 PDSCH的第一子帧的指示信息。  The fifth signaling sent by the sender 1302 to the UE is indicated, where the fifth signaling includes indication information for determining a first subframe for transmitting a PDSCH.
可选地, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还包括非连续接收周期和非连续接 收的开始子帧、 活动时间, 所述活动时间包括检测活动定时器 (on duration timer) 对应的时间和 /或非活动定时器 (inactivity timer) 对应的时间。  Optionally, the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, and an active time, where the active time includes detecting a time corresponding to an on-duration timer. / or the time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
可选地, 所述用于传输所述 PDSCH 的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子 帧。  Optionally, the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time.
可选地,所述接收器 1301,用于接收所述 UE发送的确认消息 ACK或非 确认消息 NACK。  Optionally, the receiver 1301 is configured to receive an acknowledgement message ACK or a non-acknowledgement message NACK sent by the UE.
可选地, 当所述基站在第一预设的时间内未接收所述 UE发送的确认消 息 ACK时, 所述基站在第二预设时间内重新发送所述传输块。 可选地, 所述发送器 1302还用于: Optionally, when the base station does not receive the acknowledgement message ACK sent by the UE in the first preset time, the base station resends the transport block in a second preset time. Optionally, the transmitter 1302 is further configured to:
在预设的搜索空间和 \或预设的第一时间内, 向所述 UE发送控制信道和 \或 PDSCH。  The control channel and \ or PDSCH are transmitted to the UE in a preset search space and / or a preset first time.
可选地,当所述发送器 1302分别在不同的所述第一时间内发送控制信道 和 PDSCH 时, 所述发送控制信道的第一时间的时间间隔大于或小于发送 PDSCH的第一时间的时间间隔。  Optionally, when the transmitter 1302 sends the control channel and the PDSCH in the different first time, the time interval of the first time of sending the control channel is greater than or less than the time of sending the PDSCH. interval.
可选地, 当所述发送器 1302在预设的搜索空间和 \或预设的第一时间内, 向所述 UE发送控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述控制信道或所述 PDSCH中还 包括预设的第一指示信息, 用于使所述 UE区分控制信道和 PDSCH。  Optionally, when the transmitter 1302 sends a control channel and a PDSCH to the UE in a preset search space and/or a preset first time, the control channel or the PDSCH further includes a pre- The first indication information is used to enable the UE to distinguish between the control channel and the PDSCH.
可选地, 所述 TBS为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集。  Optionally, the TBS is a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol.
可选地, 所述处理器 1303还用于:  Optionally, the processor 1303 is further configured to:
根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者,  Determining, according to a preset rule, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, or
指示所述发送器 1302向所述 UE发送第六信令, 所述第六信令中包括用 于确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式的指示信息, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  Instructing the transmitter 1302 to send the sixth signaling to the UE, where the sixth signaling includes indication information for determining that the PDSCH is a listening mode, and the sixth signaling is at least one of the following: Order, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
可选地, 所述发送器 1302具体用于:  Optionally, the transmitter 1302 is specifically configured to:
当采用非 MBSFN子帧传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH时,采用天线端口 0或者采用发送分集的方式发送所述 PDSCH;  When the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) is transmitted by using the non-MBSFN subframe, the PDSCH is transmitted by using the antenna port 0 or by using the transmit diversity.
当采用 MBSFN 子帧传输 PDSCH 时, 采用天线端口端口 7 发送所述 PDSCH。  When the PDSCH is transmitted using the MBSFN subframe, the PDSCH is transmitted using the antenna port port 7.
本基站实施例中, 第一信令、 第二信令、 第三信令、 第四信令、 第五 信令、 第六信令、 第九信令可以为同一个信令, 即可以在同一个信令中包 含上述多个信令中的指示信息。  In the embodiment of the base station, the first signaling, the second signaling, the third signaling, the fourth signaling, the fifth signaling, the sixth signaling, and the ninth signaling may be the same signaling, that is, The same signaling includes indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling.
本实施例的基站, 可以执行下文中的图 16所示方法实施例的技术方 案或图 17中对应基站执行的方法。  The base station of this embodiment may perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 16 or the method performed by the corresponding base station in FIG. 17 in the following.
本实施例的基站, 通过在处理器确定传输块大小 TBS、 传输 PDSCH的 时域资源、 频率资源之后, 发送模块在所述时域资源、 频率资源上向 UE发 送所述传输块, 因此使 UE能够实现对 PDSCH的盲检测, 从而能够在不需要 DCI的指示的情况下接收下行数据, 因此能够减小控制信令开销, 从而提 高系统的传输效率。 图 14为本发明基站实施例五的结构示意图,本实施例的基站可以采用改 变 DCI的内容的方式减少控制信令开销。如图 14所示,本实施例的基站 1400 可以包括: 接收器 1401、 发送器 1402和处理器 1403, 图中还示出了存储器 1404和总线 1405, 该接收器 1401、 发送器 1402、 处理器 1403、 存储器 1404 通过总线 1405连接并完成相互间的通信。 In the base station of this embodiment, after the processor determines the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource of the PDSCH, and the frequency resource, the sending module sends the transport block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, thereby enabling the UE The blind detection of the PDSCH can be implemented, so that the downlink data can be received without the indication of the DCI, and thus the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the system. FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a base station according to the present invention. The base station in this embodiment may reduce control signaling overhead by changing the content of the DCI. As shown in FIG. 14, the base station 1400 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 1401, a transmitter 1402, and a processor 1403. The memory 1404 and the bus 1405 are also shown. The receiver 1401, the transmitter 1402, and the processor are shown. 1403. The memory 1404 is connected through the bus 1405 and completes communication with each other.
该总线 1405可以是工业标准体系结构 (Industry Standard Architecture, ISA) 总线、 外部设备互连 (Peripheral Component, PCI) 总线或扩展工业标 准体系结构(Extended Industry Standard Architecture, EISA)总线等。 该总线 1405可以分为地址总线、 数据总线、 控制总线等。 为便于表示, 图 14中仅 用一条粗线表示, 但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。  The bus 1405 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (ESA) bus. The bus 1405 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 14, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
存储器 1404 用于存储可执行程序代码, 该程序代码包括计算机操作指 令。 存储器 1404可能包含高速 RAM存储器, 也可能还包括非易失性存储器 (non-volatile memory) , 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。  Memory 1404 is for storing executable program code, including computer operating instructions. Memory 1404 may include high speed RAM memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
处理器 1403可以是一个中央处理器 (Central Processing Unit, CPU) , 或者是特定集成电路 (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC) , 或者 是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。  The processor 1403 can be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
其中, 处理器 1403, 用于确定用于下行控制信息 DCI 指示的频率资源 的范围;  The processor 1403 is configured to determine a range of frequency resources used for the downlink control information DCI indication.
发送器 1402, 用于向用户设备 UE发送所述 DCI, 以使所述 UE根据所 述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源;  The transmitter 1402 is configured to send the DCI to the user equipment UE, so that the UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
所述发送器 1402和接收器 1401, 用于采用所述用于数据传输的频率资 源进行数据传输。  The transmitter 1402 and the receiver 1401 are configured to perform data transmission by using the frequency resource for data transmission.
可选地, 所述处理器 1403具体用于:  Optionally, the processor 1403 is specifically configured to:
采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, 指示所述发送器 1402向所述 UE发送第七信令, 所述第七信令中包括用 于确定所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围的指示信息, 所述第七信令为以 下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。 Using the preset first frequency resource as the range of the frequency resource for the DCI indication; or, instructing the transmitter 1402 to send the seventh signaling to the UE, where the seventh signaling includes determining the The indication information for the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI, the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
可选地, 发送器 1402还用于:  Optionally, the transmitter 1402 is further configured to:
向所述 UE发送第二 DCI, 所述第二 DCI中包括用于指示所述数据的 编码速率的指示信息。 Transmitting, to the UE, a second DCI, where the second DCI includes An indication of the encoding rate.
可选地,所述第二 DCI指示的编码速率包括所述 DCI指示的聚合级别。 可选地, 所述处理器 1403还用于:  Optionally, the coding rate indicated by the second DCI includes an aggregation level indicated by the DCI. Optionally, the processor 1403 is further configured to:
确定所述传输数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS, 或者,  Determining a transport block size of the transmission data, the TBS is a preset TBS, or
指示所述发送器 1402向所述 UE发送第八信令, 所述第八信令中包括 用于确定所述 TBS的指示信息, 所述第八信令包括以下至少一种: RRC信 令、 MAC CE信令或 DCI。  Instructing the sender 1402 to send the eighth signaling to the UE, where the eighth signaling includes indication information for determining the TBS, where the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling or DCI.
可选地, 所述处理器 1403还用于:  Optionally, the processor 1403 is further configured to:
确定所述传输数据的特定调制方式下的 TBS ,所述特定调制方式通过 预设或信令配置确定;  Determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode of the transmission data, where the specific modulation mode is determined by a preset or signaling configuration;
指示所述发送器 1402向所述 UE发送第三 DCI, 所述第三 DCI中包 含用于确定特定调制方式下的 TBS的指示信息。  The transmitter 1402 is instructed to send a third DCI to the UE, where the third DCI includes indication information for determining a TBS in a specific modulation mode.
可选地,当系统带宽为 {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz} 中的一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个时, 所述用于 DCI指示的频率范围小于所述系统带宽。  Optionally, when the system bandwidth is one of {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}, or one of {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}, the The frequency range indicated by the DCI is less than the system bandwidth.
可选地, 所述发送器 1402还用于:  Optionally, the transmitter 1402 is further configured to:
向所述 UE发送包含第二子帧的配置消息,用于指示所述 UE在所述第二 子帧监听 UE的公共控制信道。  Sending, to the UE, a configuration message including a second subframe, to indicate that the UE monitors a common control channel of the UE in the second subframe.
可选地, 所述第二子帧的周期为非连续接收周期 DRX的整数倍。  Optionally, the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
本实施例中的第七信令和第八信令可以为同一个信令, 即可以在同一 个信令中包含上述多个信令中的指示信息; 也可以为不同的信令。  The seventh signaling and the eighth signaling in this embodiment may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling; or may be different signaling.
本实施例的基站, 可以执行下文中的图 20所示方法实施例的技术方 案或图 21中对应基站执行的方法。  The base station of this embodiment may perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 20 or the method performed by the corresponding base station in FIG.
本实施例的基站, 先确定用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围, 即先确定 DCI能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽对应的频率资源, 再根据 DCI中的指示 信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源, 在通过所述频率资源进行数据传输; 由 于 DCI能够指示的最大带宽不再是系统带宽,而是一个较小的带宽,因此 DCI 中用于确定数据传输所用的频率资源的指示信息可以减少, 即由 DCI指示内 容得以减少, 从而能够降低信令开销, 提高系统传输的效率。  The base station in this embodiment first determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determines the frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determines the frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI. Data transmission through the frequency resource; since the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the system bandwidth, but a smaller bandwidth, the indication information used in the DCI to determine the frequency resource used for data transmission can be reduced. That is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving system transmission efficiency.
图 15为本发明数据传输方法实施例一的流程图,本实施例的执行主体为 UE, 可以与基站配合执行数据传输方法。 如图 15所示, 本实施例的数据传 输方法可以包括: 15 is a flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a data transmission method according to the present invention. The execution body of this embodiment is The UE may perform a data transmission method in cooperation with the base station. As shown in FIG. 15, the data transmission method in this embodiment may include:
步骤 1501、 UE确定传输块大小 TBS。  Step 1501: The UE determines a transport block size TBS.
步骤 1502、 所述 UE确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH的时域资源和 频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块。  Step 1502: The UE determines to transmit a time domain resource and a frequency resource of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block.
步骤 1503、 所述 UE在所述时域资源、 频率资源上接收所述传输块。 本实施例中, UE可以根据确定的 TBS、 传输 PDSCH的时域资源、 频 率资源盲检测 PDSCH, 当然, 也可以根据 DCI的指示进行检测。 当仅采 用盲检测的方式接收 PDSCH上的数据时, 不需要 DCI的指示。  Step 1503: The UE receives the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource. In this embodiment, the UE may blindly detect the PDSCH according to the determined TBS, the time domain resource of the transmission PDSCH, and the frequency resource. Of course, the UE may also perform detection according to the indication of the DCI. When the data on the PDSCH is received only by blind detection, the indication of the DCI is not required.
当 UE采用盲检测的方式接收 PDSCH上的数据的方式, 优选地适用 于数据的 TBS可以与现有的 DCI 信令的大小不同的场景, 但数据的 TBS 与现有 DCI信令的大小相同时也可以应用此方式,本发明实施例对此不做 限定。  When the UE receives the data on the PDSCH in a blind detection manner, it is preferably applied to a scenario in which the TBS of the data can be different from the existing DCI signaling, but when the TBS of the data is the same as the size of the existing DCI signaling. This method is also applicable to the embodiment of the present invention.
本实施例, UE在确定传输块大小 TBS、 传输 PDSCH的时域资源、 频 率资源之后, 在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 接收所述传输块, 因此能够实 现对 PDSCH的盲检测,从而能够在不需要 DCI的指示的情况下接收下行数 据, 因此能够减小控制信令开销, 从而提高系统的传输效率。  In this embodiment, after determining the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH, and the frequency resource, the UE receives the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, thereby enabling blind detection of the PDSCH, thereby enabling blind detection of the PDSCH. The downlink data can be received without the indication of DCI, so the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the system.
图 16为本发明数据传输方法实施例二的流程图,本实施例的执行主体为 基站, 可以与 UE配合执行数据传输方法。 如图 16所示, 本实施例的数据传 输方法可以包括:  FIG. 16 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a data transmission method according to the present invention. The execution entity of this embodiment is a base station, and may perform a data transmission method in cooperation with the UE. As shown in FIG. 16, the data transmission method of this embodiment may include:
步骤 1601、 基站确定待发送的传输块大小 TBS;  Step 1601: The base station determines a transport block size TBS to be sent;
步骤 1602、 所述基站确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH的时域资源和 频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块;  Step 1602: The base station determines to transmit a time domain resource and a frequency resource of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
步骤 1603、 所述基站在所述时域资源、 频率资源上向 UE发送所述传输 块。  Step 1603: The base station sends the transport block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
本实施例, 基站在确定传输块大小 TBS、 传输 PDSCH的时域资源、 频 率资源之后, 在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 向 UE发送所述传输块, 因此 能够实现对 PDSCH的盲检测, 从而能够在不需要 DCI的指示的情况下接收 下行数据, 因此能够减小控制信令开销, 从而提高系统的传输效率。  In this embodiment, after determining the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH, and the frequency resource, the base station sends the transport block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, so that the PDSCH can be blindly detected. Therefore, downlink data can be received without an indication of DCI, and thus control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving transmission efficiency of the system.
图 17为本发明数据传输方法实施例三的信令流程图,本实施例的执行主 体为基站和 UE。 如图 17所示, 本实施例的数据传输方法可以包括: 步骤 1701、 基站确定待发送的传输块大小 TBS。 FIG. 17 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a data transmission method according to the present invention. The body is a base station and a UE. As shown in FIG. 17, the data transmission method in this embodiment may include: Step 1701: The base station determines a transport block size TBS to be sent.
步骤 1702、 UE确定待接收的传输块大小 TBS。  Step 1702: The UE determines a transport block size TBS to be received.
其中, 所述 TBS可以为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集。  The TBS may be a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol.
步骤 1701和步骤 1702可以同时执行, 也可以不同时执行, 且没有先后 顺序。  Step 1701 and step 1702 may be performed simultaneously, or may not be performed at the same time, and there is no order.
步骤 1703、 所述基站确定传输 PDSCH 的时域资源和频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块。  Step 1703: The base station determines a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block.
步骤 1704、 所述 UE 确定传输 PDSCH 的时域资源和频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块。  Step 1704: The UE determines a time domain resource and a frequency resource for transmitting a PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block.
步骤 1703和步骤 1704可以同时执行, 也可以不同时执行, 且没有先后 顺序。  Step 1703 and step 1704 may be performed simultaneously, or may not be performed at the same time, and there is no order.
步骤 1705、 所述基站在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 向 UE发送所述传 输块。  Step 1705: The base station sends the transmission block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
相应地, 所述 UE在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 接收所述传输块。 本实施例, 基站和 UE分别在确定传输块大小 TBS、 传输 PDSCH的时 域资源、 频率资源之后, 在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 向 UE发送所述传 输块, 因此能够实现对 PDSCH的盲检测, 从而能够在不需要 DCI的指示的 情况下接收下行数据, 因此能够减小控制信令开销, 从而提高系统的传输 效率。  Correspondingly, the UE receives the transport block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource. In this embodiment, after determining the transport block size TBS, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH, and the frequency resource, the base station and the UE respectively send the transport block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, so that the PDSCH can be implemented. The blind detection enables the downlink data to be received without the indication of the DCI, so that the control signaling overhead can be reduced, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the system.
进行 PDSCH的盲检测或配置 PDSCH盲检测需要的信息有: TBS、频 域资源, 时域资源, 下面分别针对这些需要确定的信息, 进行详细描述。  The information required for the blind detection of the PDSCH or the PDSCH blind detection is as follows: TBS, frequency domain resources, and time domain resources. The following describes the information that needs to be determined.
可选地, 对于 TBS的确定, PDSCH的 TBS可以为预设的或使用信令 通知。  Optionally, for the determination of the TBS, the TBS of the PDSCH may be preset or used for signaling.
具体地, 所述基站确定 TBS, 可以包括:  Specifically, the determining, by the base station, the TBS may include:
所述基站确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者,  Determining, by the base station, that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or
所述基站向所述 UE发送第一信令, 所述第一信令中包括用于确定传输 块大小 TBS的指示信息  The base station sends first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes indication information for determining a transport block size TBS.
相应的, 所述 UE确定传输块大小 TBS, 包括:  Correspondingly, the UE determines a transport block size TBS, including:
所述 UE确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者, 所述 UE接收基站发送的第一信令, 并根据所述第一信令中的指示信息 确定所述传输块的大小 TBS。 Determining, by the UE, that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or The UE receives the first signaling sent by the base station, and determines the size TBS of the transport block according to the indication information in the first signaling.
所述第一信令可以为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。  The first signaling may be at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
其中, 预设的 TBS可以是 1个或多个, 而且, 这里采用的 TBS可以 为现有 TBS表格的子集, 也可以为新增加的 TBS。 当预定义多个 TBS时, 可以使用信令通知指示使用哪一个 TBS进行盲检测。  The preset TBS may be one or more, and the TBS used herein may be a subset of the existing TBS table or a newly added TBS. When multiple TBSs are predefined, signaling can be used to indicate which TBS to use for blind detection.
当 TBS限定小于等于 1000比特时, 复用现有的 TBS值时可以按如下的 表格进行复用:  When the TBS is limited to 1000 bits or less, the existing TBS values can be multiplexed according to the following table:
Figure imgf000056_0001
通常业务比较稳定的 UE, 如 MTC UE, 其在相当长的时间内, TBS比较 固定。 因此, 基站可以通过第一信令通知该段时间的 TBS, 当 TBS发生变化 时通过第一信令通知新的 TBS。 为此可以预定义有限个 TBS值, 然后用第一 信令通知当前采用的是哪一个 TBS值。 所定义的有限个 TBS值可以是现有 TBS 表格的子集, 例如 {208, 600, 872, 1000}。 所使用的第一信令可以是 RRC信令或 DCI format或 MAC CE或它们之间的任意组合。例如,基站可以 使用 RRC信令指示, 同时使用 DCI格式如 format 1A指示承载该 RRC信令 的 PDSCH。
Figure imgf000056_0001
Generally, a UE with a relatively stable service, such as an MTC UE, has a relatively fixed TBS for a relatively long period of time. Therefore, the base station can notify the TBS of the time period by using the first signaling, and notify the new TBS by the first signaling when the TBS changes. For this purpose, a finite number of TBS values can be predefined, and then the first signalling is used to inform which TBS value is currently being used. The defined finite number of TBS values may be a subset of existing TBS tables, such as {208, 600, 872, 1000}. The first signaling used may be RRC signaling or DCI format or MAC CE or any combination therebetween. For example, the base station may use RRC signaling indication while using a DCI format such as format 1A to indicate the PDSCH carrying the RRC signaling.
可选地, 除了上述的 TBS、 时域资源、 频域资源, 还可以确定编码速率。 具体地, 所述方法还可以包括: 基站和 UE分别确定所述 PDSCH的编码 速率; 所述基站在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 根据所述 PDSCH 的编码速 率向所述 UE发送所述传输块; 所述 UE在所述时域资源、频率资源上, 根据 所述 PDSCH的编码速率接收所述传输块。  Optionally, in addition to the foregoing TBS, time domain resources, and frequency domain resources, the coding rate may also be determined. Specifically, the method may further include: determining, by the base station and the UE, a coding rate of the PDSCH, respectively, the base station transmitting, according to the coding rate of the PDSCH, the coding rate to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource a transport block; the UE receives the transport block according to an encoding rate of the PDSCH on the time domain resource and the frequency resource.
而传输 PDSCH的编码速率, 可以包括: 传输所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的 聚合级别。 可以使用一个或多个资源粒度的聚合进行 PDSCH 的传输块的传 输。 图 18为资源粒度和聚合级别的示意图, 本发明实施例所使用的资源粒度 可以为 LTE系统中的 REG或 EREG, CCE或 ECCE, RB或 PRB或 VRB或 N个 REG或 N个 EREG或 N个 CCE或 N个 ECCE或 N个 RB (或 PRB或 VRB) , N为自然数。 所使用的聚合级别可以为如图 18所示的 level 1、 level 2、 level 4、 level 6、 level 8、 level 16、 level 32或其子集。 And transmitting the coding rate of the PDSCH may include: transmitting an aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH. The transmission of the transport block of the PDSCH may be performed using one or more aggregates of resource granularity. FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of resource granularity and aggregation level, and resource granularity used in the embodiment of the present invention. It may be REG or EREG, CCE or ECCE, RB or PRB or VRB or N REG or N EREG or N CCEs or N ECCEs or N RBs (or PRBs or VRBs) in an LTE system, where N is a natural number. The aggregation level used may be level 1, level 2, level 4, level 6, level 8, level 16, level 32, or a subset thereof as shown in FIG.
在一种实现方式中, 所述资源粒度包括以下任意一种资源粒度或以下任 意一种资源粒度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB、 VRB 。  In an implementation manner, the resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
对于聚合级别的确定, 所述基站确定传输 PDSCH 的资源粒度的聚合级 另 lj, 可以包括:  For determining the aggregation level, the determining, by the base station, the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH, may include:
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH 的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别; 或者,所述基站向所述 UE发送聚合级别的配置消息, 以使所述 UE根据所述 配置消息确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别。  Determining, by the base station, that the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is a preset aggregation level; or, the base station sends an aggregation level configuration message to the UE, so that the UE determines, according to the configuration message, a resource for transmitting the PDSCH. The level of aggregation of the granularity.
相应地, 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别, 可以包括: 所述 UE根据基站的配置确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别;或者, 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别。 其中, 传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别包括: 传输物理下行控制信 道 PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或传输增强的物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资 源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集, 或者, 传输 PDSCH的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。  Correspondingly, the determining, by the UE, the aggregation level of the resource granularity of transmitting the PDSCH may include: determining, by the UE, an aggregation level of the resource granularity of transmitting the PDSCH according to the configuration of the base station; or determining, by the UE, an aggregation level of the resource granularity of transmitting the PDSCH The default aggregation level. The aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH is: the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the aggregation level of the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the transmission PDSCH is at least Contains aggregation level 6.
对于信道的编码方式, 可以使用卷积编码或 Turbo编码对传输块进行编 码 (或解码) , 然后根据聚合级别和对应的资源粒度进行速率匹配 (或聚合 级别检测) 。 其中卷积编码比 Turbo码具有更低的复杂度, 有利于 UE复杂 度 /功耗的降低。 由于超过一定待编码的传输块比特个数后 Turbo编码比卷积 编码具有更好的性能, 比如在 400 比特时, Turbo编码比卷积编码性能好约 ldB。 因此可以预定义或配置传输块的编码方式, 例如主要考虑复杂度时, 可 以预定义或通过信令配置才用卷积编码; 根据性能选择编码时, 可以根据传 输块大小确定信道编码方式, 当传输块大小低于某个值时采用卷积编码, 当 传输块大小高于某个值时采用 Turbo编码。 传输块的编码过程如下: 为传输 块添加 CRC, 信道编码 (卷积编码或 Turbo编码) , 速率匹配, 编码输出。  For the coding mode of the channel, the transport block can be coded (or decoded) using convolutional coding or Turbo coding, and then rate matched (or aggregated level detection) according to the aggregation level and the corresponding resource granularity. Among them, convolutional coding has lower complexity than Turbo code, which is beneficial to UE complexity/power consumption reduction. Turbo coding has better performance than convolutional coding because it exceeds the number of bits of the transport block to be encoded. For example, at 400 bits, Turbo coding is better than convolutional coding by about ldB. Therefore, the coding mode of the transport block can be predefined or configured. For example, when the complexity is mainly considered, the convolutional coding can be predefined or configured by signaling; when the coding is selected according to the performance, the channel coding mode can be determined according to the transport block size. Convolutional coding is used when the transport block size is below a certain value, and Turbo coding is used when the transport block size is higher than a certain value. The encoding process of the transport block is as follows: Add CRC, channel coding (convolutional coding or Turbo coding), rate matching, and coded output to the transmission block.
可选地, 对于频域资源, 传输 PDSCH 的频域资源或位置可以预定义或 通过信令进行通知。 而对于频域资源指示的可以有两种方式: 一种是用 RB 指示, 一种是用带宽和起始位置的方式指示。 Optionally, for the frequency domain resource, the frequency domain resource or location of the transmission PDSCH may be predefined or notified by signaling. There are two ways to indicate the frequency domain resource: One is to use RB. The indication, one is indicated by the way of bandwidth and starting position.
当频域资源用 RB来指示时,  When the frequency domain resource is indicated by RB,
相应地, 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的频率资源, 可以包括:  Correspondingly, the determining, by the UE, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH may include:
所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者, 所述 UE接收基站发送的第二信令, 并根据所述第二信令中的指示信息 确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  The UE determines that the resource block RB of the PDSCH is the preset resource block RB; or the UE receives the second signaling sent by the base station, and determines the resource block for transmitting the PDSCH according to the indication information in the second signaling. RB, the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
当频域资源用带宽和起始位置的方式来指示时, 这种方式尤其适用于频 域资源为连续的资源的场景。  When the frequency domain resource is indicated by the bandwidth and the starting location, this method is especially applicable to the scenario where the frequency domain resource is a continuous resource.
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的频率资源, 可以包括:  The determining, by the base station, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH may include:
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者, 所述基站向所述 UE 发送第二信令, 所述第二信令中包括用于确定 PDSCH的资源块 RB的指示信息。  Determining, by the base station, that the resource block RB of the PDSCH is the preset resource block RB; or, the base station sends the second signaling to the UE, where the second signaling includes the resource block RB for determining the PDSCH Instructions.
相应地, 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的频率资源, 可以包括:  Correspondingly, the determining, by the UE, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH may include:
所述 UE根据基站的配置确定 PDSCH的带宽;  Determining, by the UE, a bandwidth of the PDSCH according to a configuration of the base station;
所述 UE接收基站发送的第三信令, 并根据所述第三信令中的指示信息 确定所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第一起始位置。  The UE receives the third signaling sent by the base station, and determines a first starting location of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling.
所述第三信令可以为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  The third signaling may be at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
上述过程可以确定一个较大频域资源范围, 在具体实现时, 还可以使 UE 在上述较大的频域资源范围内确定一个较小的范围进行检测。  The foregoing process may determine a larger frequency domain resource range. In a specific implementation, the UE may also determine a smaller range to detect in the larger frequency domain resource range.
基站确定传输 PDSCH的频率资源, 还可以包括: 所述基站向所述 UE发 送第四信令,所述第四信令中包括用于使 UE确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资 源的第二起始位置的指示信息。  The determining, by the base station, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH, the method further includes: the base station sending the fourth signaling to the UE, where the fourth signaling includes a second start for determining, by the UE, the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH Location information.
相应地, 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的频率资源, 还可以包括: 所述 UE接收基站发送的第四信令, 并根据所述第四信令中的指示信息 确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第二起始位置。或者, 所述 UE根据预设 的哈希函数确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第二起始位置。  Correspondingly, the determining, by the UE, the frequency resource for transmitting the PDSCH, the method further includes: receiving, by the UE, the fourth signaling sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the fourth signaling, the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH The second starting position. Or the UE determines, according to a preset hash function, a second starting position of the frequency resource that listens to the PDSCH.
所述第四信令可以为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 具体地, 传输 PDSCH的频域资源的带宽可以是预定义或配置的, 比如预 定义该带宽为 6RB对应的带宽。 而搜索空间定义为 PDSCH可能的频域位置的 集合, 即候选的频域位置的集合, 其分布在所配置的带宽上。 PDSCH搜索空 间的起始位置可以由第四信令进行配置, UE从起始位置开始按照预定义或配 置的聚合级别进行盲检测。 PDSCH搜索空间的起始位置也可以是动态变化 的, 此时 UE可以根据哈希 (hash) 函数进行确定, 根据哈希函数确定 PDSCH 的频域位置的方法类似于确定 PDCCH或 EPDCCH的频域位置的方法。 比如, 该方法可以包括: The fourth signaling may be at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling. Specifically, the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH may be predefined or configured, for example, the bandwidth corresponding to the bandwidth of 6 RB is predefined. The search space is defined as a set of possible frequency domain locations of the PDSCH, that is, a set of candidate frequency domain locations, which are distributed over the configured bandwidth. The starting position of the PDSCH search space may be configured by the fourth signaling, and the UE performs blind detection according to a predefined or configured aggregation level from the starting position. The starting position of the PDSCH search space may also be dynamically changed. In this case, the UE may determine according to a hash function. The method of determining the frequency domain location of the PDSCH according to the hash function is similar to determining the frequency domain location of the PDCCH or the EPDCCH. Methods. For example, the method can include:
在子帧 k, 对于一个预定义或配置的 PDSCH PRB集合 p (对应上面提到的 频域位置), 候选 PDSCH的频域位置的集合 m所包含或对应的资源粒度为: + i In subframe k, for a predefined or configured PDSCH PRB set p (corresponding to the frequency domain position mentioned above), the resource granularity included or corresponding to the set m of frequency domain locations of the candidate PDSCH is: + i
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
其中, L为聚合级别, 其取值为 EPDCCH聚合级别取值的子集或者额外包 括聚合级别 6。 EPDCCH聚合级别取值为 {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32}.  L is an aggregation level, which is a subset of the EPDCCH aggregation level or an aggregation level of 6. The EPDCCH aggregation level is {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32}.
其中, e 为子帧 k PDSCH PRB集合 p包含的 PDSCH资源粒度个 数; = 0,...,L-l ; m = 0,l, ...M -l; M 是 UE在 PRB集合 p对应聚合级别为 L时要监 测或盲检测的候选 (位置) 个数。 Where e is the number of PDSCH resource granularities included in the subframe k PDSCH PRB set p; = 0,..., Ll ; m = 0,l, ...M -l; M is the UE corresponding to the PRB set p corresponding aggregation The number of candidates (locations) to be monitored or blindly detected when the level is L.
变量^ , 定义为 =(^ . — J觸 dZ) , Υρ>_, = nRmi≠ 0 , = 39827 , A = 39829 , ο = 65537 和 fc = L«s /2」 , RNTI为 UE被分配的标识, /¾为1个帧内的时隙号, 取 值为 0~19中的一个。 The variable ^ is defined as =(^ . — J touch dZ) , Υ ρ> _, = n Rmi ≠ 0 , = 39827 , A = 39829 , ο = 65537 and fc = L« s /2" , RNTI is UE The assigned identifier, /3⁄4 is the slot number within one frame, and takes one of 0 to 19.
对于传输 PDSCH 的时域资源, 可以由信令进行通知或预配置的方式确 定。  The time domain resources for transmitting the PDSCH can be determined by signaling notification or pre-configuration.
具体地, 基站确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源, 可以包括:  Specifically, the determining, by the base station, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH may include:
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源为预设的第一子帧; 或者, 所述基站向所述 UE 发送的第五信令, 所述第五信令中包括确定传输 Determining, by the base station, that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the preset first subframe; or the fifth signaling sent by the base station to the UE, where the fifth signaling includes determining the transmission
PDSCH的第一子帧的指示信息。 The indication information of the first subframe of the PDSCH.
相应地, 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源, 可以包括:  Correspondingly, the UE determining the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH may include:
所述 UE接收基站发送的第五信令, 并根据所述第五信令中的指示信息 确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源为第一子帧, 或者, 所述 UE确定所述 PDSCH 的子帧为预设的第一子帧。 或 MAC CE信令。 The UE receives the fifth signaling sent by the base station, and determines, according to the indication information in the fifth signaling, that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the first subframe, or the UE determines that the subframe of the PDSCH is The first subframe of the preset. Or MAC CE signaling.
具体实现时, 可以配置非连续的接收时间 (Discontinuous Reception, 简 称: DRX) 用于 PDSCH的传输。 可以参见图 2, UE可以在若干段非连续的 时间间隔上进行 PDSCH的检测。图 2中 UE在每个 DRX周期的活动时间(On duration) 进行 PDSCH的盲检测。 相应地, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还可 以包括非连续接收周期和非连续接收的开始子帧、 活动时间, 所述活动时间 可以包括检测活动定时器 (on duration timer) 对应的时间和 /或非活动定时器 ( inactivity timer ) 对应的时间。  For specific implementation, you can configure discontinuous reception time (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) for PDSCH transmission. Referring to FIG. 2, the UE may perform PDSCH detection on a plurality of non-contiguous time intervals. In Figure 2, the UE performs blind detection of the PDSCH during the On duration of each DRX cycle. Correspondingly, the indication information in the fifth signaling may further include a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, an active time, where the active time may include detecting a time corresponding to an on timer And/or the time corresponding to the inactivity timer ( inactivity timer ).
采用这种方式时, 所述第五信令中的指示信息还包括非连续接收周期和 非连续接收的开始子帧、 活动时间, 所述活动时间包括检测活动定时器 (on duration timer)对应的时间和 /或非活动定时器(inactivity timer)对应的时间。  In this manner, the indication information in the fifth signaling further includes a discontinuous reception period and a start subframe of the discontinuous reception, and an active time, where the active time includes a corresponding activity timer (on duration timer). Time and/or time corresponding to the inactivity timer.
进一步地, 所述用于传输 PDSCH的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。 其中, 非连续周期可以是用于 PDCCH配置的非连续接收周期或其扩展, 例如, 用于传输 PDSCH的非连续接收周期可以为用于传输 PDCCH 的非连 续接收周期的整数倍。  Further, the first subframe used for transmitting the PDSCH is a subframe in the active time. The non-contiguous period may be a discontinuous reception period for the PDCCH configuration or an extension thereof. For example, the discontinuous reception period for transmitting the PDSCH may be an integer multiple of the non-contiguous reception period for transmitting the PDCCH.
开始子帧对应的子帧号, 可以从如下公式得到: [ SFN * 10) + subframe number] modulo (DRX-Cycle) = drxStartOffset。 公式中 SFN为系统帧号, 范 围为 0~xx, 子帧号为 0~9的数字, DRX-Cycle为非连续接收 PDSCH的周期, DRX-Cycle的指可以由基站配置, drxStartOffset的定义为 DRX周期开始的子 帧, 可以由基站配置。  The subframe number corresponding to the start subframe can be obtained from the following formula: [ SFN * 10) + subframe number] modulo (DRX-Cycle) = drxStartOffset. In the formula, SFN is the system frame number, the range is 0~xx, the subframe number is 0~9, DRX-Cycle is the period of discontinuous reception of PDSCH, the DRX-Cycle finger can be configured by the base station, and drxStartOffset is defined as DRX. The subframe at which the cycle starts can be configured by the base station.
活动时间代表 UE 需要盲检测 PDSCH 的时间。 其至少可以包括 on duration timer运行的时间或 inactivity timer运行的时间。 Inactivity timer运行 的时间表示 UE接收到 PDSCH后需要接着进行连续检测的时间, 当 UE在该 定时器时间值内未检测到 PDSCH且当超过了配置的该时间值, UE进入 DRX 周期, 或者当 UE接收到一个配置 DRX的 MAC信令时, U E进入 DRX周 期。 除了长周期, 可选的可以有短 DRX周期。 此时 UE可以先进入短周期, 在短周期内未接收到 PDSCH再进入长 DRX周期。  The active time represents the time when the UE needs to blindly detect the PDSCH. It can include at least the time on which the on duration timer runs or the time the inactivity timer runs. The time when the Inactivity timer is running indicates the time when the UE needs to perform continuous detection after receiving the PDSCH. When the UE does not detect the PDSCH within the timer time value and exceeds the configured time value, the UE enters the DRX cycle, or when the UE enters the DRX cycle. Upon receiving a MAC signaling configured for DRX, the UE enters a DRX cycle. In addition to long periods, there may be a short DRX cycle. At this time, the UE may enter a short period first, and does not receive the PDSCH in a short period and enters the long DRX cycle.
进一步地, 对于 UE是否成功地盲检测到 PDSCH, 可以通过以下方式进 行确认。 一种是 UE在检测到 PDSCH的子帧后的 n+k子帧向基站发送 ACK 进行确认, 如果基站在预设时间内未接收到 ACK确认, 则可以继续发送 PDSCH, 例如在 n+k+m子帧进行发送, 并且, 此时 PDSCH以更低的码率或 更高的聚合级别进行发送。 重复的 PDSCH (或重复发送的传输块) 或新的 PDSCH (或新发送的传输块) 可以通过在 CRC 加扰的扰码进行区分。 该扰 码可以为预设或由基站进行配置。如果未收到 ACK的时间超过一定门限, 基 站还可以启动覆盖增强模式, 例如, 可以配置连续 p 个子帧发送同一个 PDSCH,以积累能量进行覆盖增强, UE根据配置按照连续 p个子帧对 PDSCH 进行检测, 以提高数据接收的成功率。 其中 n, k, m, p均为整数。 Further, whether the UE successfully detects the PDSCH blindly can be confirmed in the following manner. One is that the UE sends an ACK to the base station after detecting the subframe of the PDSCH, and the ACK is sent to the base station for confirmation. If the base station does not receive the ACK acknowledgement within the preset time, the UE may continue to send. The PDSCH is transmitted, for example, in an n+k+m subframe, and at this time, the PDSCH is transmitted at a lower code rate or higher aggregation level. A duplicate PDSCH (or a repeatedly transmitted transport block) or a new PDSCH (or a newly transmitted transport block) can be distinguished by a scrambling code that is scrambled in the CRC. The scrambling code can be preset or configured by the base station. If the time when the ACK is not received exceeds a certain threshold, the base station may also start the coverage enhancement mode. For example, the consecutive PD subframes may be configured to transmit the same PDSCH to accumulate energy for coverage enhancement, and the UE performs PDSCH for consecutive p subframes according to the configuration. Detection to improve the success rate of data reception. Where n, k, m, p are all integers.
对于 UE, 在所述 UE在所述时域资源、 频率资源上、 根据所述编码速率 接收所述传输块之后, 还可以包括:  For the UE, after the UE receives the transport block according to the coding rate on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, the UE may further include:
当所述 UE正确接收所述 PDSCH后,所述 UE向基站发送确认消息 ACK; 或者, 当所述 UE确定无法接收所述 PDSCH后, 所述 UE向基站发送非确认 消息 NACK。  After the UE correctly receives the PDSCH, the UE sends an acknowledgement message ACK to the base station; or, after the UE determines that the PDSCH cannot be received, the UE sends a non-acknowledgement message NACK to the base station.
相应地, 对于基站, 在所述基站在所述时域资源、 频率资源上向 UE发 送所述传输块之后, 还包括:  Correspondingly, after the base station sends the transport block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource, the base station further includes:
所述基站接收所述 UE发送的确认消息 ACK或非确认消息 NACK。  The base station receives an acknowledgement message ACK or a non-acknowledgement message NACK sent by the UE.
上述的数据传输方法实施例三以及其各种实现方式介绍了采用盲检测 PDSCH的方式传输下行数据, 在下面的实现方式中, 支持 UE在特定的搜索 空间和 \或特定的第一时间内回退到根据控制信道的指示来接收 PDSCH的方 式。  The third embodiment of the data transmission method and the various implementation manners thereof describe the downlink data transmission by using the blind detection PDSCH. In the following implementation manner, the UE is supported in a specific search space and/or a specific first time. Retreat to the manner in which the PDSCH is received according to the indication of the control channel.
具体地, 所述基站可以在预设的搜索空间和 \或预设的第一时间内, 向所 述 UE 发送控制信道和\或 PDSCH。 其中控制信道包括 PDDCH 和 E-PDDCH。  Specifically, the base station may send a control channel and/or a PDSCH to the UE in a preset search space and/or a preset first time. The control channels include PDDCH and E-PDDCH.
相应的, 所述 UE在基站配置的搜索空间和 \或基站配置的第一时间内, 监听控制信道和\或 PDSCH。  Correspondingly, the UE monitors the control channel and/or the PDSCH in a search space configured by the base station and a first time configured by the base station.
可以在所述 UE的专用搜索空间或某段第一时间内 (或者同时指定搜 索空间和第一时间) 仅向所述 UE发送控制信道, 或仅向所述 UE发送 PDSCH, 或者同时向所述 UE发送控制信道和 PDSCH。 对应的传输方式 可以包括以下几种: 在 UE的专用搜索空间 (对时间不做限制) 仅传输控 制信道; 在 UE的专用搜索空间 (对时间不做限制) 仅传输 PDSCH; 在 UE的专用搜索空间 (对时间不做限制) 同时传输控制信道和 PDSCH; 在 某段第一时间内 (对频域不做限制) 仅传输 PDSCH; 在某段第一时间内 (对频域不做限制) 仅传输 PDSCH; 在某段第一时间 (对频域不做限制) 同时传输控制信道和 PDSCH;在 UE的专用搜索空间且在某段第一时间仅 传输 PDSCH; 在 UE的专用搜索空间且在某段第一时间仅传输控制信道; 在 UE的专用搜索空间且在某段第一时间同时传输 PDSCH和控制信道。 其中, 第一时间可以为预定义或配置的一段时间比如位于非连续接收时间 周期开始的一个子帧或若干个子帧。 如图 5所示, 控制信道和 PDSCH有 时在同一个时间内进行监听, 有时不在同一个时间进行监听。 The control channel may be sent only to the UE in a dedicated search space of the UE or a certain period of time (or simultaneously specify a search space and a first time), or only the PDSCH may be sent to the UE, or simultaneously The UE transmits a control channel and a PDSCH. Corresponding transmission modes may include the following: In the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only the control channel is transmitted; in the UE's dedicated search space (without limitation on time) only PDSCH is transmitted; dedicated search in the UE Space (no restrictions on time) simultaneous transmission of control channels and PDSCH; During the first time of a certain period (no restrictions on the frequency domain), only the PDSCH is transmitted; in the first time of a certain period (no restriction on the frequency domain), only the PDSCH is transmitted; in the first time of a certain period (there is no restriction on the frequency domain) Transmitting the control channel and the PDSCH simultaneously; transmitting only the PDSCH in the dedicated search space of the UE and at a certain time in a certain period; transmitting only the control channel in the dedicated search space of the UE and at a certain time in a certain period; in the dedicated search space of the UE and The PDSCH and the control channel are simultaneously transmitted at a certain time. The first time may be a predefined or configured period of time, such as one subframe or several subframes located at the beginning of the discontinuous reception time period. As shown in Figure 5, the control channel and the PDSCH sometimes listen at the same time, sometimes not at the same time.
其中, 所述搜索空间可以由基站配置的或者为预设的, 所述第一时间 可以由基站配置的或者为预设的。  The search space may be configured by a base station or preset, and the first time may be configured by a base station or preset.
当控制信道和 PDSCH不在同一个第一时间内进行传输时, 可以降低 盲检测次数, 节省 UE的功耗。  When the control channel and the PDSCH are not transmitted in the same first time, the number of blind detections can be reduced, and the power consumption of the UE can be saved.
进一步地, 还可以限定: 当基站分别在不同的所述第一时间内发送控制 信道和 PDSCH时,所述发送控制信道的第一时间的时间间隔或周期大于或 小于发送 PDSCH 的第一时间的时间间隔或周期。 当所述发送控制信道的 第一时间的时间间隔或周期大于发送 PDSCH的第一时间的时间间隔或周 期时,有利于节省信令开销; 当所述发送控制信道的第一时间的时间间隔或 周期小于发送 PDSCH的第一时间的时间间隔或周期时,有利于快速切换到 信令调度模式进行其它 TBS切换或 HARQ或覆盖增强传输模式等。  Further, it may be further defined that: when the base station sends the control channel and the PDSCH in the different first time, the time interval or period of the first time of sending the control channel is greater than or less than the first time of sending the PDSCH. Time interval or period. When the time interval or period of the first time of transmitting the control channel is greater than the time interval or period of the first time of transmitting the PDSCH, it is advantageous to save signaling overhead; when the time interval of the first time of transmitting the control channel or When the period is smaller than the time interval or period of the first time when the PDSCH is sent, it is convenient to quickly switch to the signaling scheduling mode for other TBS handover or HARQ or coverage enhanced transmission mode.
进一步地, 在一种实现方式中, 当所述基站在预设的搜索空间和 \或预设 的第一时间内, 向所述 UE发送控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述控制信道或所 述 PDSCH中还包括预设的第一指示信息, 用于使所述 UE区分控制信道和 PDSCH。  Further, in an implementation manner, when the base station sends a control channel and a PDSCH to the UE in a preset search space and/or a preset first time, the control channel or the PDSCH The method further includes preset first indication information, configured to enable the UE to distinguish between the control channel and the PDSCH.
当传输块大小与现有的控制信道的信令大小不同时, 可以通过 TBS 可以直接区分开是 PDSCH还是控制信道。 其中, 控制信道承载的 DCI所 采用的 DCI format可以是现有的 DCI format的子集或全部。比如可以预定 义只采用 DCI format 1A, TBS的值不等于 DCI format 1A的大小的传输块 大小均认为是 PDSCH在传输。  When the transport block size is different from the signaling size of the existing control channel, the TBS can directly distinguish whether it is a PDSCH or a control channel. The DCI format used by the DCI carried by the control channel may be a subset or all of the existing DCI format. For example, DCI format 1A can be pre-defined, and the transport block size whose value of TBS is not equal to the size of DCI format 1A is considered to be PDSCH transmission.
当传输块大小与现有的 DCI format大小相同时,可以通过使用与 DCI format不同的资源粒度进行聚合或不同的时频资源位置或明确的指示进行 区别。 When the transport block size is the same as the existing DCI format size, it can be aggregated by using a different resource granularity than the DCI format or a different time-frequency resource location or an explicit indication. the difference.
而在 PDSCH与 DCI format具有相同的 TBS和相同的聚合资源粒度的 场景, 可以采用上述实现方式中的方法, 即采用明确的指示信息, 使 UE 区分控制信道和 PDSCH。  In the scenario where the PDSCH and the DCI format have the same TBS and the same aggregation resource granularity, the method in the foregoing implementation manner may be adopted, that is, the explicit indication information is used to enable the UE to distinguish the control channel from the PDSCH.
具体地, 可以使用 CRC加扰的扰码来区分 PDSCH和控制信道。该扰 码为预定义或配置的, 比如 16比特扰码可以包含 <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1>或<0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>。 其中扰码与 CRC校验码采 用模二运算。  Specifically, the CRC scrambled scrambling code can be used to distinguish the PDSCH from the control channel. The scrambling code is predefined or configured. For example, a 16-bit scrambling code can contain <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> Or <0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>. The scrambling code and the CRC check code use the modulo two operation.
此外, 当 TBS小于 DCI format 大小时, 可以通过在 TBS的比特后补 充 0, 使得其与现有的 DCI format大小相同。 此时再使用 CRC加扰的扰 码来区分 PDSCH和 DCI format。 比如 16比特扰码可以包含 <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1>或<0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>。 其中扰码与 CRC校验码采用模二相加。 可选的, 可以使用不同的扰码指示 PDSCH的 TBS或在传输块比特前或后添加固定比特个数指示 PDSCH的 TBS。  In addition, when the TBS is smaller than the DCI format, the 0 can be complemented by the bit of the TBS so that it is the same size as the existing DCI format. At this time, the CRC scrambled scrambling code is used to distinguish between PDSCH and DCI format. For example, a 16-bit scrambling code can contain <1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1> or <0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1>. The scrambling code and the CRC check code are added by modulo two. Optionally, different scrambling codes may be used to indicate the TBS of the PDSCH or a fixed number of bits before or after the transmission block bit indicates the TBS of the PDSCH.
进一步地, 上述各个实施例中, 对于当前传输的 PDSCH是否为监听模 块 (即 UE侧是否需要进行盲检测) , 基站可以可以根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者, 向 UE发送第六信令通知所述 UE所述 PDSCH 为监听模式。  Further, in each of the foregoing embodiments, the base station may determine, according to a preset rule, that the PDSCH is in a listening mode, or send a message to the UE, whether the PDSCH that is currently transmitted is a monitoring module, that is, whether the UE side needs to perform blind detection. Six signaling notifies the UE that the PDSCH is in a listening mode.
相应的, UE可以根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者, 接 收基站发送的第六信令,并根据所述第六信令中的指示信息确定所述 PDSCH 为监听模式。  Correspondingly, the UE may determine that the PDSCH is in the listening mode according to the preset rule, or receive the sixth signaling sent by the base station, and determine, according to the indication information in the sixth signaling, that the PDSCH is in the listening mode.
其中, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH 或 MAC CE信令。 当采用 RRC信令时, 可以设置一个使能 enable信令进 行配置。  The sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling. When RRC signaling is used, an enable enable signaling can be configured for configuration.
并且, 基站发送所述 PDSCH时, 可以采用 MBSFN子帧传输 PDSCH或 采用非 MBSFN子帧传输 PDSCH, 当采用非 MBSFN子帧传输 PDSCH时, 可以采用天线端口 0 或者采用发送分集的方式发送所述 PDSCH; 当采用 MBSFN子帧传输 PDSCH时, 可以采用天线端口端口 7发送所述 PDSCH。 进一步地, 上述方法实施例中, 还可以包括: In addition, when the base station transmits the PDSCH, the PDSCH may be transmitted by using the MBSFN subframe or the PDSCH by using the non-MBSFN subframe. When the PDSCH is transmitted by using the non-MBSFN subframe, the PDSCH may be sent by using the antenna port 0 or using the transmit diversity. When the PDSCH is transmitted using the MBSFN subframe, the PDSCH may be transmitted using the antenna port port 7. Further, in the foregoing method embodiment, the method may further include:
基站和 UE根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH的调制方式, 或者,  Determining, by the base station and the UE, the modulation mode of the PDSCH according to a preset rule, or
UE接收基站发送的第九信令,并根据所述第九信令中的指示信息确定所 述 PDSCH的调制方式,所述第九信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  The UE receives the ninth signaling sent by the base station, and determines the modulation mode of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the ninth signaling, where the ninth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
所述预设规则可以是以下至少一个: 信道质量范围, 信噪比范围, 误码 率门限, 误包率门限, 频谱效率门限。  The preset rule may be at least one of the following: a channel quality range, a signal to noise ratio range, a bit error rate threshold, a packet error rate threshold, and a spectrum efficiency threshold.
例如 UE可以根据所述 PDSCH的信道质量范围是否位于某一特定调制方 式对应的信道质量范围来判断所述 PDSCH是否为该特定调制方式。  For example, the UE may determine whether the PDSCH is the specific modulation mode according to whether the channel quality range of the PDSCH is in a channel quality range corresponding to a specific modulation mode.
调制方式可以包括以下任意一种: GMSK、 QPSK、 16QAM、 64QAM。 上述方法实施例中,所述 TBS可以为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的 子集; 并且, 上述各个实施例中的第一信令、 第二信令、 第三信令、 第四 信令、 第五信令、 第六信令、 第九信令可以为同一个信令, 即可以在同一 个信令中包含上述多个信令中的指示信息。  The modulation method may include any one of the following: GMSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM. In the above method embodiment, the TBS may be a subset of the TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol; and, in the foregoing embodiments, the first signaling, the second signaling, the third signaling, the fourth signaling, The fifth signaling, the sixth signaling, and the ninth signaling may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling.
图 19为本发明数据传输方法实施例四的流程图,本实施例的执行主体为 FIG. 19 is a flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a data transmission method according to the present invention. The execution body of this embodiment is
UE, 可以与基站配合执行数据传输方法, 本实施例通过减少 DCI的指示信息 的方式减小控制信令的开销。如图 19所示, 本实施例的数据传输方法可以包 括: The UE may perform the data transmission method in cooperation with the base station. In this embodiment, the overhead of the control signaling is reduced by reducing the indication information of the DCI. As shown in FIG. 19, the data transmission method of this embodiment may include:
步骤 1901、 UE确定用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围。  Step 1901: The UE determines a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication.
步骤 1902、 所述 UE根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频 率资源。  Step 1902: The UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
步骤 1903、 所述 UE在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据。  Step 1903: The UE transmits data on the frequency resource used for data transmission.
本实施例的方法, UE即先确定 DCI能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽对 应的频率资源, 再根据 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源, 在 通过所述频率资源进行数据传输; 由于 DCI能够指示的最大带宽不再是系统 带宽, 而是一个较小的带宽, 因此 DCI中用于确定数据传输所用的频率资源 的指示信息可以减少,即由 DCI指示内容得以减少,从而能够降低信令开销, 提高系统传输的效率。  In this embodiment, the UE determines the frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determines the frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI, and performs data transmission by using the frequency resource; Since the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the system bandwidth, but a smaller bandwidth, the indication information for determining the frequency resource used for data transmission in the DCI can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby being able to be reduced. Signaling overhead, improving the efficiency of system transmission.
图 20为本发明数据传输方法实施例五的流程图,本实施例的执行主体为 基站, 可以与 UE配合执行数据传输方法, 本实施例通过减少 DCI的指示信 息的方式减小控制信令的开销。如图 20所示, 本实施例的数据传输方法可以 包括: FIG. 20 is a flowchart of Embodiment 5 of the data transmission method of the present invention. The execution entity of this embodiment is a base station, and may perform a data transmission method with the UE. In this embodiment, the DCI indication message is reduced. The way of reducing the control signaling overhead. As shown in FIG. 20, the data transmission method in this embodiment may include:
步骤 2001、 基站确定用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围。  Step 2001: The base station determines a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication.
步骤 2002、 所述基站向 UE发送所述 DCI, 以使所述 UE根据所述 DCI 中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源。  Step 2002: The base station sends the DCI to the UE, so that the UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
步骤 2003、 所述基站采用所述用于数据传输的频率资源进行数据传输。 本实施例的方法, 基站先确定用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 即先确 定 DCI能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽对应的频率资源,再根据 DCI中的指 示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源, 在通过所述频率资源进行数据传输; 由于 DCI能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽不再是系统带宽, 而是一个较小的 带宽, 因此 DCI中用于确定数据传输所用的频率资源的指示信息可以减少, 即由 DCI指示内容得以减少,从而能够降低信令开销,提高系统传输的效率。  Step 2003: The base station performs data transmission by using the frequency resource used for data transmission. In the method of the embodiment, the base station first determines the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determines the frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate, and then determines the frequency used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI. Resource, data transmission through the frequency resource; since the maximum bandwidth or maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the system bandwidth, but a smaller bandwidth, the indication in the DCI for determining the frequency resource used for data transmission The information can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI is reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving system transmission efficiency.
图 21为本发明数据传输方法实施例六的信令流程图,本实施例的执行 主体为基站和 UE。 如图 21所示, 本实施例的方法可以包括:  FIG. 21 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 6 of the data transmission method of the present invention. The execution subject of this embodiment is a base station and a UE. As shown in FIG. 21, the method in this embodiment may include:
步骤 2101、 基站确定用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围。  Step 2101: The base station determines a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication.
步骤 2102、 UE确定用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围。  Step 2102: The UE determines a range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication.
其中, 步骤 2101和步骤 2102没有顺序关系。  There is no order relationship between step 2101 and step 2102.
步骤 2103、 所述基站向所述 UE发送所述 DCI。  Step 2103: The base station sends the DCI to the UE.
步骤 2104、所述 UE根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频 率资源。  Step 2104: The UE determines a frequency resource used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI.
其中,所述 DCI信息通过 PDCCH或 EPDCCH携带, UE通过对 PDCCH 或 EPDCCH进行检测、 解码后得到 DCI中的信息。  The DCI information is carried by the PDCCH or the EPDCCH, and the UE obtains information in the DCI by detecting and decoding the PDCCH or the EPDCCH.
步骤 2105、所述基站和所述 UE在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输 数据。  Step 2105: The base station and the UE transmit data on the frequency resource used for data transmission.
此处的数据传输包括 UE接收基站发送的下行数据,和 UE向基站发送上 行数据。 即承载数据的信道可以为 PDSCH 和物理上行共享信道 (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, 简称: PUSCH) 。  The data transmission here includes the UE receiving the downlink data sent by the base station, and the UE transmitting the uplink data to the base station. That is, the channel carrying the data may be a PDSCH and a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
相比于现有技术的 DCI,本实施例减少 DCI内的指示内容,从而降低 DCI 内包含的指示比特个数。 具体地, 针对现有 DCI在不同系统带宽下均覆盖整 个系统带宽造成资源指示开销过大, 本实施例考虑降低 DCI所能指示的最大 带宽或最大带宽对应的频率资源, 从而降低 DCI format的比特。 为此可以预 设或配置 DCI format 能支持的最大带宽或最大带宽对应的频率资源, 例如为 6个 RB对应的带宽。 除了预设或配置 DCI支持的最大带宽或最大带宽对应 的频率资源, 还可以预设或配置对应 DCI支持最大带宽的频域资源位置, 例 如确定 RB位置, 当配置该频域资源位置时可以使用 LTE的资源分配类型, 如类型 0或类型 1或类型 2进行指示。 其中资源分配类型 2支持集中式的和 分布式的资源分配。 其中, LTE的资源分配类型 0, 是将连续的 RB分成组, 每个组使用 lbit进行指示是否使用; LTE的资源分配类型 1, 是将离散的 RB 分成若干个集合, 首先对集合进行指示是否使用, 然后对集合内的 RB进行 指示是否使用; LTE的资源分配类型 2, 是指示一段连续的频域资源的开始 位置和长度, 并支持分别位于 2个时隙的一个 RB对位于相同的频率或不同 的频率。 Compared with the DCI of the prior art, this embodiment reduces the indication content in the DCI, thereby reducing the number of indication bits included in the DCI. Specifically, in the case that the existing DCI covers the entire system bandwidth under different system bandwidths, the resource indication overhead is too large, and the embodiment considers reducing the maximum DCI indication. The frequency resource corresponding to the bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth, thereby reducing the bits of the DCI format. To this end, you can preset or configure the maximum bandwidth or maximum bandwidth corresponding to the DCI format, for example, the bandwidth corresponding to 6 RBs. In addition to presetting or configuring the frequency resource corresponding to the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth supported by the DCI, the frequency domain resource location corresponding to the DCI supporting the maximum bandwidth may be preset or configured, for example, determining the RB location, and may be used when configuring the frequency domain resource location. The resource allocation type of LTE, such as type 0 or type 1 or type 2, is indicated. Resource allocation type 2 supports centralized and distributed resource allocation. The resource allocation type 0 of the LTE is to divide the consecutive RBs into groups, and each group uses 1 bit to indicate whether to use or not; the resource allocation type 1 of LTE divides the discrete RB into several sets, and first indicates whether the set is Using, then indicating whether to use the RBs in the set; LTE resource allocation type 2, indicating the starting position and length of a continuous frequency domain resource, and supporting one RB pair located in 2 slots respectively at the same frequency Or different frequencies.
其中, 所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围小于系统带宽, 所述系统带 宽为 {1.4MHz, 3 MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}中的一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个。  The range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication is smaller than the system bandwidth, and the system bandwidth is one of {1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20 MHz}, or is {6 RB, 15 RB, 30 RB, One of 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}.
本实施例的方法, 基站和 UE先确定用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 即先确定 DCI能够指示的最大带宽或最大带宽对应的频率资源, 再根据 DCI 中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源, 在通过所述频率资源进行数据 传输; 由于 DCI能够指示的最大带宽不再是系统带宽,而是一个较小的带宽, 因此 DCI 中用于确定数据传输所用的频率资源的指示信息可以减少, 即由 DCI指示内容得以减少, 从而能够降低信令开销, 提高系统传输的效率。  In the method of the embodiment, the base station and the UE first determine the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication, that is, first determine the maximum bandwidth or the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the DC resource, and then determine the data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI. Frequency resource, data transmission through the frequency resource; since the maximum bandwidth that the DCI can indicate is no longer the system bandwidth, but a smaller bandwidth, the indication information used in the DCI to determine the frequency resource used for data transmission It can be reduced, that is, the content indicated by the DCI can be reduced, thereby reducing the signaling overhead and improving the efficiency of system transmission.
上述实施例中, 对于用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 可以通过预设或 信令通知的方式确定, 因此, 对于步骤 2101, 所述基站可以采用预设的第一 频率资源作为用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, 所述基站向所述 UE 发送第七信令, 所述第七信令中包括用于确定所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源 的范围的指示信息。  In the foregoing embodiment, the range of the frequency resource used for the DCI indication may be determined by using a preset or signaling manner. Therefore, for the step 2101, the base station may use the preset first frequency resource as the DCI. The range of the indicated frequency resource; or the base station sends the seventh signaling to the UE, where the seventh signaling includes indication information for determining a range of the frequency resource for the DCI indication.
相应的, 对于步骤 2102, 所述 UE可以采用预设的第一频率资源作为用 于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, 接收所述基站发送的第七信令, 并根 据所述第七信令中的指示信息确定所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围。  Correspondingly, for the step 2102, the UE may use the preset first frequency resource as the range of the frequency resource for the DCI indication; or, receive the seventh signaling sent by the base station, and according to the seventh letter The indication information in the order determines the range of frequency resources used for the DCI indication.
其中,所述第七信令可以为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH 或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。 The seventh signaling may be at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH Or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
进一步地, 上述实施例中, 数据的 TBS和编码速率也可以是预设的或配 置的。 当 TBS为预定义或配置的时, 可针对 PDSCH或 PUSCH对传输块进 行不同聚合级别或资源粒度个数的传输以支持不同的码率和节省 MCS 信令 开销, 此时可以使用信令进行聚合级别的通知, 例如可以使用 3 比特支持对 聚合级别 1、 2、 4、 8、 16、 32等状态的指示。  Further, in the above embodiment, the TBS and the encoding rate of the data may also be preset or configured. When the TBS is predefined or configured, the transport block may be transmitted with different aggregation levels or resource granularity for the PDSCH or the PUSCH to support different code rates and save MCS signaling overhead. In this case, signaling may be used for aggregation. Level notifications, for example, can be used to support indications of aggregation levels 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, etc., using 3 bits.
具体地, 所述基站还可以向所述 UE发送第二 DCI, 所述第二 DCI中 包括用于指示所述数据的编码速率的指示信息。  Specifically, the base station may further send a second DCI to the UE, where the second DCI includes indication information for indicating a coding rate of the data.
在所述 UE在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据之前, 还包括: 所述 UE接收所述基站发送的第二 DCI, 所述 DCI指示所述数据的编 码速率, 即 PDSCH或 PUSCH的编码速率。  Before the UE transmits data on the frequency resource used for data transmission, the method further includes: the UE receiving a second DCI sent by the base station, where the DCI indicates a coding rate of the data, that is, a PDSCH or a PUSCH The encoding rate.
其中, 所述编码速率可以为所述数据的资源粒度的聚合级别, 或者调 制和编码方案 (Modulation and Coding Scheme, 简称: MCS ) 中定义的编 码速率。 所述第二 DCI指示的编码速率包括所述 DCI指示的聚合级别。  The coding rate may be an aggregation level of resource granularity of the data, or a coding rate defined in a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS). The coding rate indicated by the second DCI includes an aggregation level indicated by the DCI.
可选地, 所述基站还可以确定所述传输数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设 的 TBS , 或者, 所述基站向所述 UE发送第八信令, 所述第八信令中包括用 于确定所述 TBS的指示信息。  Optionally, the base station may further determine that the transport block size TBS of the transmission data is a preset TBS, or the base station sends an eighth signaling to the UE, where the eighth signaling includes Determining the indication information of the TBS.
相应地, 在所述 UE在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据之前, 还包括:  Correspondingly, before the UE transmits data on the frequency resource used for data transmission, the method further includes:
所述 UE确定所述数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS , 或者, 所述 Determining, by the UE, that a transport block size TBS of the data is a preset TBS, or
UE 接收所述基站发送的第八信令, 并根据所述第八信令中的指示信息确定 所述 TBS。 The UE receives the eighth signaling sent by the base station, and determines the TBS according to the indication information in the eighth signaling.
其中, 所述第八信令可以包括以下至少一种: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。  The eighth signaling may include at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH, or MAC CE signaling.
可选地, 所述基站还可以确定特定调制方式下的 TBS , 并向 UE发送 第三 DCI, 以使 UE根据所述 DCI 中的指示信息确定特定调制方式下的 TBS。  Optionally, the base station may further determine a TBS in a specific modulation mode, and send a third DCI to the UE, so that the UE determines the TBS in a specific modulation mode according to the indication information in the DCI.
相应地, 在所述 UE在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据之前, 还包括:  Correspondingly, before the UE transmits data on the frequency resource used for data transmission, the method further includes:
接收所述基站发送的第三 DCI,并根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定特 定调制方式下的 TBS。 Receiving a third DCI sent by the base station, and determining, according to the indication information in the DCI TBS in fixed modulation mode.
其中, 所述特定调制方式具体为哪种调制方式可以通过预设或信令配 置确定。  Wherein, the specific modulation mode is specifically determined by which modulation mode can be determined by preset or signaling configuration.
即上述实施例中, 数据的调制和编码方案也可以是预设的或配置的或预 设与配置的结合。 这种方法通过限定 DCI中的 MCS指示的调制方式, 从而 降低 MCS指示比特。  That is, in the above embodiments, the modulation and coding scheme of the data may also be preset or configured or a combination of preset and configuration. This method reduces the MCS indication bits by defining the modulation scheme indicated by the MCS in the DCI.
在一种方式中, 可以预设调制方式为 QPSK、 16QAM、 64QAM 中的一 种。 然后配置在该调制方式下数据的调制和编码方案 (MCS ) 或编码速率来 指示 TBS, 该配置信令可以为 DCI信令。  In one mode, the modulation mode may be preset to one of QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM. The modulation and coding scheme (MCS) or coding rate of the data in the modulation mode is then configured to indicate the TBS, which may be DCI signaling.
在另一种方式中, 可以配置数据的调制方式为 QPSK、 16QAM、 64QAM 中的一种, 该配置信令可以为 RRC信令或 MAC CE信令。 然后配置在该调 制方式下数据的调制和编码方案 (MCS ) 或编码速率来指示 TBS, 该配置信 令可以为 DCI信令。  In another mode, the modulation mode of the data may be one of QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM, and the configuration signaling may be RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling. The modulation and coding scheme (MCS) or coding rate of the data in the modulation mode is then configured to indicate the TBS, which may be DCI signaling.
例如, 对于 PDSCH, 当数据的调制方式限定为 QPSK时, 复用 LTE现 有的该调制方式下的调制编码方案或 MCS索引或 TBS索引或编码速率, 其 MCS指示比特只需要指示现有 MCS的索引 0~9, 即只需要 4个比特就可以 指示该 10个状态; 当限定为 16QAM时,复用 LTE现有的该调制方式下的编 码速率, 其 MCS指示比特只需要指示现有 MCS索引 10~16, 即 3个比特可 以指示该 7个状态; 当限定为 64QAM时, 复用 LTE现有的该调制方式下的 编码速率, 其 MCS指示比特只需要指示现有 MCS索引 17~28, 即 4个比特 可以指示该 12个状态。  For example, for the PDSCH, when the modulation mode of the data is limited to QPSK, the modulation coding scheme or the MCS index or the TBS index or the coding rate in the LTE existing modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS. Index 0~9, that is, only 4 bits are needed to indicate the 10 states; when it is limited to 16QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index. 10~16, that is, 3 bits can indicate the 7 states; when limited to 64QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index 17~28. That is, 4 bits can indicate the 12 states.
对于 PUSCH, 当数据的调制方式限定为 QPSK时, 复用 LTE现有的该 调制方式下的调制编码方案或 MCS索引或 TBS索引或编码速率,其 MCS指 示比特只需要指示现有 MCS的索引 0~10, 即只需要 4个比特就可以指示该 11个状态;当限定为 16QAM时,复用 LTE现有的该调制方式下的编码速率, 其 MCS指示比特只需要指示现有 MCS索引 11~20, 即 4个比特可以指示该 10个状态;当限定为 64QAM时,复用 LTE现有的该调制方式下的编码速率, 其 MCS指示比特只需要指示现有 MCS索引 21~28, 即 3个比特可以指示该 8个状态。  For the PUSCH, when the modulation mode of the data is limited to QPSK, the modulation coding scheme or the MCS index or the TBS index or the coding rate in the LTE existing modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the index of the existing MCS. ~10, that is, only 4 bits are needed to indicate the 11 states; when limited to 16QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index 11~ 20, that is, 4 bits can indicate the 10 states; when limited to 64QAM, the coding rate in the existing LTE modulation mode is multiplexed, and the MCS indication bit only needs to indicate the existing MCS index 21~28, that is, 3 The bits can indicate the 8 states.
下面分别针对 LTE的三种资源分配类型,说明采用本实施例所述的方 法, DCI中的信息量的变化情况。 The following describes the three resource allocation types for LTE, and the method described in this embodiment is used. Method, the change in the amount of information in the DCI.
在第一个例子中, 以支持 LTE的资源分配类型为 0和 1的资源分配的 DCI format 1为例, 假设系统带宽为 10MHz, 即 50RB, 双工模式为 FDD。  In the first example, DCI format 1 with resource allocation types of 0 and 1 supporting LTE is taken as an example. Assume that the system bandwidth is 10 MHz, that is, 50 RB, and the duplex mode is FDD.
改变 DCI formatl内容前, DCI中包括的信息以及所占字节数如下: 资源分配头: 1比特;  Before changing the DCI format1 content, the information included in the DCI and the number of bytes occupied are as follows: Resource allocation header: 1 bit;
资源块分配: 18比特;  Resource block allocation: 18 bits;
调制和编码方案: 5比特;  Modulation and coding scheme: 5 bits;
HARQ进程号: 3比特;  HARQ process number: 3 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特;  New data indication: 1 bit;
冗余版本: 2比特;  Redundancy version: 2 bits;
PUCCH的传输功率控制命令: 2比特;  PUCCH transmission power control command: 2 bits;
HARQ资源偏置指示: 2比特;  HARQ resource offset indication: 2 bits;
共计 34比特。  A total of 34 bits.
应用本实施例的方法, 将 DCI指示的频率资源的范围设置为 6RB。针对预 定义或配置的不同资源粒度, DCI formatl中的内容可以不同, 下面将分别进 行描述。  Applying the method of this embodiment, the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI is set to 6 RB. The content in DCI formatl can be different for different resource sizes that are predefined or configured, as described below.
在第一种方式中, 以 RB为资源粒度, 对应的带宽或 RB个数为 W RB, 这里 取值为 6 (对应 DCI指示的频率资源的范围 6RB) , 贝 l」DCI formatl内容可以改 变为:  In the first mode, the RB is the resource granularity, and the corresponding bandwidth or the number of RBs is W RB, where the value is 6 (corresponding to the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI is 6 RB), and the content of the DCI format1 can be changed to :
资源分配头: 1比特;  Resource allocation header: 1 bit;
资源块分配: 6比特;  Resource block allocation: 6 bits;
调制和编码方案: 3比特;  Modulation and coding scheme: 3 bits;
HARQ进程号: 3比特;  HARQ process number: 3 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特;  New data indication: 1 bit;
冗余版本: 2比特;  Redundancy version: 2 bits;
PUCCH的传输功率控制命令: 2比特;  PUCCH transmission power control command: 2 bits;
HARQ资源偏置指示: 2比特;  HARQ resource offset indication: 2 bits;
共计 20比特。 根据现有 DCI约束, 当 DCI比特个数为 20时, 需补零, 变成 21比特。  A total of 20 bits. According to the existing DCI constraint, when the number of DCI bits is 20, it needs to be zero-padded and becomes 21 bits.
在第二种方式中, 以 1个 ECCE为资源粒度, DCI指示的频率资源的范围 也为 6RB,资源分配类型 0的 ECCE组大小和 ECCE个数对应关系如下表所;
Figure imgf000070_0005
In the second mode, with 1 ECCE as the resource granularity, the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI The relationship between the ECCE group size and the number of ECCEs of the resource allocation type 0 is also as follows:
Figure imgf000070_0005
则针对 ECCE组
Figure imgf000070_0001
/P I 固定带宽为 6RB对应 ECCE个数为 ^E^CE为 24个, 因此 ECCE组 P=2, 需 要比特个数为 N CC I P
Figure imgf000070_0002
y 贝 ijDCI formatl内容可以改变为 ί源分配头: 1比特;
Then for the ECCE group
Figure imgf000070_0001
/PI fixed bandwidth is 6RB corresponding to the number of ECCE is ^E^CE is 24, so ECCE group P=2, the number of bits required is N CC IP
Figure imgf000070_0002
y Bay ijDCI formatl content can be changed to ί source allocation header: 1 bit;
ί源块分配: 12比特;  ί source block allocation: 12 bits;
调制和编码方案: 3比特;  Modulation and coding scheme: 3 bits;
HARQ进程号: 3比特;  HARQ process number: 3 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特;  New data indication: 1 bit;
冗余版本: 2比特;  Redundancy version: 2 bits;
PUCCH的传输功率控制命令: 2比特;  PUCCH transmission power control command: 2 bits;
HARQ资源偏置指示: 2比特;  HARQ resource offset indication: 2 bits;
共计 26比特。 根据现有 DCI约束, 当 DCI比特个数为 26时, 需补零, 变成 27比特。  A total of 26 bits. According to the existing DCI constraint, when the number of DCI bits is 26, it needs to be zero-padded and becomes 27 bits.
在第三种方式中, 以 2个 ECCE为资源粒度, DCI指示的频率资源的范围 也为 6RB,资源分配类型 0 的 ECCE组大小和 ECCE个数对应关系如下表所示,  In the third mode, the two ECCEs are used as the resource granularity, and the range of the frequency resources indicated by the DCI is also 6 RB. The correspondence between the ECCE group size and the number of ECCEs of the resource allocation type 0 is as shown in the following table.
Figure imgf000070_0003
'P 当固定带宽为 6RB时对应 ECCE个数为 w 为 12个, 因此 ECCE组 P=2, 需要比特个数为 , 贝 IjDCI formatl内容可以改变
Figure imgf000070_0004
调制和编码方案: 3比特;
Figure imgf000070_0003
'P When the fixed bandwidth is 6 RB, the number of corresponding ECCEs is 12, so the ECCE group P=2, the number of bits needed, the content of the IjDCI formatl can be changed.
Figure imgf000070_0004
Modulation and coding scheme: 3 bits;
HARQ进程号: 3比特;  HARQ process number: 3 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特;  New data indication: 1 bit;
冗余版本: 2比特;  Redundancy version: 2 bits;
PUCCH的传输功率控制命令: 2比特;  PUCCH transmission power control command: 2 bits;
HARQ资源偏置指示: 2比特;  HARQ resource offset indication: 2 bits;
共计 20比特。 根据现有 DCI约束, 当 DCI比特个数为 20时, 需补零, 变成 A total of 20 bits. According to the existing DCI constraint, when the number of DCI bits is 20, it needs to be zero-padded and becomes
21比特。 21 bits.
在第二个例子中, 以支持资源分配类型 2的的 DCI formatlA为例, 假设系 统带宽为 10MHz即 50RB, FDD双工模式,考察降低开销前后的 DCI内容变化。  In the second example, DCI formatlA supporting resource allocation type 2 is taken as an example. Assume that the system bandwidth is 10 MHz, that is, 50 RB, FDD duplex mode, and the DCI content change before and after the overhead is reduced.
改变 DCI formatlA内容前, DCI中包括的信息以及所占字节数如下: Format0/1A区分: 1比特;  Before changing the content of DCI format1A, the information included in the DCI and the number of bytes occupied are as follows: Format0/1A distinguishes: 1 bit;
集中 /分布式 VRB分配标识: 1比特;  Centralized/distributed VRB allocation identifier: 1 bit;
资源分配: 「l0g2( L( L +l)/2)] =「log2(50 *(50 + l)/2), = ll比特; Resource allocation: "l 0 g 2 ( L ( l +l)/2)] = "log 2 (50 *(50 + l)/2), = ll bits;
MCS: 5比特;  MCS: 5 bits;
HARQ进程数: 3比特;  Number of HARQ processes: 3 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特;  New data indication: 1 bit;
冗余版本: 2比特;  Redundancy version: 2 bits;
PUCCH的功率控制命令: 2比特;  PUCCH power control command: 2 bits;
HARQ-ACK资源偏置: 2比特;  HARQ-ACK resource offset: 2 bits;
共计 28比特。  A total of 28 bits.
应用本实施例的方法, 将 DCI指示的频率资源的范围设置为 6RB。针对预 定义或配置的不同资源粒度, DCI formatl中的内容可以包括:  Applying the method of this embodiment, the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI is set to 6 RB. For different resource granularities predefined or configured, the content in DCI formatl can include:
在第一种方式中, 以 RB为资源粒度, 对应的带宽或 RB个数为 W , 这里 取值为 6 (对应 DCI指示的频率资源的范围 6RB) , 贝 l」DCI formatl内容可以改 变为:  In the first mode, the RB is the resource granularity, and the corresponding bandwidth or the number of RBs is W, where the value is 6 (corresponding to the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI, 6 RB), and the content of the DCI formatl can be changed to:
Format0/1A区分: 1比特; 集中 /分布式 VRB分配标识: 1比特; Format0/1A distinction: 1 bit; Centralized/distributed VRB allocation identifier: 1 bit;
资源分配: 「log2(A (A +l)/2)] =「log2(6*(6 + l)/2)] = 5比特; Resource allocation: "log 2 (A (A + l)/2)] = "log 2 (6*(6 + l)/2)] = 5 bits;
MCS: 3比特;  MCS: 3 bits;
HARQ进程数: 3比特;  Number of HARQ processes: 3 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特;  New data indication: 1 bit;
冗余版本: 2比特;  Redundancy version: 2 bits;
PUCCH的功率控制命令: 2比特;  PUCCH power control command: 2 bits;
HARQ-ACK资源偏置: 2比特;  HARQ-ACK resource offset: 2 bits;
共计 20比特。 根据现有 DCI约束, 当 DCI比特个数为 20时, 需补零, 变成 21比特。  A total of 20 bits. According to the existing DCI constraint, when the number of DCI bits is 20, it needs to be zero-padded and becomes 21 bits.
在第二种方式中, 以 1个 ECCE为资源粒度, 对应的 ECCE个数为 NE^E, 固定带宽为 6RB, 包含 24个 ECCE, 对应的资源分配比特个数为 「log2(NE D c L CE(NE D c L CE+l)/2)] =「l。g2(NE D c L CE(NE D c L CE+l)/2)]=「l。g2(24*(24 + l)/2), = 9 比特 。 In the second mode, one ECCE is used as the resource granularity, the corresponding number of ECCEs is N E ^ E , the fixed bandwidth is 6 RBs, and 24 ECCEs are included, and the corresponding number of resource allocation bits is “log 2 (N E D c L CE (N E D c L CE +l)/2)] = "l.g 2 (N E D c L CE (N E D c L CE +l)/2)] = "l.g 2 (24*(24 + l)/2), = 9 bits.
贝 IJDCI formatl内容可以改变为:  The IJDCI formatl content can be changed to:
Format0/1A区分: 1比特;  Format0/1A distinction: 1 bit;
集中 /分布式 VRB分配标识: 1比特;  Centralized/distributed VRB allocation identifier: 1 bit;
资源分配: 9比特;  Resource allocation: 9 bits;
MCS: 3比特;  MCS: 3 bits;
HARQ进程数: 3比特;  Number of HARQ processes: 3 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特;  New data indication: 1 bit;
冗余版本: 2比特;  Redundancy version: 2 bits;
PUCCH的功率控制命令: 2比特;  PUCCH power control command: 2 bits;
HARQ-ACK资源偏置: 2比特;  HARQ-ACK resource offset: 2 bits;
共计 24比特。  A total of 24 bits.
在第三种方式中, 以 2个 ECCE为资源粒度, DCI指示的频率资源的范围 也为 6RB, 包含 24个 ECCE, 对应 ECCEG个数为 12, 则对应的资源分配比特个 数为 「1。§2«^。«^。 +1)/2)1 = riog2(NE D c L CEG(NE D c L CEG +1)/2)] = Γΐο§2(12*(12 + 1)/2)1 = 7 比特, 贝 IJDCI formatl内容可以改变为: 。 In the third mode, the number of frequency resources indicated by the DCI is 6 RB, and the number of the corresponding resource allocation bits is "1". § 2 «^.«^. +1)/2)1 = riog 2 (N E D c L CEG (N E D c L CEG +1)/2)] = Γΐο §2 (12*(12 + 1 ) / 2) 1 = 7 bits, the content of the IJDCI formatl can be changed to:
Format0/1A区分: 1比特;  Format0/1A distinction: 1 bit;
集中 /分布式 VRB分配标识: 1比特; 资源分配: 9比特; Centralized/distributed VRB allocation identifier: 1 bit; Resource allocation: 9 bits;
MCS: 3比特;  MCS: 3 bits;
HARQ进程数: 3比特;  Number of HARQ processes: 3 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特;  New data indication: 1 bit;
冗余版本: 2比特;  Redundancy version: 2 bits;
PUCCH的功率控制命令: 2比特;  PUCCH power control command: 2 bits;
HARQ-ACK资源偏置: 2比特;  HARQ-ACK resource offset: 2 bits;
共计 24比特。  A total of 24 bits.
在第三个例子中, 以 UL DCI format O为例, 分析对其限定最大支持带宽 如 6RB并结合改变内容带来的 DCI信令变化情况:  In the third example, taking UL DCI format O as an example, analyze the DCI signaling changes caused by limiting the maximum supported bandwidth, such as 6RB, combined with the changed content:
假设双工模式为 FDD, 系统带宽为 10MHz即 50个 RB。  Assuming that the duplex mode is FDD, the system bandwidth is 10 MHz or 50 RBs.
以 RB为资源粒度, 改变 DCI format O内容前, DCI中包括的信息以及所占 字节数如下:  With RB as the resource granularity, before changing the DCI format O content, the information included in the DCI and the number of bytes occupied are as follows:
Format0/1A区分标识: 1比特;  Format0/1A distinguishes the identifier: 1 bit;
跳频标识: 1比特;  Frequency hopping identifier: 1 bit;
资源块分配和跳频资源分配 | log2(A (A +l)/2) |=「log2(50*(50 + l)/2)] = ll 比特; Resource block allocation and frequency hopping resource allocation | log 2 (A (A +l)/2) |= "log 2 (50*(50 + l)/2)] = ll bits;
MCS: 5比特;  MCS: 5 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特;  New data indication: 1 bit;
调度的 PUSCH功率控制命令: 2比特;  Scheduled PUSCH power control command: 2 bits;
解调导频周期偏移和正交码索引: 3比特;  Demodulation pilot period offset and orthogonal code index: 3 bits;
信道状态信息请求: 1比特;  Channel status information request: 1 bit;
共计 25比特。  A total of 25 bits.
应用本实施例的方法, 将 DCI指示的频率资源的范围设置为 6RB。  Applying the method of this embodiment, the range of the frequency resource indicated by the DCI is set to 6 RB.
在第一种方式中, 资源粒度为 RB, 对应的带宽或 RB个数为 N , 这里取 值为 6, 贝 ijDCI formatO内容可以改变为:  In the first mode, the resource granularity is RB, and the corresponding bandwidth or number of RBs is N, where the value is 6, and the content of ijDCI formatO can be changed to:
FormatO支持带宽和 MCS内容后的比特个数或组成为:  The number or composition of bits after FormatO supports bandwidth and MCS content is:
Format0/1 A区分标识: 1比特;  Format0/1 A distinguishes the identifier: 1 bit;
跳频标识: 1比特;  Frequency hopping identifier: 1 bit;
资源块分配和跳频资源分配 | log2(A (A +l)/2) |=「log2(6* (6 + l)/2)] = 5 比 特; Resource block allocation and frequency hopping resource allocation | log 2 (A (A +l)/2) |=“log 2 (6* (6 + l)/2)] = 5 ratio Special
MCS : 3比特;  MCS: 3 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特;  New data indication: 1 bit;
调度的 PUSCH功率控制命令: 2比特;  Scheduled PUSCH power control command: 2 bits;
解调导频周期偏移和正交码索引: 3比特;  Demodulation pilot period offset and orthogonal code index: 3 bits;
信道状态信息请求: 1比特;  Channel status information request: 1 bit;
共计 17比特。  A total of 17 bits.
在第二种方式中, 以 1个 ECCE为资源粒度, 对应的 ECCE个数为 Λ^εΕ, 固定带宽为 6RB, 包含 24个 ECCE, 对应的资源块分配和跳频资源分配比特个 数为
Figure imgf000074_0001
+Ι) )] =「l。g2(24* (24 + l)/2), = 9 比特。
In the second mode, one ECCE is used as the resource granularity, the corresponding number of ECCEs is Λ^ εΕ , the fixed bandwidth is 6 RBs, and 24 ECCEs are included, and the corresponding resource block allocation and frequency hopping resource allocation bits are
Figure imgf000074_0001
+Ι) )] = "l.g 2 (24* (24 + l)/2), = 9 bits.
贝 IJDCI formatl内容可以改变为:  The IJDCI formatl content can be changed to:
Format0/1 A区分标识: 1比特;  Format0/1 A distinguishes the identifier: 1 bit;
跳频标识: 1比特;  Frequency hopping identifier: 1 bit;
资源块分配和跳频资源分配 9比特;  Resource block allocation and frequency hopping resource allocation 9 bits;
MCS : 3比特;  MCS: 3 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特;  New data indication: 1 bit;
调度的 PUSCH功率控制命令: 2比特;  Scheduled PUSCH power control command: 2 bits;
解调导频周期偏移和正交码索引: 3比特;  Demodulation pilot period offset and orthogonal code index: 3 bits;
信道状态信息请求: 1比特;  Channel status information request: 1 bit;
共计 21比特。  A total of 21 bits.
在第三种方式中, 以 2个 ECCE为资源粒度, 或称之为 ECCEG即 ECCE组 包含 2个 ECCE , 对应的 ECCEG个数为 NE u eLeEe, 固定带宽为 6RB, 包含 24个 ECCE, 对应 ECCEG个数为 12, 则对应的资源分配比特个数为 riog2 (NE UcL CEG (NE UcLcEo +l) 2)l =「l。g2(12*(12 + l)/2), = 7 比特。 In the third mode, the two ECCEs are used as the resource granularity, or the ECCEG, that is, the ECCE group contains two ECCEs, and the corresponding ECCEG number is N E u e L eEe , and the fixed bandwidth is 6 RBs, including 24 ECCEs . , the number of corresponding ECCEG is 12, then the corresponding number of resource allocation bits is riog 2 (N E U c L CEG (N E U c L cEo + l) 2) l = "l.g 2 (12*(12 + l)/2), = 7 bits.
贝 IJDCI formatl内容可以改变为:  The IJDCI formatl content can be changed to:
Format0/1 A区分标识: 1比特;  Format0/1 A distinguishes the identifier: 1 bit;
跳频标识: 1比特;  Frequency hopping identifier: 1 bit;
资源块分配和跳频资源分配 7比特;  Resource block allocation and frequency hopping resource allocation 7 bits;
MCS : 3比特;  MCS: 3 bits;
新数据指示: 1比特; 调度的 PUSCH功率控制命令: 2比特; New data indication: 1 bit; Scheduling PUSCH power control command: 2 bits;
解调导频周期偏移和正交码索引: 3比特;  Demodulation pilot period offset and orthogonal code index: 3 bits;
信道状态信息请求: 1比特;  Channel status information request: 1 bit;
共计 19比特。  A total of 19 bits.
在上面的例子中 DCI考虑了包含资源分配比特外其它指示比特的值。 本 发明的 DCI至少包含资源分配比特, 还可以包含 DCI 中一个或多个其它指示 比特。 DCI中不包含的指示信息可以通过预定义或高层信令如 RRC或 MAC CE 来进行配置。  In the above example, the DCI considers the value of the other indication bits including the resource allocation bits. The DCI of the present invention includes at least resource allocation bits and may also include one or more other indication bits in the DCI. The indication information not included in the DCI can be configured through predefined or higher layer signaling such as RRC or MAC CE.
下面采用 2个例子进行阐述不包含其他指示比特的情况。  The following two examples are used to illustrate the case where no other indication bits are included.
在第一个例子中, 对于 DCI formt O, 限定其最大支持带宽为 6RB, 在第一种方式中, 资源粒度为 RB, 对应的带宽或 RB个数为 N , 这里取 值为 6, 贝 ijDCI formatO的内容可以改变为:  In the first example, for DCI formt O, the maximum supported bandwidth is limited to 6 RB. In the first mode, the resource granularity is RB, and the corresponding bandwidth or number of RBs is N, where the value is 6, and ijDCI The content of formatO can be changed to:
资源块分配比特: | log2(N (N +l)/ 2) | =「l0g2(6 * (6 + l)/2), = 5 比特; 此时共计 5比特。 Resource block allocation bits: | log 2 (N (N + l) / 2) | = "l 0 g 2 (6 * (6 + l)/2), = 5 bits; total 5 bits at this time.
如果叠加一个新数据指示比特, 则总比特个数为 6比特。  If a new data indicator bit is superimposed, the total number of bits is 6 bits.
在第二个例子中, 对于 DCI formt 0, 限定其最大支持的频率资源范围为 2RB, 则除了上面提到的指示方法, 可以考虑使用比特位图的方式进行指示, 2比特对应的状态可以为 00、 01、 10、 11, 可以设置比特位为 1表示配置对应 的 RB, 比特位为 0表示未配置对应的 RB。  In the second example, for DCI formt 0, the maximum supported frequency resource range is 2 RB. In addition to the above-mentioned indication method, it may be considered to use a bit bitmap to indicate, and the 2-bit corresponding state may be 00, 01, 10, 11, can set the bit to 1 to indicate the corresponding RB, and the bit to 0 means that the corresponding RB is not configured.
从以上例子可以看出, 采用本实施例的方法, DCI中的指示内容所占比 特数可以减少, 因此能够相对现有技术节省信令开销。  As can be seen from the above example, with the method of this embodiment, the proportion of the indication content in the DCI can be reduced, so that the signaling overhead can be saved relative to the prior art.
可选地, 上述实施例, 还可以引入半静态调度或永久调度或称之为非动 态调度, 在非动态调度指示周期内不包含特定 UE的 DCI指示。 半静态调度 指初传的 PDSCH或 PUSCH以一定周期出现, 例如 20ms出现一次, 只有最 开始启动半静态调度时的 PDSCH或 PUSCH有对应的 DCI指示,之后的以一 定周期出现的 PDSCH或 PUSCH无 DCI指示, 因此称为半静态调度。但是一 旦某个初传 PDSCH或 PUSCH传输错误, 即接收方检测错误后向发送方反馈 NACK, 则发送方可以发送 DCI进行 HARQ重传的调度指示。 由于有些应用 如 M2M的 2次业务传输间隔可能比较长, 例如分钟级别或小时级别, UE可 以在 2次传输时间之间进行非连续接收或处于待机 (idle) 状态以利于节电。 因此可以考虑使得非动态调度的周期与 DRX的周期相对应,比如使它们具有 相同的周期。 目前的 DRX周期最大支持 2.56s, 因此上述非动态调度的周期 可以等于扩展后的 DRX周期, 例如可以设置为 DRX周期的整数倍。 Optionally, in the foregoing embodiment, semi-persistent scheduling or permanent scheduling or non-dynamic scheduling may also be introduced, and the DCI indication of the specific UE is not included in the non-dynamic scheduling indication period. Semi-persistent scheduling means that the initial transmission of the PDSCH or the PUSCH occurs in a certain period, for example, once in 20 ms. Only the PDSCH or the PUSCH when the semi-persistent scheduling is started initially has a corresponding DCI indication, and the subsequent PDSCH or PUSCH that does not appear in a certain period has no DCI. The indication is therefore called semi-persistent scheduling. However, once a certain initial PDSCH or PUSCH transmission error occurs, that is, after the receiver detects an error and returns a NACK to the sender, the sender may send a DCI to perform a HARQ retransmission scheduling indication. Since some applications such as M2M may have a long service transmission interval, such as a minute level or an hour level, the UE may perform discontinuous reception or idle state between 2 transmission times to facilitate power saving. It is therefore conceivable to make the periods of non-dynamic scheduling correspond to the periods of DRX, such as to have the same period. The current DRX cycle supports a maximum of 2.56 s. Therefore, the period of the above non-dynamic scheduling may be equal to the extended DRX cycle, for example, may be set to an integral multiple of the DRX cycle.
在非动态调度周期内,当没有 HARQ重传时,为了保证比较可靠的传输, 基站可以在初始调度时为 PDSCH或 PUSCH配置较低的码率和调制方式, 当 累积了一定量的错误的包时可以通过高层重传, 例如 ARQ, 来解决。 当有 HARQ重传时,根据发送端接收到的来自接收端的反馈启动上行或下行重传。 对于 PUSCH传输, UE可以在下行链路接收到物理 HARQ指示信道(Physical HARQ Indicator Channel, 简称: PHICH)信道或 PDCCH或 EPDCCH信道指 示后进行重传。 对于 PDSCH 传输, UE 可以在下行链路接收 PDCCH 或 EPDCCH信道指示重传的 PDSCH。 为了降低 PDCCH或 EPDCCH指示重传 带来的信令开销, 也可以采用上述实施例的减少 DCI的指示信息的方法。  In the non-dynamic scheduling period, when there is no HARQ retransmission, in order to ensure relatively reliable transmission, the base station may configure a lower code rate and modulation mode for the PDSCH or the PUSCH during initial scheduling, when a certain amount of erroneous packets are accumulated. It can be solved by high-level retransmission, such as ARQ. When there is HARQ retransmission, the uplink or downlink retransmission is initiated according to the feedback from the receiving end received by the transmitting end. For PUSCH transmission, the UE may perform retransmission after receiving a Physical HARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) channel or a PDCCH or EPDCCH channel indication on the downlink. For PDSCH transmission, the UE may receive a PDCCH or EPDCCH channel on the downlink indicating the retransmitted PDSCH. In order to reduce the signaling overhead caused by the PDCCH or the EPDCCH indicating retransmission, the method for reducing the indication information of the DCI in the above embodiment may also be employed.
具体地, 上述实施例的方法, 还可以包括:  Specifically, the method in the foregoing embodiment may further include:
所述 UE接收所述基站配置的第二子帧,所述 UE在所述第二子帧监听公 共控制信道, 即所述 UE在所述第二子帧不监听 UE的专用控制信道。  The UE receives the second subframe configured by the base station, and the UE monitors the public control channel in the second subframe, that is, the UE does not monitor the dedicated control channel of the UE in the second subframe.
其中, 所述公共控制信道包括: 携带系统消息、 随机接入响应、 寻呼、 功率控制的控制信道。  The common control channel includes: a control channel carrying a system message, a random access response, a paging, and a power control.
进一步地,还可以限定所述第二子帧的周期为非连续接收周期 DRX的整 数倍。  Further, it is also possible to limit the period of the second subframe to an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
上述实施例中的第七信令和第八信令可以为同一个信令, 即可以在同 一个信令中包含上述多个信令中的指示信息; 也可以为不同的信令。  The seventh signaling and the eighth signaling in the foregoing embodiment may be the same signaling, that is, the indication information in the foregoing multiple signaling may be included in the same signaling; or different signaling may be used.
图 22为本发明系统实施例一的结构示意图, 如图 22所示, 本实施例 的系统可以包括: 图 1、 图 2〜图 4中任一实施例所述的 UE和图 8或图 9所 示实施例的基站; 或者, 图 11所示实施例所述的 UE和图 13所示实施例所 述的基站。  FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of the system according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 22, the system in this embodiment may include: the UE described in any one of FIG. 1, FIG. 2 to FIG. 4, and FIG. 8 or FIG. The base station of the illustrated embodiment; or the UE described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 and the base station described in the embodiment shown in FIG.
图 23为本发明系统实施例二的结构示意图, 如图 23所示, 本实施例 的系统可以包括: 图 6或图 7所示实施例的 UE和图 10所示实施例的基站; 或者, 图 12所示实施例所述的 UE和图 14所示实施例所述的基站。  FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of the system of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 23, the system in this embodiment may include: the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 and the base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10; The UE described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 and the base station described in the embodiment shown in FIG.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解: 实现上述各方法实施例的全部或部分 步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成。 前述的程序可以存储于一计算 机可读取存储介质中。 该程序在执行时, 执行包括上述各方法实施例的步 骤; 而前述的存储介质包括: ROM、 RAM, 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存 储程序代码的介质。 It will be understood by those skilled in the art that all or part of the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be performed by hardware related to the program instructions. The aforementioned program can be stored in a calculation The machine can be read from the storage medium. When the program is executed, the steps including the foregoing method embodiments are performed; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
最后应说明的是: 以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非 对其限制; 尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明, 本领域的 普通技术人员应当理解: 其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进 行修改, 或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或 者替换, 并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范 围。  It should be noted that the above embodiments are merely illustrative of the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. range.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 claims
1、 一种用户设备 UE, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A user equipment UE, characterized by: including:
确定模块, 用于确定传输块大小 TBS; Determination module for determining the transport block size TBS;
所述确定模块, 还用于确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH 的时域资源 和频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块; The determination module is also used to determine the time domain resources and frequency resources for transmitting the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
接收模块, 用于在所述时域资源、 频率资源上接收所述传输块。 A receiving module, configured to receive the transmission block on the time domain resource and frequency resource.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块具体用于: 确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者, 2. The UE according to claim 1, wherein the determining module is specifically configured to: determine the size of the transport block to be a preset TBS; or,
接收基站发送的第一信令, 并根据所述第一信令中的指示信息确定所述 传输块的大小 TBS , 所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。 Receive the first signaling sent by the base station, and determine the size of the transport block TBS according to the indication information in the first signaling, where the first signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or medium Access control MAC control element CE signaling.
3、 根据权利要求 1所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块还用于: 确定传输所述 PDSCH的编码速率; 3. The UE according to claim 1, wherein the determining module is further used to: determine the coding rate for transmitting the PDSCH;
所述接收模块,具体用于在所述时域资源、频率资源上,根据所述 PDSCH 的编码速率接收所述传输块。 The receiving module is specifically configured to receive the transport block according to the coding rate of the PDSCH on the time domain resources and frequency resources.
4、 根据权利要求 3所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 PDSCH的编码速率 包括所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 4. The UE according to claim 3, wherein the coding rate of the PDSCH includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH;
所述确定模块具体用于: The determination module is specifically used for:
根据基站的配置确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 或者, 确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别; Determine the aggregation level of resource granularity for transmitting PDSCH according to the configuration of the base station; or, determine the aggregation level of resource granularity for transmitting PDSCH to a preset aggregation level;
其中, 传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别包括: 传输物理下行控制信 道 PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或传输增强的物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资 源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集, 或者, 传输 PDSCH的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。 Wherein, the aggregation level of resource granularity for transmitting PDSCH includes: a subset of the aggregation level of resource granularity CCE for transmitting physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the resource granularity ECCE for transmitting enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or, the aggregation level of transmitting PDSCH is at least Contains aggregation level 6.
5、 根据权利要求 4所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述资源粒度包括以下任 意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源粒度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE, REG、 EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。 5. The UE according to claim 4, wherein the resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
6、根据权利要求 1~5所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块具体用于: 确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者, 6. The UE according to claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the determination module is specifically used to: determine that the resource block RB for transmitting PDSCH is a preset resource block RB; or,
接收基站发送的第二信令, 并根据所述第二信令中的指示信息确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 Receive the second signaling sent by the base station, and determine the transmission according to the indication information in the second signaling Resource block RB of PDSCH, and the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
7、 根据权利要求 1~5中任一项所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块 具体用于: 7. The UE according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the determination module is specifically used for:
根据基站的配置确定 PDSCH的带宽; Determine the bandwidth of PDSCH according to the configuration of the base station;
接收基站发送的第三信令, 并根据所述第三信令中的指示信息确定所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第一起始位置, 所述第三信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 Receive the third signaling sent by the base station, and determine the first starting position of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH , EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
8、 根据权利要求 6或 7所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块具体用 于: 8. The UE according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that the determining module is specifically used to:
接收基站发送的第四信令, 并根据所述第四信令中的指示信息确定监听 所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第二起始位置, 所述第四信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令; 或者, Receive the fourth signaling sent by the base station, and determine the second starting position for monitoring the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the fourth signaling, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling , PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or,
根据预设的哈希函数确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第二起始位置。 The second starting position of the frequency resource for monitoring the PDSCH is determined according to a preset hash function.
9、 根据权利要求 1所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块具体用于: 接收基站发送的第五信令, 并根据所述第五信令中的指示信息确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源为第一子帧, 所述第五信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令; 或者, 9. The UE according to claim 1, wherein the determining module is specifically configured to: receive the fifth signaling sent by the base station, and determine the time domain for transmitting the PDSCH according to the indication information in the fifth signaling. The resource is the first subframe, and the fifth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or,
确定所述 PDSCH的子帧为预设的第一子帧。 The subframe of the PDSCH is determined to be the preset first subframe.
10、 根据权利要求 9所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述第五信令中的指示信 息还包括非连续接收周期和非连续接收的开始子帧、 活动时间, 所述活动时 间包括检测活动定时器对应的时间和 /或非活动定时器对应的时间。 10. The UE according to claim 9, wherein the indication information in the fifth signaling also includes a discontinuous reception cycle, a starting subframe of discontinuous reception, and an activity time, and the activity time includes detection activity. The time corresponding to the timer and/or the time corresponding to the inactive timer.
11、 根据权利要求 10所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述用于传输 PDSCH 的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。 11. The UE according to claim 10, wherein the first subframe used for transmitting PDSCH is a subframe within the active time.
12、 根据权利要求 1~11中任一项所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 还包括: 发送模块, 用于当所述接收模块正确接收所述 PDSCH后, 向基站发送 确认消息 ACK; 或者, 当所述确定模块确定无法接收所述 PDSCH后, 向基 站发送非确认消息 NACK。 12. The UE according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising: a sending module, configured to send an acknowledgment message ACK to the base station after the receiving module correctly receives the PDSCH; or, When the determination module determines that the PDSCH cannot be received, it sends a non-acknowledgment message NACK to the base station.
13、 根据权利要求 1~12中任一项所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 还包括: 监听模块, 用于在基站配置的搜索空间和\或基站配置的第一时间内, 监 听控制信道和 \或 PDSCH。 13. The UE according to any one of claims 1 to 12, further comprising: a monitoring module, configured to monitor the search space configured by the base station and\or the first time configured by the base station. Listen to control channel and\or PDSCH.
14、 根据权利要求 13所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 当所述监听模块分别在 不同的所述第一时间内监听控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述监听控制信道的第 一时间的时间间隔大于或小于监听 P D S CH的第一时间的时间间隔。 14. The UE according to claim 13, wherein when the monitoring module monitors the control channel and the PDSCH in different first times, the time interval of the first time to monitor the control channel is greater than Or the time interval is less than the first time of monitoring the PDS CH.
15、根据权利要求 14所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述监听模块具体用于: 在基站配置的搜索空间和 \或基站配置配置的时间内监听控制信道和 PDSCH 时, 通过传输块的大小 TBS区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 或者, 根据资源粒 度、 时域位置、 频域位置中的至少一个来区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 或者, 根据预设的第一指示信息来区分控制信道和 PDSCH。 15. The UE according to claim 14, wherein the monitoring module is specifically configured to: when monitoring the control channel and PDSCH in the search space configured by the base station and/or within the time configured by the base station configuration, pass the size of the transport block The TBS distinguishes the control channel and the PDSCH, or distinguishes the control channel and the PDSCH according to at least one of resource granularity, time domain position, and frequency domain position, or distinguishes the control channel and the PDSCH according to preset first indication information.
16、根据权利要求 15所述的 UE,其特征在于,所述监听模块具体用于: 根据循环冗余校验 CRC加扰的扰码来区分 DCI和 PDSCH或者, 根 据所述 DCI 中新增的指示位或原有的比特位中的第一指示信息来区分控 制信道和 PDSCH。 16. The UE according to claim 15, characterized in that the monitoring module is specifically configured to: distinguish DCI and PDSCH according to the scrambling code of cyclic redundancy check CRC or, according to the new addition in the DCI The first indication information in the indication bit or the original bit is used to distinguish the control channel and the PDSCH.
17、 根据权利要求 1~16 中任一项所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 TBS 为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集。 17. The UE according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein the TBS is a subset of TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution LTE protocol.
18、 根据权利要求 1~17中任一项所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模 块还用于: 18. The UE according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that the determining module is also used to:
根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者, Determine that the PDSCH is in monitoring mode according to preset rules, or,
接收基站发送的第六信令, 并根据所述第六信令中的指示信息确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 Receive the sixth signaling sent by the base station, and determine that the PDSCH is in the listening mode according to the indication information in the sixth signaling, where the sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
19、 一种用户设备 UE, 其特征在于, 包括: 19. A user equipment UE, characterized by including:
确定模块, 用于确定用于下行控制信息 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围; 所述确定模块, 还用于根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的 频率资源; The determination module is used to determine the range of frequency resources indicated by the downlink control information DCI; the determination module is also used to determine the frequency resources used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI;
数据传输模块, 用于在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据。 A data transmission module, configured to transmit data on the frequency resources used for data transmission.
20、 根据权利要求 19所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块具体用于: 采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, 接收所述基站发送的第七信令, 并根据所述第七信令中的指示信息确定 所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 所述第七信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。 20. The UE according to claim 19, wherein the determining module is specifically configured to: use a preset first frequency resource as a range of frequency resources for DCI indication; or, receive a frequency resource sent by the base station. Seventh signaling, and determining the range of frequency resources for DCI indication according to the indication information in the seventh signaling, where the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC Signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
21、 根据权利要求 19或 20所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 还包括: 接收模块, 用于接收所述基站发送的第二 DCI, 所述 DCI指示所述数 据的编码速率。 21. The UE according to claim 19 or 20, further comprising: a receiving module, configured to receive the second DCI sent by the base station, the DCI indicating the coding rate of the data.
22、 根据权利要求 21所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述编码速率包括所述 数据的资源粒度的聚合级别。 22. The UE according to claim 21, wherein the coding rate includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the data.
23、根据权利要求 19~21中任一项所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模 块还用于: 23. The UE according to any one of claims 19 to 21, characterized in that the determining module is also used to:
在所述数据传输模块在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据之前, 确定所述数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS , 或者, 接收所述基站发送 的第八信令, 并根据所述第八信令中的指示信息确定所述 TBS , 所述第八信 令包括以下至少一种: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 Before the data transmission module transmits data on the frequency resource for data transmission, determine the transmission block size TBS of the data to be the preset TBS, or receive the eighth signaling sent by the base station, and The TBS is determined according to the indication information in the eighth signaling, and the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
24、根据权利要求 19~21中任一项所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模 块还用于: 24. The UE according to any one of claims 19 to 21, characterized in that the determining module is also used to:
接收所述基站发送的第三 DCI,并根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定特 定调制方式下的 TBS , 所述特定调制方式通过预设或信令配置确定。 Receive the third DCI sent by the base station, and determine the TBS under a specific modulation method according to the indication information in the DCI, and the specific modulation method is determined through preset or signaling configuration.
25、 根据权利要求 19~24中任一项所述的 UE, 其特征在于: 25. The UE according to any one of claims 19 to 24, characterized in that:
当系统带宽为 {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}中的 一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个时, 所 述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围小于所述系统带宽。 When the system bandwidth is one of {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}, or one of {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}, the frequency used for DCI indication The scope of the resource is less than the stated system bandwidth.
26、根据权利要求 19~25中任一项所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述接收模 块还用于: 26. The UE according to any one of claims 19 to 25, characterized in that the receiving module is also used to:
接收所述基站配置的第二子帧; Receive the second subframe configured by the base station;
所述确定模块还用于确定在所述第二子帧监听 UE的公共控制信道。 The determining module is also configured to determine the common control channel for monitoring the UE in the second subframe.
27、 根据权利要求 26所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述第二子帧的周期为 非连续接收周期 DRX的整数倍。 27. The UE according to claim 26, wherein the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
28、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 28. A base station, characterized by including:
确定模块, 用于确定待发送的传输块大小 TBS; Determination module, used to determine the transport block size TBS to be sent;
所述确定模块还用于确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH 的时域资源和 频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块; 发送模块, 用于在所述时域资源、 频率资源上向用户设备 UE发送所述 传输块。 The determination module is also used to determine the time domain resources and frequency resources for transmitting the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, where the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block; A sending module, configured to send the transmission block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resources and frequency resources.
29、根据权利要求 28所述的基站,其特征在于,所述确定模块具体用于: 确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者, 29. The base station according to claim 28, wherein the determining module is specifically configured to: determine the size of the transmission block to be a preset TBS; or,
向所述 UE发送第一信令,所述第一信令中包括用于确定传输块大小 TBS 的指示信息,所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH 或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。 Send first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes indication information for determining the transport block size TBS, where the first signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or medium access Incoming control MAC control element CE signaling.
30、 根据权利要求 28所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块还用于: 确定所述 PDSCH的编码速率; 30. The base station according to claim 28, characterized in that the determination module is also used to: determine the coding rate of the PDSCH;
所述发送模块,具体用于在所述时域资源、频率资源上,根据所述 PDSCH 的编码速率向用户设备 UE发送所述传输块。 The sending module is specifically configured to send the transport block to the user equipment UE according to the coding rate of the PDSCH on the time domain resources and frequency resources.
31、 根据权利要求 30所述的基站, 其特征在于, PDSCH的编码速率包 括所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 31. The base station according to claim 30, characterized in that the coding rate of PDSCH includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH;
所述确定模块具体用于: The determination module is specifically used for:
确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别; 或者, 向所述 UE发送聚合级别的配置消息,以使所述 UE根据所述配置消息确 定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; Determine that the aggregation level of resource granularity for transmitting PDSCH is a preset aggregation level; or, send an aggregation level configuration message to the UE, so that the UE determines the aggregation level of resource granularity for transmitting PDSCH according to the configuration message;
其中, 所述 PDSCH 的资源粒度的聚合级别包括物理下行控制信道 PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集,或者所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。 Wherein, the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes a subset of the aggregation level of the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH Contains at least aggregation level 6.
32、 根据权利要求 31所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述聚合级别包括以下 任意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源粒度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE, REG、 EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。 32. The base station according to claim 31, wherein the aggregation level includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
33、 根据权利要求 28~32所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块具体 用于: 33. The base station according to claims 28 to 32, characterized in that the determination module is specifically used for:
确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者, Determine the resource block RB for transmitting PDSCH to be the preset resource block RB; or,
向所述 UE发送第二信令,所述第二信令中包括用于确定 PDSCH的资源 块 RB的指示信息, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH, EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 Send second signaling to the UE, where the second signaling includes indication information for determining the resource block RB of the PDSCH, and the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
34、 根据权利要求 28~32中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述确定 模块具体用于: 34. The base station according to any one of claims 28 to 32, characterized in that the determination module is specifically used for:
确定传输 PDSCH的带宽为预设的带宽; Determine the bandwidth for transmitting PDSCH to be the preset bandwidth;
向所述 UE发送第三信令,所述第三信令中包括确定 PDSCH的频率资源 的第一起始位置的指示信息, 所述第三信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 Send third signaling to the UE, where the third signaling includes indication information for determining the first starting position of the frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
35、 根据权利要求 33或 34所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块还 用于: 35. The base station according to claim 33 or 34, characterized in that the determining module is also used to:
向所述 UE发送第四信令,所述第四信令中包括用于使 UE确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第二起始位置的指示信息,所述第四信令为以下至少一 个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 Send fourth signaling to the UE, where the fourth signaling includes indication information for the UE to determine a second starting position for monitoring the frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following: : RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
36、根据权利要求 28所述的基站,其特征在于,所述确定模块具体用于: 确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源为预设的第一子帧; 或者, 36. The base station according to claim 28, wherein the determining module is specifically configured to: determine that the time domain resource for transmitting PDSCH is the preset first subframe; or,
向所述 UE发送的第五信令,所述第五信令中包括确定传输 PDSCH的第 一子帧的指示信息。 The fifth signaling sent to the UE includes indication information for determining the first subframe in which the PDSCH is transmitted.
37、 根据权利要求 36所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第五信令中的指示 信息还包括非连续接收周期和非连续接收的开始子帧、 活动时间, 所述活动 时间包括检测活动定时器对应的时间和 /或非活动定时器对应的时间。 37. The base station according to claim 36, wherein the indication information in the fifth signaling also includes a discontinuous reception cycle, a starting subframe of discontinuous reception, and an activity time, and the activity time includes detection activity. The time corresponding to the timer and/or the time corresponding to the inactive timer.
38、根据权利要求 37所述的基站,其特征在于,所述用于传输所述 PDSCH 的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。 38. The base station according to claim 37, characterized in that the first subframe used to transmit the PDSCH is a subframe within the active time.
39、 根据权利要求 28~38中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 还包括: 接收模块,用于接收所述 UE发送的确认消息 ACK或非确认消息 NACK。 39. The base station according to any one of claims 28 to 38, further comprising: a receiving module, configured to receive an acknowledgment message ACK or a non-acknowledgment message NACK sent by the UE.
40、 根据权利要求 39所述的基站, 其特征在于, 当所述基站在第一预设 的时间内未接收所述 UE发送的确认消息 ACK时,所述基站在第二预设时间 内重新发送所述传输块。 40. The base station according to claim 39, characterized in that, when the base station does not receive the acknowledgment message ACK sent by the UE within the first preset time, the base station restarts the process within the second preset time. Send the transport block.
41、 根据权利要求 28~40中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送 模块还用于: 41. The base station according to any one of claims 28 to 40, characterized in that the sending module is also used to:
在预设的搜索空间和 \或预设的第一时间内, 向所述 UE发送控制信道和 \或 PDSCH。 In the preset search space and/or the preset first time, send the control channel and/or PDSCH to the UE.
42、 根据权利要求 41所述的基站, 其特征在于, 当所述发送模块分别在 不同的所述第一时间内发送控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述发送控制信道的第 一时间的时间间隔大于或小于发送 P D S CH的第一时间的时间间隔。 42. The base station according to claim 41, characterized in that when the sending module is respectively When the control channel and the PDSCH are sent in different first times, the time interval of the first time of sending the control channel is greater or smaller than the time interval of the first time of sending the PDSCH.
43、 根据权利要求 41或 42所述的基站, 其特征在于, 当所述发送模块 在预设的搜索空间和 \或预设的第一时间内, 向所述 UE 发送控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述控制信道或所述 PDSCH中还包括预设的第一指示信息, 用于使所述 UE区分控制信道和 PDSCH。 43. The base station according to claim 41 or 42, characterized in that when the sending module sends the control channel and PDSCH to the UE in the preset search space and/or the preset first time, The control channel or the PDSCH also includes preset first indication information, which is used to enable the UE to distinguish the control channel and the PDSCH.
44、 根据权利要求 28~43中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述 TBS 为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集。 44. The base station according to any one of claims 28 to 43, characterized in that the TBS is a subset of TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution LTE protocol.
45、 根据权利要求 28~44中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述确定 模块还用于: 45. The base station according to any one of claims 28 to 44, characterized in that the determination module is also used to:
根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者, Determine that the PDSCH is in monitoring mode according to preset rules, or,
向所述 UE发送第六信令,所述第六信令中包括用于确定所述 PDSCH为 监听模式的指示信息, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 Send sixth signaling to the UE, where the sixth signaling includes indication information for determining that the PDSCH is in listening mode, and the sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
46、 根据权利要求 28~45中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送 模块具体用于: 46. The base station according to any one of claims 28 to 45, characterized in that the sending module is specifically used for:
当采用非 MBSFN子帧传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH时,采用天线端口 0或者采用发送分集的方式发送所述 PDSCH; When a non-MBSFN subframe is used to transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, antenna port 0 or transmit diversity is used to transmit the PDSCH;
当采用 MBSFN 子帧传输 PDSCH 时, 采用天线端口端口 7 发送所述 PDSCH。 When the MBSFN subframe is used to transmit PDSCH, antenna port port 7 is used to transmit the PDSCH.
47、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 47. A base station, characterized by including:
确定模块, 用于确定用于下行控制信息 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围; 发送模块, 用于向用户设备 UE发送所述 DCI, 以使所述 UE根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源; Determining module, used to determine the range of frequency resources indicated by the downlink control information DCI; Transmitting module, used to send the DCI to the user equipment UE, so that the UE determines the frequency resource used for the data according to the indication information in the DCI. Frequency resources for transmission;
数据传输模块, 用于采用所述用于数据传输的频率资源进行数据传输。 A data transmission module, configured to use the frequency resources used for data transmission for data transmission.
48、根据权利要求 47所述的基站,其特征在于,所述确定模块具体用于: 采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, 向所述 UE发送第七信令, 所述第七信令中包括用于确定所述用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围的指示信息, 所述第七信令为以下至少一个: RRC信 令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。 48. The base station according to claim 47, wherein the determining module is specifically configured to: use a preset first frequency resource as a range of frequency resources for DCI indication; or, send a first frequency resource to the UE. Seven signaling, the seventh signaling includes indication information used to determine the range of frequency resources used for DCI indication, the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or medium Access control MAC control element CE signaling.
49、 根据权利要求 47或 48所述的基站, 其特征在于, 发送模块还用于: 向所述 UE发送第二 DCI, 所述第二 DCI中包括用于指示所述数据的 编码速率的指示信息。 49. The base station according to claim 47 or 48, wherein the sending module is further configured to: send a second DCI to the UE, the second DCI including an indication indicating the coding rate of the data. information.
50、 根据权利要求 49所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二 DCI指示的 编码速率包括所述 DCI指示的聚合级别。 50. The base station according to claim 49, wherein the coding rate indicated by the second DCI includes an aggregation level indicated by the DCI.
51、 根据权利要求 47~49中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述确定 模块还用于: 51. The base station according to any one of claims 47 to 49, characterized in that the determination module is also used to:
确定所述传输数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS , 或者, Determine the transmission block size TBS of the transmission data to be the preset TBS, or,
向所述 UE发送第八信令,所述第八信令中包括用于确定所述 TBS的指 示信息,所述第八信令包括以下至少一种: RRC信令、 MAC CE信令或 DCI。 Send eighth signaling to the UE, where the eighth signaling includes indication information for determining the TBS, where the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI. .
52、 根据权利要求 47~49中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述确定 模块还用于: 52. The base station according to any one of claims 47 to 49, characterized in that the determination module is also used to:
确定所述传输数据的特定调制方式下的 TBS ,所述特定调制方式通过 预设或信令配置确定; Determine the TBS under the specific modulation mode of the transmitted data, and the specific modulation mode is determined by preset or signaling configuration;
向所述 UE发送第三 DCI, 所述第三 DCI中包含用于确定特定调制方 式下的 TBS的指示信息。 Send a third DCI to the UE, where the third DCI includes indication information for determining the TBS under a specific modulation mode.
53、 根据权利要求 47~52中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于: 53. The base station according to any one of claims 47 to 52, characterized in that:
当系统带宽为 {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}中的 一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个时, 所 述用于 DCI指示的频率范围小于所述系统带宽。 When the system bandwidth is one of {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}, or one of {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}, the frequency used for DCI indication The range is less than the stated system bandwidth.
54、 根据权利要求 47~53中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送 模块还用于: 54. The base station according to any one of claims 47 to 53, characterized in that the sending module is also used to:
向所述 UE发送包含第二子帧的配置消息,用于指示所述 UE在所述第二 子帧监听 UE的公共控制信道。 Send a configuration message including the second subframe to the UE, used to instruct the UE to monitor the common control channel of the UE in the second subframe.
55、 根据权利要求 54所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二子帧的周期为 非连续接收周期 DRX的整数倍。 55. The base station according to claim 54, wherein the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
56、 一种数据传输方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 56. A data transmission method, characterized by including:
用户设备 UE确定传输块大小 TBS; User Equipment UE determines the transport block size TBS;
所述 UE确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH的时域资源和频率资源,所 述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块; 所述 UE在所述时域资源、 频率资源上接收所述传输块。 The UE determines the time domain resources and frequency resources for transmitting the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, and the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block; The UE receives the transport block on the time domain resource and frequency resource.
57、 根据权利要求 56所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 UE确定传输块大 小 TBS , 包括: 57. The method according to claim 56, characterized in that the UE determines the transmission block size TBS, including:
所述 UE确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者, The UE determines that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or,
所述 UE接收基站发送的第一信令, 并根据所述第一信令中的指示信息 确定所述传输块的大小 TBS , 所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。 The UE receives the first signaling sent by the base station, and determines the size of the transport block TBS according to the indication information in the first signaling. The first signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or Medium Access Control MAC Control Element CE signaling.
58、 根据权利要求 56所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 所述 UE确定 传输 PDSCH的编码速率; 58. The method according to claim 56, further comprising: the UE determining a coding rate for transmitting PDSCH;
所述 UE在所述时域资源、 频率资源上接收所述传输块, 包括: 所述 UE在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 根据所述编码速率接收所述传 输块。 The UE receiving the transmission block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource includes: the UE receiving the transmission block on the time domain resource and the frequency resource according to the coding rate.
59、 根据权利要求 58所述的方法, 其特征在于, 传输所述 PDSCH的编 码速率, 包括传输所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 59. The method according to claim 58, wherein transmitting the coding rate of the PDSCH includes transmitting an aggregation level of resource granularity of the PDSCH;
所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的编码速率, 包括: The UE determines the coding rate for transmitting PDSCH, including:
所述 UE根据基站的配置确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别;或者, 所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别; 其中, 传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别包括: 传输物理下行控制信 道 PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或传输增强的物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资 源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集, 或者, 传输 PDSCH的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。 The UE determines the aggregation level of resource granularity for transmitting PDSCH according to the configuration of the base station; or, the UE determines that the aggregation level of resource granularity for transmitting PDSCH is a preset aggregation level; wherein, the aggregation level of resource granularity for transmitting PDSCH includes: A subset of the aggregation level of the resource granularity CCE for transmitting the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the resource granularity ECCE for transmitting the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level for transmitting the PDSCH includes at least aggregation level 6.
60、 根据权利要求 59所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述资源粒度包括以下 任意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源粒度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE, REG、 EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。 60. The method according to claim 59, characterized in that the resource granularity includes any one of the following resource granularities or a multiple of any one of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
61、 根据权利要求 56~60所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 UE确定传输 61. The method according to claims 56 to 60, characterized in that the UE determines the transmission
PDSCH的频率资源, 包括: PDSCH frequency resources include:
所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者, 所述 UE接收基站发送的第二信令, 并根据所述第二信令中的指示信息 确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH, EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The UE determines that the resource block RB for transmitting PDSCH is a preset resource block RB; or, the UE receives the second signaling sent by the base station, and determines the resource block for transmitting PDSCH according to the indication information in the second signaling. RB, the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
62、 根据权利要求 56~60 中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 UE 确定传输 PDSCH的频率资源, 包括: 62. The method according to any one of claims 56 to 60, wherein the UE determines the frequency resource for transmitting PDSCH, including:
所述 UE根据基站的配置确定 PDSCH的带宽; The UE determines the bandwidth of the PDSCH according to the configuration of the base station;
所述 UE接收基站发送的第三信令, 并根据所述第三信令中的指示信息 确定所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第一起始位置, 所述第三信令为以下至少一 个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The UE receives the third signaling sent by the base station, and determines the first starting position of the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the third signaling, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
63、 根据权利要求 61或 62所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 UE确定传 输 PDSCH的频率资源, 还包括: 63. The method according to claim 61 or 62, wherein the UE determines the frequency resource for transmitting PDSCH, and further includes:
所述 UE接收基站发送的第四信令, 并根据所述第四信令中的指示信息 确定监听所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第二起始位置, 所述第四信令为以下至 少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令; 或者, The UE receives the fourth signaling sent by the base station, and determines a second starting position for monitoring the frequency resource of the PDSCH according to the indication information in the fourth signaling, where the fourth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling; or,
所述 UE根据预设的哈希函数确定监听所述 PDSCH的频率资源的第二起 始位置。 The UE determines the second starting position of the frequency resource for monitoring the PDSCH according to the preset hash function.
64、根据权利要求 56所述的方法,其特征在于,所述 UE确定传输 PDSCH 的时域资源, 包括: 64. The method according to claim 56, wherein the UE determines the time domain resource for transmitting PDSCH, including:
所述 UE接收基站发送的第五信令, 并根据所述第五信令中的指示信息 确定传输 PDSCH 的时域资源为第一子帧, 所述第五信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令, 或者, 所述 UE确定所述 PDSCH的子帧为预设的第一子帧。 The UE receives the fifth signaling sent by the base station, and determines that the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the first subframe according to the indication information in the fifth signaling, and the fifth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling, or the UE determines that the subframe of the PDSCH is a preset first subframe.
65、 根据权利要求 64所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第五信令中的指示 信息还包括非连续接收周期和非连续接收的开始子帧、 活动时间, 所述活动 时间包括检测活动定时器对应的时间和 /或非活动定时器对应的时间。 65. The method according to claim 64, wherein the indication information in the fifth signaling also includes a discontinuous reception cycle, a starting subframe of discontinuous reception, and an activity time, and the activity time includes detection activity The time corresponding to the timer and/or the time corresponding to the inactive timer.
66、 根据权利要求 65所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用于传输 PDSCH 的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。 66. The method according to claim 65, wherein the first subframe used for transmitting PDSCH is a subframe within the active time.
67、 根据权利要求 56~66中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 UE 在所述时域资源、 频率资源上、 根据所述编码速率接收所述传输块之后, 还 包括: 67. The method according to any one of claims 56 to 66, characterized in that, after the UE receives the transport block on the time domain resource, the frequency resource and according to the coding rate, it further includes: :
当所述 UE正确接收所述 PDSCH后,所述 UE向基站发送确认消息 ACK; 或者, 当所述 UE确定无法接收所述 PDSCH后, 所述 UE向基站发送非确认 消息 NACK。 When the UE correctly receives the PDSCH, the UE sends an acknowledgment message ACK to the base station; or, when the UE determines that it cannot receive the PDSCH, the UE sends a non-acknowledgment message NACK to the base station.
68、 根据权利要求 56~67中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 所述 UE在基站配置的搜索空间和 \或基站配置的第一时间内, 监听控制 信道和 \或 PDSCH。 68. The method according to any one of claims 56 to 67, further comprising: the UE monitors the control channel and/or the search space configured by the base station and/or the first time configured by the base station. PDSCH.
69、 根据权利要求 68所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述 UE分别在不同 的所述时间内监听控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述监听控制信道的第一时间的 时间间隔大于或小于监听 PDSCH的第一时间的时间间隔。 69. The method according to claim 68, wherein when the UE monitors the control channel and the PDSCH at different times, the time interval of the first time of monitoring the control channel is greater than or less than the monitoring time. The first time interval of PDSCH.
70、 根据权利要求 69所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述 UE在基站配置 的搜索空间和 \或基站配置配置的时间内监听控制信道和 PDSCH时,通过传 输块的大小 TBS区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 或者, 根据资源粒度、 时域位 置、 频域位置中的至少一个来区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 或者, 根据预设 的第一指示信息来区分控制信道和 PDSCH。 70. The method according to claim 69, characterized in that, when the UE monitors the control channel and the PDSCH in the search space configured by the base station and/or the time configured by the base station configuration, the control channel is distinguished by the size of the transport block TBS and PDSCH, or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to at least one of resource granularity, time domain position, and frequency domain position, or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to preset first indication information.
71、 根据权利要求 70所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据预设的第一 指示信息来区分控制信道和 PDSCH, 包括: 71. The method according to claim 70, wherein the distinguishing the control channel and the PDSCH according to the preset first indication information includes:
根据循环冗余校验 CRC加扰的扰码来区分 DCI和 PDSCH或者, 根 据所述 DCI 中新增的指示位或原有的比特位中的第一指示信息来区分控 制信道和 PDSCH。 The DCI and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the scrambling code of the cyclic redundancy check CRC or the control channel and the PDSCH are distinguished according to the newly added indication bit in the DCI or the first indication information in the original bit.
72、 根据权利要求 56~71中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 TBS 为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集。 72. The method according to any one of claims 56 to 71, characterized in that the TBS is a subset of TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution LTE protocol.
73、 根据权利要求 56~72中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 所述 UE根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者, 73. The method according to any one of claims 56 to 72, further comprising: the UE determines that the PDSCH is in monitoring mode according to preset rules, or,
所述 UE接收基站发送的第六信令, 并根据所述第六信令中的指示信息 确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The UE receives the sixth signaling sent by the base station, and determines that the PDSCH is in the listening mode according to the indication information in the sixth signaling. The sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
74、 一种数据传输方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 74. A data transmission method, characterized by including:
用户设备 UE确定用于下行控制信息 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围; 所述 UE根据所述 DCI中的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源; 所述 UE在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据。 The user equipment UE determines the range of frequency resources indicated by the downlink control information DCI; the UE determines the frequency resources used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI; the UE determines the frequency resources used for data transmission in the frequency resources used for data transmission. transfer data on.
75、 根据权利要求 74所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 UE确定用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围, 包括: 75. The method according to claim 74, wherein the UE determines the range of frequency resources used for DCI indication, including:
所述 UE采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围; 或者, The UE adopts the preset first frequency resource as the range of frequency resources used for DCI indication; or,
所述 UE接收所述基站发送的第七信令, 并根据所述第七信令中的指示 信息确定所述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 所述第七信令为以下至少一 个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。 The UE receives the seventh signaling sent by the base station, and determines the range of frequency resources used for DCI indication according to the indication information in the seventh signaling, where the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
76、 根据权利要求 74或 75所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 UE在所 述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据之前, 还包括: 76. The method according to claim 74 or 75, characterized in that, before the UE transmits data on the frequency resource used for data transmission, it further includes:
所述 UE接收所述基站发送的第二 DCI, 所述 DCI指示所述数据的编 码速率。 The UE receives the second DCI sent by the base station, and the DCI indicates the coding rate of the data.
77、根据权利要求 76所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述编码速率包括所述 数据的资源粒度的聚合级别; 或者, 77. The method of claim 76, wherein the encoding rate includes an aggregation level of resource granularity of the data; or,
所述编码速率包括限定了调制方式的第一数据的 PRB 个数和所述第 一数据对应的 TBS , 所述调制方式通过预设或信令配置的方式限定。 The coding rate includes the number of PRBs of the first data that defines the modulation method and the TBS corresponding to the first data. The modulation method is defined by preset or signaling configuration.
78、 根据权利要求 74~77中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 UE 在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据之前, 还包括: 78. The method according to any one of claims 74 to 77, characterized in that, before the UE transmits data on the frequency resource used for data transmission, it further includes:
所述 UE确定所述数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS , 或者, 所述 The UE determines that the transmission block size TBS of the data is the preset TBS, or, the
UE 接收所述基站发送的第八信令, 并根据所述第八信令中的指示信息确定 所述 TBS ,所述第八信令包括以下至少一种: RRC信令、 PDDCH、 EPDCCH 或 MAC CE信令。 The UE receives the eighth signaling sent by the base station and determines the TBS according to the indication information in the eighth signaling. The eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDDCH, EPDCCH or MAC. CE signaling.
79、根据权利要求 74~77中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 UE 在所述用于数据传输的频率资源上传输数据之前, 还包括: 79. The method according to any one of claims 74 to 77, characterized in that, before the UE transmits data on the frequency resource used for data transmission, it further includes:
所述 UE接收所述基站发送的第三 DCI, 并根据所述 DCI中的指示信 息确定特定调制方式下的 TBS ,所述特定调制方式通过预设或信令配置确 定。 The UE receives the third DCI sent by the base station, and determines the TBS under a specific modulation method according to the indication information in the DCI. The specific modulation method is determined through preset or signaling configuration.
80、 根据权利要求 74~78中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于: 80. The method according to any one of claims 74 to 78, characterized in that:
当系统带宽为 {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}中的 一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个时, 所 述用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围小于所述系统带宽。 When the system bandwidth is one of {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz}, or one of {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}, the frequency used for DCI indication The scope of the resource is less than the stated system bandwidth.
81、 根据权利要求 74~80中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 所述 UE接收所述基站配置的第二子帧,所述 UE在所述第二子帧监听公 共控制信道。 81. The method according to any one of claims 74 to 80, further comprising: the UE receiving the second subframe configured by the base station, and the UE monitoring the public in the second subframe. control channel.
82、 根据权利要求 81所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二子帧的周期为 非连续接收周期 DRX的整数倍。 82. The method according to claim 81, wherein the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
83、 一种数据传输方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 83. A data transmission method, characterized by including:
基站确定待发送的传输块大小 TBS; The base station determines the transport block size TBS to be sent;
所述基站确定传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH 的时域资源和频率资源, 所述 PDSCH用于传输所述传输块; The base station determines the time domain resources and frequency resources for transmitting the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, and the PDSCH is used to transmit the transport block;
所述基站在所述时域资源、 频率资源上向用户设备 UE发送所述传输块。 The base station sends the transmission block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resource and frequency resource.
84、 根据权利要求 83所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述基站确定传输块大 小 TBS , 包括: 84. The method according to claim 83, characterized in that the base station determines the transmission block size TBS, including:
所述基站确定所述传输块的大小为预设的 TBS; 或者, The base station determines that the size of the transport block is a preset TBS; or,
所述基站向所述 UE发送第一信令, 所述第一信令中包括用于确定传输 块大小 TBS的指示信息,所述第一信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。 The base station sends first signaling to the UE. The first signaling includes indication information for determining the transport block size TBS. The first signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
85、 根据权利要求 83所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 85. The method according to claim 83, further comprising:
所述基站确定传输所述 PDSCH的编码速率; The base station determines a coding rate for transmitting the PDSCH;
所述基站在所述时域资源、 频率资源上向用户设备 UE发送所述传输块, 包括: The base station sends the transmission block to the user equipment UE on the time domain resource and frequency resource, including:
基站在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 根据所述编码速率向用户设备 UE 发送所述传输块。 The base station sends the transmission block to the user equipment UE according to the coding rate on the time domain resource and frequency resource.
86、 根据权利要求 85所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述传输 PDSCH的编 码速率, 包括: 传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; 86. The method according to claim 85, wherein said transmitting the coding rate of PDSCH includes: transmitting an aggregation level of resource granularity of PDSCH;
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的编码速率, 包括: The base station determines the coding rate for transmitting PDSCH, including:
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH 的资源粒度的聚合级别为预设的聚合级别; 或者,所述基站向所述 UE发送聚合级别的配置消息, 以使所述 UE根据所述 配置消息确定传输 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别; The base station determines that the aggregation level of resource granularity for transmitting PDSCH is a preset aggregation level; or, the base station sends an aggregation level configuration message to the UE, so that the UE determines the resource for transmitting PDSCH according to the configuration message. Aggregation level of granularity;
其中, 所述 PDSCH 的资源粒度的聚合级别包括物理下行控制信道 PDCCH的资源粒度 CCE或增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH的资源粒度 ECCE的聚合级别的子集,或者所述 PDSCH的资源粒度的聚合级别至少包含 聚合级别 6。 Wherein, the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH includes a subset of the aggregation level of the resource granularity CCE of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the resource granularity ECCE of the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, or the aggregation level of the resource granularity of the PDSCH Contains at least aggregation level 6.
87、 根据权利要求 86所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述聚合级别包括以下 任意一种资源粒度或以下任意一种资源粒度的倍数: CCE、 ECCE、 REG、 EREG、 PRB、 VRB 。 87. The method according to claim 86, characterized in that the aggregation level includes the following Any resource granularity or a multiple of any of the following resource granularities: CCE, ECCE, REG, EREG, PRB, VRB.
88、 根据权利要求 83~87所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的频率资源, 包括: 88. The method according to claims 83 to 87, characterized in that the base station determines the frequency resource for transmitting PDSCH, including:
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的资源块 RB为预设的资源块 RB; 或者, 所述基站向所述 UE 发送第二信令, 所述第二信令中包括用于确定 PDSCH的资源块 RB的指示信息, 所述第二信令为以下至少一个: RRC信 令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The base station determines that the resource block RB for transmitting PDSCH is a preset resource block RB; or, the base station sends second signaling to the UE, and the second signaling includes the resource block RB used to determine the PDSCH. Indication information, the second signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
89、 根据权利要求 83~87中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述基站 确定 PDSCH的频率资源, 包括: 89. The method according to any one of claims 83 to 87, characterized in that the base station determines the frequency resources of PDSCH, including:
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的带宽为预设的带宽; The base station determines that the bandwidth for transmitting PDSCH is the preset bandwidth;
所述基站向所述 UE发送第三信令,所述第三信令中包括确定 PDSCH的 频率资源的第一起始位置的指示信息, 所述第三信令为以下至少一个: RRC 信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The base station sends third signaling to the UE, where the third signaling includes indication information for determining the first starting position of the frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the third signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
90、 根据权利要求 88或 89所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述基站确定传 输 PDSCH的频率资源, 还包括: 90. The method according to claim 88 or 89, characterized in that the base station determines the frequency resource for transmitting PDSCH, and further includes:
所述基站向所述 UE发送第四信令,所述第四信令中包括用于使 UE确定 监听所述 PDSCH 的频率资源的第二起始位置的指示信息, 所述第四信令为 以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH, EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The base station sends fourth signaling to the UE, where the fourth signaling includes indication information for the UE to determine a second starting position for monitoring the frequency resource of the PDSCH, where the fourth signaling is At least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
91、根据权利要求 83所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站确定传输 PDSCH 的时域资源, 包括: 91. The method according to claim 83, characterized in that the base station determines the time domain resources for transmitting PDSCH, including:
所述基站确定传输 PDSCH的时域资源为预设的第一子帧; 或者, 所述基站向所述 UE 发送的第五信令, 所述第五信令中包括确定传输 PDSCH的第一子帧的指示信息。 The base station determines that the time domain resource for transmitting PDSCH is the preset first subframe; or, the fifth signaling sent by the base station to the UE, the fifth signaling includes determining the first subframe for transmitting PDSCH. Frame indication information.
92、 根据权利要求 91所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第五信令中的指示 信息还包括非连续接收周期和非连续接收的开始子帧、 活动时间, 所述活动 时间包括检测活动定时器对应的时间和 /或非活动定时器对应的时间。 92. The method according to claim 91, wherein the indication information in the fifth signaling also includes a discontinuous reception cycle, a starting subframe of discontinuous reception, and an activity time, and the activity time includes detection activity The time corresponding to the timer and/or the time corresponding to the inactive timer.
93、根据权利要求 92所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用于传输所述 PDSCH 的第一子帧为所述活动时间内的子帧。 93. The method according to claim 92, wherein the first subframe used to transmit the PDSCH is a subframe within the active time.
94、 根据权利要求 83~93中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述基 站在所述时域资源、 频率资源上, 根据所述编码速率上向 UE发送所述传输 块之后, 还包括: 94. The method according to any one of claims 83 to 93, characterized in that, on the basis After the station sends the transport block to the UE on the time domain resource and the frequency resource according to the coding rate, it also includes:
所述基站接收所述 UE发送的确认消息 ACK或非确认消息 NACK。 The base station receives the confirmation message ACK or the non-confirmation message NACK sent by the UE.
95、 根据权利要求 94所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述基站在第一预设 的时间内未接收所述 UE发送的确认消息 ACK时,所述基站在第二预设时间 内重新发送所述传输块。 95. The method according to claim 94, characterized in that, when the base station does not receive the acknowledgment message ACK sent by the UE within the first preset time, the base station restarts within the second preset time. Send the transport block.
96、 根据权利要求 83~95中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 所述基站在预设的搜索空间和\或预设的第一时间内, 向所述 UE发送控 制信道和\或 PDSCH。 96. The method according to any one of claims 83 to 95, further comprising: the base station sending control to the UE in a preset search space and/or within a preset first time channel and\or PDSCH.
97、 根据权利要求 96所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述基站分别在不同 的所述第一时间内发送控制信道和 PDSCH时, 所述发送控制信道的第一时 间的时间间隔大于或小于发送 PD S CH的第一时间的时间间隔。 97. The method according to claim 96, wherein when the base station sends the control channel and the PDSCH in different first times, the time interval of the first time for sending the control channel is greater than or equal to The time interval is less than the first time the PDS CH is sent.
98、 根据权利要求 96或 97所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述基站在预 设的搜索空间和\或预设的第一时间内, 向所述 UE发送控制信道和 PDSCH 时, 所述控制信道或所述 PDSCH中还包括预设的第一指示信息, 用于使所 述 UE区分控制信道和 PDSCH。 98. The method according to claim 96 or 97, characterized in that when the base station sends the control channel and PDSCH to the UE in a preset search space and/or a preset first time, the The control channel or the PDSCH also includes preset first indication information, which is used to enable the UE to distinguish the control channel and the PDSCH.
99、 根据权利要求 83〜98中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 TBS 为长期演进 LTE协议规定的 TBS的子集。 99. The method according to any one of claims 83 to 98, wherein the TBS is a subset of TBS specified by the Long Term Evolution LTE protocol.
100、 根据权利要求 83〜99中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 所述基站根据预设规则确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式, 或者, 100. The method according to any one of claims 83 to 99, further comprising: the base station determining that the PDSCH is in monitoring mode according to preset rules, or,
所述基站向所述 UE发送第六信令, 所述第六信令中包括用于确定所述 PDSCH为监听模式的指示信息, 所述第六信令为以下至少一个: R C信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或 MAC CE信令。 The base station sends sixth signaling to the UE. The sixth signaling includes indication information for determining that the PDSCH is in the listening mode. The sixth signaling is at least one of the following: RC signaling, PDCCH , EPDCCH or MAC CE signaling.
101、 根据权利要求 83〜100中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述基 站采用所述用于数据传输的频率资源进行数据传输, 包括. - 当所述基站采用非 MBSFN子帧传输物理下行共享信道 PDSCH时,所述 基站采用天线端口 0或者采用发送分集的方式发送所述 PDSCH; 101. The method according to any one of claims 83 to 100, characterized in that the base station uses the frequency resource for data transmission to perform data transmission, including. - When the base station uses a non-MBSFN subframe When transmitting the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, the base station uses antenna port 0 or transmits diversity to transmit the PDSCH;
当所述基站采用 MBSFN子帧传输 PDSCH时,所述基站采用天线端口端 口 7发送所述 PDSCH。 When the base station uses the MBSFN subframe to transmit the PDSCH, the base station uses antenna port port 7 to transmit the PDSCH.
102 , 一种数据传输方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 更正页 (细则第 91条) 基站确定用于下行控制信息 DCI 指示的频率资源的范围; 所述基站向用户设备 UE发送所述 DCI, 以使所述 UE根据所述 DCI中 的指示信息确定用于数据传输的频率资源; 102, a data transmission method, characterized by including: correction page (Article 91 of the Rules) The base station determines the range of frequency resources indicated by the downlink control information DCI; the base station sends the DCI to the user equipment UE, so that the UE determines the frequency resources used for data transmission according to the indication information in the DCI;
所述基站采用所述用于数据传输的频率资源进行数据传输。 The base station uses the frequency resources used for data transmission to perform data transmission.
103、 根据权利要求 102 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述基站确定用于 103. The method according to claim 102, characterized in that, the base station determines for
DCI指示的频率资源的范围, 包括: The range of frequency resources indicated by DCI includes:
所述基站采用预设的第一频率资源作为用于 DCI 指示的频率资源的范 围; 或者, The base station uses the preset first frequency resource as the range of frequency resources used for DCI indication; or,
所述基站向所述 UE发送第七信令, 所述第七信令中包括用于确定所述 用于 DCI指示的频率资源的范围的指示信息,所述第七信令为以下至少一个: RRC信令、 PDCCH、 EPDCCH或媒质接入控制 MAC控制元素 CE信令。 The base station sends seventh signaling to the UE, where the seventh signaling includes indication information for determining the range of frequency resources used for DCI indication, and the seventh signaling is at least one of the following: RRC signaling, PDCCH, EPDCCH or medium access control MAC control element CE signaling.
104、 根据权利要求 102或 103所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 所述基站向所述 UE发送第二 DCI, 所述第二 DCI中包括用于指示所 述数据的编码速率的指示信息。 104. The method according to claim 102 or 103, further comprising: the base station sending a second DCI to the UE, the second DCI including an indication indicating the coding rate of the data. information.
105、 根据权利要求 104所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二 DCI指示 的编码速率包括所述 DCI指示的聚合级别; 或者, 105. The method of claim 104, wherein the coding rate of the second DCI indication includes an aggregation level of the DCI indication; or,
所述编码速率包括限定了调制方式的第一数据的 PRB 个数和所述第 一数据对应的 TBS , 所述调制方式通过预设或信令配置的方式限定。 The coding rate includes the number of PRBs of the first data that defines the modulation method and the TBS corresponding to the first data. The modulation method is defined by preset or signaling configuration.
106、根据权利要求 102~105中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括: 所述基站确定所述传输数据的传输块大小 TBS为预设的 TBS , 或者, 所述基站向所述 UE发送第八信令, 所述第八信令中包括用于确定所述 TBS的指示信息, 所述第八信令包括以下至少一种: RRC信令、 MAC CE 信令或 DCI。 106. The method according to any one of claims 102 to 105, further comprising: the base station determining the transmission block size TBS of the transmission data to be a preset TBS, or, the base station transmitting the data to the base station. The UE sends eighth signaling, where the eighth signaling includes indication information for determining the TBS, and the eighth signaling includes at least one of the following: RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI.
107、根据权利要求 102~105中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括: 所述基站确定所述传输数据的特定调制方式下的 TBS , 其中所述特定 调制方式通过预设或信令配置确定; 107. The method according to any one of claims 102 to 105, further comprising: the base station determining the TBS in a specific modulation mode of the transmission data, wherein the specific modulation mode is determined by preset or Signaling configuration determined;
所述基站向所述 UE发送第三 DCI, 所述第三 DCI中包含用于确定特 定调制方式下的 TBS的指示信息。 The base station sends a third DCI to the UE, where the third DCI includes indication information for determining the TBS under a specific modulation mode.
108、 根据权利要求 102~106中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于: 当所述系统带宽为 {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz} 中的一个, 或者为 {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}中的一个时, 所述用于 DCI指示的频率范围小于所述系统带宽; 108. The method according to any one of claims 102 to 106, characterized in that: when the system bandwidth is {1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz} When it is one of {6RB, 15RB, 30RB, 50RB, 75RB, 100RB}, the frequency range used for DCI indication is smaller than the system bandwidth;
109、根据权利要求 102~108中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括: 所述基站向所述 UE 发送包含第二子帧的配置消息, 用于指示所述 UE 在所述第二子帧监听公共控制信道。 109. The method according to any one of claims 102 to 108, further comprising: the base station sending a configuration message containing a second subframe to the UE, used to instruct the UE to The second subframe monitors the common control channel.
110、 根据权利要求 109所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二子帧的周期 为非连续接收周期 DRX的整数倍。 110. The method according to claim 109, wherein the period of the second subframe is an integer multiple of the discontinuous reception period DRX.
PCT/CN2014/071826 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Data transmission method and device WO2015113295A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201480038273.3A CN105594274B (en) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Data transmission method and device
CN201910792337.3A CN110635885B (en) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Data transmission method and device
CN201910790745.5A CN110582123B (en) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Data transmission method and device
PCT/CN2014/071826 WO2015113295A1 (en) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Data transmission method and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/071826 WO2015113295A1 (en) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Data transmission method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015113295A1 true WO2015113295A1 (en) 2015-08-06

Family

ID=53756185

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/071826 WO2015113295A1 (en) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Data transmission method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (3) CN110635885B (en)
WO (1) WO2015113295A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108541359A (en) * 2016-02-05 2018-09-14 英特尔Ip公司 System and method for the flexible time-domain resource mapping for NPDCCH and NPDSCH in NB-IOT systems
CN108966349A (en) * 2017-05-18 2018-12-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and communication equipment
CN111092697A (en) * 2019-11-07 2020-05-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method, device and storage medium

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10205581B2 (en) * 2016-09-22 2019-02-12 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Flexible slot architecture for low latency communication
CN108401303B (en) * 2017-02-04 2021-07-20 华为技术有限公司 Terminal, network device and communication method
CN110868749B (en) * 2018-08-28 2021-09-21 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, communication apparatus, and storage medium
WO2021174467A1 (en) * 2020-03-04 2021-09-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Data transmission method, electronic device, and storage medium

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102223715A (en) * 2011-07-21 2011-10-19 电信科学技术研究院 Data transmission method and device
CN102387495A (en) * 2010-08-30 2012-03-21 电信科学技术研究院 Data transmission processing method and equipment for machinery class communication equipment
CN102457825A (en) * 2010-10-15 2012-05-16 电信科学技术研究院 Transmission method of data and equipment
US20130083753A1 (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-04-04 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Device communication using a reduced channel bandwidth

Family Cites Families (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101465689A (en) * 2007-12-21 2009-06-24 鼎桥通信技术有限公司 Method and device for transmitting, sending and receiving control information
CN101610545B (en) * 2008-06-19 2011-10-05 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Method and equipment for receiving/sending data packet in time division-synchronous code division multiple access system
CN101651514B (en) * 2008-08-15 2012-09-05 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Transmitting and receiving method in time division high speed downlink packet access system
CN101909305B (en) * 2009-06-04 2013-07-10 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for transmission and indication of relay system
KR102017735B1 (en) * 2009-09-28 2019-09-03 삼성전자주식회사 Extending physical downlink control channels
KR101819739B1 (en) * 2009-10-28 2018-01-19 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for mitigating intercell interference in wireless communication system
CN102082641B (en) * 2010-02-11 2016-01-20 电信科学技术研究院 The method of the many bit ACK/nack messages of a kind of transmission and device
US20130155990A1 (en) * 2010-09-03 2013-06-20 Panasonic Corporation Base station and control information transmission method
CN102571266B (en) * 2011-01-04 2015-11-25 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method of transport block cyclic redundancy check and device
CN102625457B (en) * 2011-02-01 2018-01-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Transmission, reception and the transmission method and relevant apparatus of Downlink Control Information
CN102740473B (en) * 2011-04-08 2017-12-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of processing method and system of Downlink Control Information
CN102355340B (en) * 2011-08-12 2017-02-08 中兴通讯股份有限公司 method and device for transmitting and receiving downlink control information
CN102938934B (en) * 2011-08-15 2018-03-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of resource allocation method and device of control channel information
CN102404854B (en) * 2011-11-04 2018-04-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The resource allocation method and system of a kind of uplink demodulation reference signal
CN102448122B (en) * 2011-12-30 2017-07-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The method of transport block size and base station in a kind of determination subframe
US9603125B2 (en) * 2012-01-19 2017-03-21 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Reference signal design and association for physical downlink control channels
CN103220691A (en) * 2012-01-21 2013-07-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Sending method and detecting method of downlink control information, base station and user equipment
CN103298117B (en) * 2012-02-29 2016-03-23 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of instruction of running time-frequency resource and confirmation method and device
CN102647786B (en) * 2012-04-20 2015-04-08 北京创毅讯联科技股份有限公司 Broadband digital trunking group call method and device
CN103491572B (en) * 2012-06-14 2017-04-12 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method, device and system
CN103534969B (en) * 2013-03-21 2017-08-04 华为终端有限公司 Data transmission method, base station and user equipment

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102387495A (en) * 2010-08-30 2012-03-21 电信科学技术研究院 Data transmission processing method and equipment for machinery class communication equipment
CN102457825A (en) * 2010-10-15 2012-05-16 电信科学技术研究院 Transmission method of data and equipment
CN102223715A (en) * 2011-07-21 2011-10-19 电信科学技术研究院 Data transmission method and device
US20130083753A1 (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-04-04 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Device communication using a reduced channel bandwidth

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108541359A (en) * 2016-02-05 2018-09-14 英特尔Ip公司 System and method for the flexible time-domain resource mapping for NPDCCH and NPDSCH in NB-IOT systems
CN108966349A (en) * 2017-05-18 2018-12-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and communication equipment
US11121847B2 (en) 2017-05-18 2021-09-14 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method and communications device
CN108966349B (en) * 2017-05-18 2021-11-30 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device
CN111092697A (en) * 2019-11-07 2020-05-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method, device and storage medium
WO2021089037A1 (en) * 2019-11-07 2021-05-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110582123B (en) 2021-02-12
CN105594274B (en) 2019-09-03
CN105594274A (en) 2016-05-18
CN110582123A (en) 2019-12-17
CN110635885B (en) 2024-01-26
CN110635885A (en) 2019-12-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7444769B2 (en) Methods and procedures for downlink physical channels to reduce latency in enhanced LTE systems
US11026254B2 (en) Method and user equipment for receiving downlink channel, and method and base station for transmitting downlink channel
US10715281B2 (en) Asynchronous retransmission protocol
WO2018137539A1 (en) Method for transmitting data, terminal device, and network device
JP6232141B2 (en) Latency and bundled retransmission for low bandwidth applications
JP6500088B2 (en) Coverage extension and extended interference mitigation and traffic adaptation for time division duplex in long term evolution systems
WO2015113295A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2018176046A1 (en) Method and apparatus for receiving downlink data transmissions
US10779174B2 (en) Method and apparatus for monitoring control candidates based on assignments of data packets with different reliabilities
WO2014187260A1 (en) Method, device for sending/receiving public message and system
WO2014117604A1 (en) Methods for sending and receiving ack/nack information, base station, and terminal
WO2014176972A1 (en) Data transmitting method and device in d2d communication
WO2015180175A1 (en) Method and device for sending and receiving downlink control information
WO2014082454A1 (en) Information receiving method, information transmitting method, base station and user equipment
RU2649956C2 (en) Method of information transmission, base station and customer equipment
WO2013107364A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sending downlink control information, method and apparatus for detecting downlink control channel
WO2017194016A1 (en) Transmission method and apparatus, transmission system, and storage medium
US20210377954A1 (en) Information sending method and apparatus
WO2012097724A1 (en) Semi-persistent scheduling method, user equipment, and network device
WO2012139512A1 (en) Method and device for sending downlink control information
WO2014187358A1 (en) Machine-type communication service information transmission method, base station, terminal and system
US20230179343A1 (en) Efficient uplink hybrid automatic repeat request feedback for point to multipoint transmissions
EP3211814B1 (en) Device and method of handling communication with another device
WO2019191911A1 (en) Data transmission method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14881337

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14881337

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1